SECTION-I

TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED (INVITATION OF LOCALCOMPETITIVE BIDDING) NOTICE INVITING TENDER FOR Supply, installation & commissioning of 2 X 3.15 MVA, 33 / 11KV Substation at Tripura University, Surjyamaninagar, Agartala, including Construction of 5.1 KM. 33 KV S/C Connecting line from Badharghat 66 KV Sub-Station / upcoming 400 KV Surjyamaninagar SubStation under Electrical Division No. III, Agartala.
Tripura Central University approached TSECL for setting up 2 X 3.15 MVA, 33 / 11 KV Substation in its campus at Surjyamaninagar, Agartala, including Construction of 5.1 KM. 33 KV Single Circuit link line/ feeder from Badharghat 66 KV Sub-Station / upcoming 400 KV Surjyamaninagar Sub-Station. Land for the Sub-Station is readily available. Its development, construction of Boundary wall and construction of Control room for the Sub-station will be done by Tripura University. TSECL is responsible for setting up the switchyard including equipment foundation, 33 KV sub-transmission system from Badharghat / Surjyamaninagar by a mix of overhead and underground lines, internal electrical installation of the control room and erection, commissioning of the entire sub-station including its control. The work involves construction on Turn Key basis a 5.1 Km. dedicated 33 KV subtransmission line by a mix of 3.3. Km. Overhead and 1.8 Km underground cable Line from Badharghat 66 KV Sub-Station or an overhead line only of approximately similar length from upcoming 400 KV Surjyamaninagar Sub-Station. For extension of line from the later i.e. 400 KV Surjyamaninagar Sub-Station, quantity / requirement of cable line may be lessened. The configuration of the Line (for overhead section) will be as per REC standards followed in TSECL and prevailing engineering practice will be followed for 33 KV underground system. The 33 KV sub-transmission feeder as stated will be operated through a 33 KV VCB from 66 KV Badharghat Sub-Station.

INTRODUCTION

SCOPE OF WORK Scope of work covered under this package includes design, engineering, manufacture, testing, supply, transportation to site, storage, insurance, handling, Laying, testing & commissioning of 33 KV sub-transmission by a mix of overhead Line (on Steel pole) and Under Ground cable (33 KV) line as stated in above and construction of 2x3.15 MVA 33/11 KV outdoor type Sub-Station in Tripura Central University including supply of all materials on turn-key basis. The scope of work includes supply, erection & commissioning of 33/11 KV 2X 3.15 MVA power transformer, 33 KV instruments transformer, 33 KV outdoor type vacuum circuit breaker, other equipment, design, drawing of 33 KV switchyard and equipment structures including supply, 33 KV indoor control and relay panels, 11 KV indoor type vacuum circuit breaker, power & control cables, 33 & 11 KV insulators, related hardware and supply of AASC conductor (DOG equivalent) of size 7/4.26 mm, 11 / 12 meter Long steel tubular pole, steel sections of various sizes, G.I / stranded wire, 100 mm & 40 mm dia heavy duty G.I. pipe, 33 & 11 KV XLPE cable, related end and straight through jointing kits etc. and as required including A.C & D.C. distribution board, 110 Volt battery bank as specified in schedule of work. The work also includes associated Civil works like equipment foundation, Pole grouting, Cable Trench etc., including supply of Structural Steel, G.I. Wire, G.I. pipe, Insulators & other Hardwares necessary as per 1

Bidding Schedule and as may be necessary as per engineering requirement for total completion of the work under Electrical Division No.III, Agartala. 1.0 Scope of work given above is only indicative. The detailed scope has been described in the Schedule of Work attached with this bidding document. Bidding Document Sale Last date : 21.03.2011 Pre-bid discussion date : 26.03.2011 Bid Receipt time and date : 3.00 p.m. on 29.03.2011 Bid opening time and date (Pre-Qualification) : 03.30 p.m. on 29.03.2011, if possible. Bid opening time and date (Techno-commercial): 11.30 a.m. on 05.04.2011, if possible Bid opening time and date (Price Bid): 11.30 a.m. on 20.04.2011, if possible. Cost of bidding document : Rs.4000.00 Estimated Cost : Rs.3,63,09,588.00 Earnest Money : Rs.5, 00,000.00 Completion Period : 15(fifteen) Months. 2.0 QUALIFYING REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS To be qualified to bid for the package, the bidder shall have to meet the following minimum criteria: 2.1 The bidder must have designed, manufactured, type tested and supplied 33 KV or above voltage class power transformer(s) & Circuit breaker(s) which are in successful operation for at least one year from last date of submission of bid as per NIT. 2.2 The bidder must have done construction work of at least (i) 1 (one) no. new 33 KV or above voltage Sub-station and have done (ii) construction of minimum 10 Km new 33 KV or above voltage line of which (i) is mandatory including supply, erection and commissioning of all equipment & circuit breaker on turnkey basis in a single award of work which must be in satisfactory operation for at least 1 (One) year from last date of submission of bid as per NIT.

2.3 The minimum average annual turnover of the bidder for the last three years shall be not less than 80% of the estimated cost put to tender. 2.4 Bids may be submitted by an individual firm (proprietorship entity ) with relevant experience or registered partnership firm or companies registered under companies act or joint ventures of registered firms/companies/ proprietorship entity with two constituents only as one of the following. 2.4.1 A single firm of proprietorship entity or registered partnership firms or companies registered under Companies Act, which meets anyone or both the requirements, indicated in para 2.1, 2.2 above and 2.3(Mandatory). A joint venture of two registered firms/companies/ proprietorship entity, wherein each registered firm/company/ proprietorship entity shall meet any one or both the requirements of para 2.1, 2.2 & 2.3 above.

2.4.2

2.4.3

The figures of average annual turnovers for each registered firm/company/ proprietorship entity shall be added together to determine the bidders compliance with the minimum average annual turnover requirement for the package as given at para 2.3 above.

2.5 In case of joint ventures any of the registered firms/companies/ proprietorship entities shall be authorized to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all partners of the joint venture and the entire execution of the contract including receipt of payment shall be done exclusively through him. This authorization shall be evidenced by submitting a power of attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of all the partners. 2.6 All partners of Joint Venture shall be liable jointly and individually / severally for the execution of the contract in accordance with the contract terms. A copy of the agreement of joint venture partners having such provision shall be submitted with the bid. 2.7 Notwithstanding anything contained herein above, TSECL reserves the right to assess the capacity and capability of the bidder to execute the work. 3.0 The Bid Document complete with general condition of contract, technical specification, schedule of quantities etc. may be seen in the office of the office of the Additional General Manager, Electrical Circle No. II, Bidyut Bhavan, North Banamalipur, Agartala on all working days during office hours upto the date fixed for sale of bid documents. The bidder shall bear all cost and expenses associated with purchase and submission of its bid including post bid discussions, technical; & other presentation etc., and TSECL will in no case be responsible or liable for those cost, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process. The bidder shall furnish documentary evidence in support of the qualifying requirements stipulated above along with their bid. Bid received without such documents shall be summarily rejected. The bidder shall be required to deposit earnest money @ 2.00 % of the estimated cost put to tender subject to maximum of Rs.5.00 lakh in the shape of demand draft or Banker Cheque from any schedule bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India faouring TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED payable at Agartala along with the bid in a separate sealed envelope. The earnest money deposited is adjustable with Contract Performance Guaranty. The successful bidder on award of work shall have to deposit a Contract Performance Guaranty equivalent to 10% of the LOA Value in the shape of Demand Draft/Banker Cheque in favour of TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED from any schedule bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India payable at Agartala or in the shape of Bank guarantee from a Public Sector / Scheduled Indian Bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India.

4.0

5.0

6.0

BID NOT ACCOMPANIED WITH REQUISITE BID EARNEST MONEY IN A SEPARATE SEALED ENVELOPE SHALL NOT BE ENTRTAINED AND SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE BIDDER WITHOUT BEING OPENED. 7.0 8.0 The bidding documents are not transferable and cost of bidding document is not refundable under any circumstances. The original Bidding document shall be signed by the bidder(s) on all pages and will be enclosed with the COMMERCIAL /PRICE bidding schedule. All corrections to rates and items in the Bid(s) should be initialed by the Bidder(s).Every Page of the Schedule Price Bidding shall be signed in full by the Bidder(s). The Bidder(s) shall have to give a DECLARATION that he/they have gone through the details of the Bidding Document(s) as per format appended with the Bidding Document. Address for Communication / Purchase of Bid Document. Addl. General Manager, Electrical Circle No.II, Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited Bidyut Bhavan, North Banamalipur Agartala 799001 West Tripura.

9.0

10.0

SECTION-II INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

1. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS The bidders are to satisfy themselves by visiting to the sites of work as regards the prevailing condition of locations proposed for 33 KV sub-Station, proposed way leave for the overhead and underground lines, their approaches, transportation facilities, availability of labourers and availability of materials etc. before submission of bid. No claim or excuse on this account will be entertained at any stage later on. The locations of the work falls under the jurisdiction of Amtali Electrical SubDivision which is situated at a distance of about 4 Km. from Agartala, the nearest railway station in Tripura. However, the goods train come only up to Kumarghat which is 140 Km. away from Agartala. The materials may be transported by road transport through National Highway 44 from Kumarghat or as may be convenient. 2. COST OF BIDDING The Bidder shall bear all the costs and expenses associated with preparation and submission of its Bid including post-bid discussions, technical and other presentation etc. and the TSECL shall in no case be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process. 3. 3.1 THE BIDDING DOCUMENT CONTENTS OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS The goods and services required, bidding procedures and contract terms are as prescribed in the Bidding Documents. In addition to the Invitation for Bids, the Bidding Documents is a compilation of the following sections: a. b. c. d. e. 3.2 Instructions to Bidders General Conditions of Contract Erection Conditions of Contract Standard Technical Specification & Guaranteed Technical Particulars. Price Schedule.

UNDERSTANDING OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS A prospective Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding Documents and fully inform himself as to all the conditions and matters which may in any way affect the scope of work or the cost thereof. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a Bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect shall be at the Bidders risk and may result in the rejection of its Bid.

4. 4.1

CLARIFICATIONS ON BIDDING DOCUMENTS If prospective Bidder finds discrepancies or omissions in the specifications and documents or is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part or requires any clarification on Bidding Documents should make the request / notify the Tender inviting Authority of TSECL in writing. The concerned authority of TSECL shall respond in writing to any request for such clarification of the Bidding Documents, 5

which it receives not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the deadline for submission of bids stipulated in tender notice. Written copies of the response (including an explanation of the query but without identifying its source) shall be sent to all prospective bidders who purchased the tender document. 4.2 Verbal clarification and information given from any offices of TSECL or its employee(s) or representative (s) shall not in any way be binding on TSECL. AMENDMENT TO BIDDING DOCUMENTS 5.1. At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, TSECL may, for any reason, whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective Bidder, modify the Bidding Documents by amendment (s). 5.2. The amendment shall be notified in writing or by Fax or Post or Email to all prospective Bidders, who have received the Bidding Documents at the address contained in the letter of request for issue of Bidding Documents from the Bidders. TSECL shall bear no responsibility or liability arising out of non-receipt of the same in time or otherwise. 5.3. In order to afford prospective bidders reasonable time to take the amendment into account in preparing their bids, TSECL may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for submission of bids. 5.4. Such amendments, clarifications, etc shall be binding on the bidders and shall be given due consideration by the bidders while they submit their bids and invariably enclose such documents as a part of the Bid. 6. PREPARATION OF BIDS 6.1. LANGUAGE OF BID The Bid prepared by the Bidders and all correspondence and documents relating thereto, exchanged by the Bidder and TSECL, shall be written in English language, provided that any printed literature furnished by the bidder may be written in another language so long as accompanied by an English translation of its pertinent passages. Failure to comply with this may disqualify a bid. For purposes of interpretation of the bid, the English translation shall govern. 7. LOCAL CONDITIONS 7.1. It shall be imperative on each bidder to fully inform him of all local conditions and factors, which may have any effects on the execution of the contract covered under these documents and specifications. The Owner shall not entertain any request for clarification from bidders, regarding such local conditions. 7.2. It must be understood and agreed that such factors as above have properly been investigated and considered while submitting the proposals. No claim for financial adjustment to the Contract awarded under these specifications and documents shall be entertained by TSECL. Neither any change in the time schedule of the Contract nor any financial adjustments arising thereof shall be permitted by TSECL.

5.

8.

DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID The Bid shall be submitted in 3(three) parts in separate sealed envelopes properly superscribing tender no., name of work and bid opening date as follows: Part-I: Bid Guarantee & Pre Qualification Bid Data 1. Containing Bid earnest money as per the stipulations of the Bid Documents in a separate sealed envelop. 2. Containing Documentary Evidence of the Bidder fulfilling the Qualifying Requirements stipulated in the NIT / Bid Document. The document to be submitted shall include copies of the relevant work order / purchase order / Award letters / Agreements etc. and corresponding completion certificates issued by the concerned clients. The Bidder shall also furnish copies of the audited balance sheet and Profit and Loss Accounts for the last three financial years (w.r.t. the Bid Opening Date) in support of their meeting the financial qualifying requirement. The Bidder shall also submit professional tax clearance certificate & sales tax clearance certificate and all such other documents deemed necessary in support of their meeting the stipulated qualifying requirement and its credentials. Part-II: Techno-Commercial Bid Containing Bidders Technical Proposal, drawings etc. along with his Commercial Terms, Payment Terms in conformity with the Bid Documents. Part-III: Price Bid The price schedule as per the format indicated in the Bid Price Schedule. The price should be quoted both in figures and words.

9.

SCOPE OF THE PROPOSAL 9.1. The scope of the proposal shall cover all the equipments, structures, insulators and fitting fixtures etc. specified under the accompanying Technical Specification. It shall include the following: i. Detailed design of the 11 & 12 meter long Steel tubular Poles/ 33/11 KV 2x 3.15 MVA Power Transformer / 33 KV Vacuum Circuit Breaker with Control & Relay Panel/33 KV Lightning Arrestor/ 33 & 11 KV Power Cable/ ACSR / AASC (7/4.26 mm), 33 KV Pin & Disc Insulators / 33 KV A.B.Switch / G.I.Wire, 100 KVA DT, Steel Sections (M.S. Channel, M.S. Angles, M.S. Flat. M.S. Nuts & Bolts and G.I.Pipe etc. as applicable for the proposed 33 KV SubStation and 33 KV feeder (a mix of overhead & underground system). Complete manufacture including shop testing. Providing engineering drawing, design & schematic lay-out of 33 KV Line & 33 KV Sub-Station including survey of total proposed line route / Operation Manual etc. for approval by TSECL. Packing and transportation from the Manufacturers works to the Site. Receipt, storage, preservation and conservation of equipment and materials at the Site. Pre-assembly, if any, Erection, Testing and Commissioning of all the equipment. 7

ii. iii.

iv. v. vi.

vii. viii.

Reliability & Performance Test on completion of Commissioning. Providing Guaranteed Technical Particulars of Equipment / Materials as per format enclosed.

9.2. Bids containing deviations from provisions relating to the following clauses shall be considered as non-responsive: a) Price Basis and Payments & Price Adjustment: Clause 12.0 (Section-II,) & 32.0 (Section-III,) b) Bid Guarantee: Clause 6.0, Section-I c) Contract Performance Guarantee: Clause 6.0, Section-I d) Liquidated Damages: Clause 13.0, General Condition of Contract (Section-III) e) Guarantee: Clause 14.0, Section-III f) Payment: Clause 34.0, Section-III. The determination of a Bids responsiveness will be based on the contents of the Bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence. 9.3. Bids not covering the above entire Scope of Work shall be treated as incomplete and hence rejected. 10. BID PRICE 10.1 The Bidder shall quote unit rates in the appropriate schedule of the Bid Form. 10.2 The Bidder shall also furnish the price breakup in separate schedule along with Bid Form to indicate the following: i. Ex-works price of Power transformer/Power cable/equipment / Circuit-Breaker/ Steel tubular poles /ACSR Conductor/ AASC/ and all other materials/Spares/Tools& Plant. ii. Charges for inland transportation and insurance for delivery of the equipments / materials up to their final destinations. iii. Lump-sum charges towards unloading, storage, insurance, erection, testing and commissioning. iv. Excise duty, Sale Tax, Octroi duty / entry tax, Service tax and any other levies legally payable on the transactions between the Owner and the Bidder.

11.

ALTERNATE PROPOSALS 11.1 Based on their experience, capabilities, patented research, and development work etc., the bidder may, in addition to a base proposal, offer alternate proposal(s), for reason of economy or better performance. But in all such case, the base proposal shall be strictly in line with the requirements as stipulated in the Bidding Documents and only such base proposal shall be considered for the purpose of evaluation of the proposals. Should the Bid by the successful Bidder contain such alternate proposal then the Owner, at his discretion, may accept the same at the time of award of Contract.

12.

PRICE BASIS AND PAYMENTS 10.1 The bidders shall quote in their proposal price for the entire Scope of Work covered under the Technical Specification as required in the Bid Proposal Sheets on a base price plus adjustment basis as per clause 32.4.1of section III. 10.2 All price components shall not be subjected to any adjustment, whatsoever, during the execution of the contract other than the price adjustment quoted at the time of tender. 10.3 Bidder shall indicate Bid prices in Indian Rupees only.

13.

TAXES AND DUTIES 13.1. All custom duties, excise duties, sales taxes and other levies payable by the bidders in respect of the transactions between the bidder and their vendors/sub-suppliers while procuring any components, sub-assemblies, raw materials and equipment shall be included in the bid price and no claim on this behalf shall be entertained by TSECL .The bid price shall also be inclusive of excise duty and central sales tax and other levies in respect of the transactions solely between TSECL and the bidder under the Contract. The local sale tax as admissible shall be clearly indicated which is reimbursable on production of document of actual payment. 13.2. Concessional Sales Tax declaration forms, as admissible, shall be issued to the Contractor, on request, for all items (as identified in the price schedule of the Bid) to be supplied directly by the Contractor as well as for the items to be supplied by the Sub- suppliers as sale-in-transit. 13.3. Sales Tax on goods incorporated in the Works: The bidder shall include the Sales Tax on Works Contract, Turnover Tax or any other similar taxes under the Sales Tax Act, as applicable in their quoted bid price and TSECL shall not bear any liability on this account. TSECL shall, however, deduct such taxes at source as per the rules and issue TDS Certificate to the Contractor. 13.4. As regards the Income Tax surcharge on Income Tax and other corporate taxes, the Bidder shall be responsible for such payment to the concerned authorities. 13.5. Service tax, as applicable on services rendered shall be responsibility of the bidder. TSECL shall not bear any liability on this account.

14.

TIME SCHEDULE 14.1. The basic consideration and the essence of the Contract shall be strict adherence to the time schedule for performing the specified works. 14.2. The requirement of completion schedule for the works is mentioned in Clause 1 (Section I) of this document. 14.3. The completion schedule as stated in Clause 1 (Section I) shall be one of the major factors in consideration of the Bids. 14.4. TSECL reserves the right to request for a change in the work schedule during post-bid discussion with successful bidder. 14.5. The successful Bidder shall be required to submit detailed BAR CHART and finalize the same with TSECL, as per the requirement of completion schedule.

15.

CONTRACT QUALITY ASSURANCE 15.1. The Bidder shall include in his proposal, the quality assurance programme containing the overall quality management and procedures which he proposed to follow in the performance of the works during various phases, as detailed in relevant clause of the General Technical Conditions. 15.2. At the time of award of Contract, the detailed quality assurance programme to be followed for the execution of the contract shall be mutually discussed and agreed to and such agreed programme shall form part of the contract.

16.

INSURANCE The bidders insurance liabilities pertaining to the Scope of Work is detailed out in clauses titled insurance in General Terms & Conditions of Contract and in Erection Conditions of Contract. Bidders attention is specifically invited to these clauses. The bid price shall include all the cost in pursuance of fulfilling all the insurance liabilities under the Contract.

17.

BRAND NAMES All the equipments/ materials/ Transformers/Circuit Breakers/Insulators/ Lightning Arrestors/ Steel Sections/Power Cable/Steel poles/AASC/Control & Relay panel/Power cables/ Hardware & Stay Sets/Spares shall be supplied out of the list of the makes/manufacturers as stipulated in the attached technical specification. Any deviation in this regard shall not be entertained and bids having such deviation shall be rejected. In case brand names are not specified in the attached technical specification, standard equipments / materials of reputed manufacturer acceptable to TSECL shall be supplied.

18.

BID GUARANTEE 18.1. The Bidder shall furnish, as part of its Bid, earnest money for an amount as specified in the Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) in the shape of demand draft only in favour of Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited payable at SBI, TLA House Branch, Agartala, and West Tripura. 18.2. The earnest money is required to protect TSECL against the risk of Bidders conduct, which would warrant the earnest money forfeiture pursuant to Para 18.7. 18.3. The earnest money shall be deposited in Indian rupees only. 10

18.4. Any bid not secured in accordance with para 18.1 and 18.3 above shall be rejected by TSECL as non-responsive. 18.5. The earnest money of the unsuccessful Bidders shall be discharged /returned as promptly as possible as but not later than 60 days after the expiration of the period of bid validity prescribed by the Owner. 18.6. The earnest money of the successful Bidder will be adjusted with the performance guarantee required to be furnished on award of contract as per Clause 6.0 of Section I. 18.7. The earnest money shall be forfeited: a. If a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the bid form; or b. In case of a successful Bidder fails: i) to sign the contract; or ii) to furnish the Contract Performance Guarantee. 18.8. No interest shall be payable by TSECL on the above earnest money. 19. PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF BIDS 19.1. Bids shall remain valid for 6 (six) calendar months after the date of bid opening prescribed by TSECL, unless otherwise specified in the accompanying Special Conditions of Contract. A Bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by TSECL as non-responsive. 19.2. In exceptional circumstances, TSECL may solicit the Bidders consent to an extension of the period of Bid validity. The request and the response thereto shall be made in writing (including cable or fax). The Earnest money provided under Clause 6.0 of Section I shall also be retained upto the extended period. No interest shall be payable by TSECL for retaining the earnest money upto the extended period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting the earnest money deposited by him. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or permitted to modify his Bid.

SUBMISSION OF BIDS
20. FORMAT OF BID 20.1. The Bidder shall prepare two copies of the Bid, clearly marking the Original Bid and Copy of Bid. In the event of any discrepancy between them, the original shall prevail. 20.2. The original and copy of bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly authorised by the bidder to sign the bidding document. The letter of authorisation shall be indicated by written power-of-attorney accompanying the Bid. All pages of the Bid, except for unamended printed literature, shall be initialled by the person or persons signing the Bid. 20.3. The Bid shall be submitted in three parts as described in clause no. 8 of Section II. 11

20.4. The Bid shall contain no interlineations, erasures or overwriting except as necessary to correct errors made by the Bidder, in which case such corrections shall be initialled by the person or persons signing the Bid. 21. SIGNATURE OF BIDS 21.1. The Bid must contain the name, residence and place of business of the person or persons making the Bid and shall be signed and sealed by the Bidder with his usual signature. The names of all persons signing shall also be typed or printed below the signature. 21.2. Bid by a partnership must be furnished with full names of all partners and be signed with the partnership name, followed by the signature(s) and designation(s) of the authorized partner(s) or other authorised representative(s). 21.3. Bids by Corporation / Company must be signed with the legal name of the Corporation/Company by the President, Managing Director or by the Secretary or other person or persons authorised to Bid on behalf of such Corporation / Company in the matter. 21.4. A Bid by a person who affixes to his signature the word President, Managing Director, Secretary, Agent, or other designation without disclosing his principal shall be rejected. 21.5. Satisfactory evidence of authority of the person signing on behalf of the Bidder shall be furnished with the Bid. 21.6. The Bidders name stated on the proposal shall be exact legal name of the firm. 21.7. Bids not conforming to all the above requirements of para 21 above may be disqualified. 21.8. The original Bidding document shall be signed by the bidder(s) on all pages and will be enclosed with the COMMERCIAL / PRICE bidding schedule and all corrections to rates and items in the Bid(s) should be initialed by the Bidder(s).Every Page of the Schedule Price Bidding shall be signed in full by the Bidder(s). 22. SEALING AND MARKING OF BIDS 22.1. The Bidders shall seal the Original and Copy of Bid in an inner and an outer envelope, duly marking the envelopes as Original and Copy. 22.2. The inner and outer envelopes shall be: a) Addressed to TSECL at the following address: Addl. General Manager (Electrical Circle No-II) Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited Bidyut Bhavan, North Banamalipur Agartala 799001 West Tripura. b) Bear (the NIT No., Name of work & date of opening). The inner envelope shall indicate the name and address of the Bidder to enable the Bid to be returned unopened in case it is declared late or rejected. 12

22.3. If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked as required by para 22.2 (b), TSECL shall assume no responsibility for the Bids misplacement or premature opening. 22.4. The earnest money must be submitted in a separate sealed envelope. 23. DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF BIDS 23.1. The Bidders have the option of sending the Bid by registered post or submitting the Bid in person. Bids submitted by Telex/Telegram/Fax shall not be accepted. No request from any Bidder to TSECL to collect the Bid from airlines, cargo agents etc. shall be entertained. 23.2. Bids shall be received by TSECL at the address specified under para 22.2(a) of Section - II, not later than the time & date mentioned in the Invitation to Bid. 23.3. TSECL may, at its discretion, extend this deadline for the submission of Bids, in which case all rights and obligations of TSECL and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended. 24. LATE BIDS 24.1 Any Bid received by TSECL after the time & date fixed or extended for submission of Bids prescribed by TSECL, shall be rejected and /or returned unopened to the Bidder. 25. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 25.1. The Bidder may modify or withdraw its Bid after the Bids submission provided that written notice of the modification or withdrawal is received by TSECL prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of Bids. 25.2. The Bidders modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked and dispatched in accordance with the provisions of clause 22 of section II. 25.3. No Bid shall be modified / withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for submission of Bids and the expiration of the period of Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Bid Form. Withdrawal/modification of a Bid during this interval shall result forfeiture of the earnest money deposited by the bidder. 26. INFORMATION REQUIRED WITH THE PROPOSAL 26.1. The Bids must clearly indicate the name of the manufacturer, the type of model of each principal item of equipment proposed to be furnished and erected. The Bid shall also contain drawings and descriptive materials indicating general dimensions, principles of operation, the extent of pre-assembly involved, major construction equipment proposed to be deployed, method of erection and the proposed erection organizational structure. 26.2. The above information shall be provided by the Bidder in the form of separate sheets, drawings, catalogues, etc. in five copies. 26.3. Any bid not containing sufficient descriptive material to describe accurately the equipment proposed, shall be treated as incomplete and hence rejected. Such descriptive materials and drawings submitted by the Bidder shall be retained by TSECL. Any major departure from these drawings and descriptive material submitted shall not be permitted during the execution of the Contract without specific written permission of TSECL.

13

26.4. Oral statements made by the Bidder at any time regarding quality, quantity or arrangement of the equipment or any other matter shall not be considered. 26.5. Standard catalogue pages and other documents of the Bidder may be used in the Bid to provide additional information and data as deemed necessary by the Bidder. 26.6. In case the proposal information contradicts specification requirements; the specification requirements shall govern, unless otherwise brought out clearly in the technical / commercial deviation schedule. BID OPENING AND EVALUATION 27. OPENING OF BIDS BY TSECL 27.1. First the cover containing Earnest money as per clause 6.0 of Section - I shall be opened and then documents of qualifying requirement as per clause 2.0 of Section-I shall be opened. Only those Bidders whose Bid contains Earnest money and documents of qualifying requirements as per the stipulations of Section - I shall be considered eligible for opening of Part-II of the Bid which shall also be opened on the same day. The Price Bid (Part III) of the eligible bidders on the basis of evaluation of part-II Bid shall be opened on a subsequent date. The date of opening of the price Bid (Part III) shall be notified in writing or by Fax to all qualified Bidders. In case the above schedule date of opening of Bid is declared holiday by the State / Central Govt. the Bid will be opened on the following working day keeping time unaltered. 27.2. The Bid and its all parts shall be opened in the presence of Bidders representatives (up to 2 persons) who choose to attend at the date and time for opening of bids indicated in the NIT or in case any extension has been given thereto, on the extended bid opening date and time notified to all the Bidders, who have purchased the Bidding Documents. The Bidders representatives who are present shall sign a register evidencing their attendance. No person / agent shall be allowed to be present during opening of Bid without valid authorisation from the concerned bidder. 27.3. The Bidders names, bid prices, modifications, bid withdrawals and the presence or absence of the requisite earnest money and such other details as TSECL, at its discretion, may consider appropriate shall be announced at the opening. 27.4. No electronic recording devices shall be permitted during bid opening. 28. CLARIFICATION OF BIDS 28.1. To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of Bids, TSECL may, at its discretion, ask the Bidder for a clarification of its Bid. The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing and no change in the price or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered or permitted. 29. PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION 29.1. TSECL shall examine the Bids to determine whether they are complete, whether any computational errors have been made, whether required sureties have been furnished, whether the documents have been properly signed and whether the Bids are generally in order. 14

29.2. Arithmetical errors shall be rectified on the following basis: If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and total price shall be corrected. If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail. If the Bidder does not accept the correction of the errors as above, his bid shall be rejected and the amount of earnest money shall be forfeited. The Bidder shall ensure that the prices furnished by him are complete. In the case of not quoting of rates of any item (supply / erection) in the specified price schedules of the Bid Form, TSECL shall be entitled to consider the highest price of the tender for the purpose of evaluation and for the purpose of award of the Contract, use the lowest prices of the tender. 29.3. Prior to the detailed evaluation, TSECL shall determine the substantial responsiveness of each Bid w.r.t. Bidding Documents. For purpose of these Clauses, a substantially responsive Bid is one which conforms to all the terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents without material deviations. A material deviation is one which affects in any way the prices, quality, quantity or delivery period of the equipment or which limits in any way the responsibilities or liabilities of the Bidder or any right of TSECL as required in these specifications and documents. TSECL determination of a Bids responsiveness shall be based on the contents of the Bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence. 29.4. A Bid determined as not substantially responsive shall be rejected by TSECL and may not subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the nonconformity. 29.5. TSECL may waive any minor non-conformity or irregularity in a Bid which does not constitute a material deviation, provided such waiver does not prejudice or affect the relative ranking of any Bidder. 30. DEFINITIONS AND MEANINGS 30.1. For the purpose of the evaluation and comparison of bids, the following meanings and definition shall apply: a. Bid Price shall mean the base price quoted by each Bidder in his proposal for the complete scope of works. b. Cost Compensation for Deviations shall mean the Rupee value of deviations from the Bidding Documents, as determined from the Bidders proposal. c. Evaluated Bid Price shall be the summation of Bid Price, Differential Price and Cost Compensation for Deviations. 30.2. Calculation of Differential Price & Cost Compensation for Deviations. 30.2.1 Deviations from the Bidding Documents in so far as practicable shall be converted to a Rupee value and added to the Bid Price to compensate for the deviation from the Bidding Documents while evaluating the Bids. In determining the Rupee value of the deviations, TSECL shall use parameters consistent with those specified in the specifications and documents and/or other information as necessary and available to TSECL. 15

31.

COMPARISON OF BIDS 31.1. For comparison purposes all the evaluated bid prices shall be in Indian Rupee as under:W Where, W M = = Total Comparison Price Bid Price including ex-works value of equipment/ materials and other taxes & duties excluding local taxes, freight and insurance charges, cost of erection /services including works contract tax and other components of bid price, if any. Cost compensation for deviations calculated according to para 30.2.1. above. 31.2. Evaluated bid prices of all the bidders shall be compared among themselves to determine the lowest evaluated Bid and, as a result of this comparison, the lowest Bid shall be selected for consideration of award of the Contract. = M+D

32.

CONTACTING THE OWNER Bids shall be deemed to be under consideration immediately after they are opened and until such time official intimation of award/rejection is made by TSECL to the Bidders. While the bids are under consideration, Bidders and/or their representatives or other interested parties are advised to refrain from contacting by any means, the Owner and/or his employees/representatives on matters relating to the bids under consideration. TSECL, if necessary, shall obtain clarifications on the bids by requesting for such information from any or all the Bidders, either in writing or through personal contacts as may be necessary. Bidders shall not be permitted to change the substance of the bids after the bids have been opened.

AWARD OF CONTRACT
33. AWARD CRITERIA 33.1. TSECL shall award the Contract to the successful Bidder whose bid has been determined to be substantially responsive and has been determined as technically acceptable and lowest evaluated Bid, provided further that the Bidder is determined to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily. TSECL shall be the sole judge in this regard. 33.2. Further, TSECL reserves the right to award separate Contracts to two or more parties in line with the terms and conditions specified in the accompanying Technical Specifications. 34. OWNERS RIGHT TO ACCEPT ANY BID AND TO REJECT ANY OR ALL BIDS 34.1. TSECL reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding process and reject all bids at any time prior to award of contract, without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or any obligation to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the grounds for such action. 16

35.

NOTIFICATION OF AWARD 35.1. Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity and extended validity period, if any, TSECL shall notify the successful Bidder in writing by registered letter or by telex or FAX, to be confirmed in writing by registered letter, that his Bid has been accepted. 35.2. The Notification of Award/Letter of Award shall constitute the formation of the Contract. 35.3. Upon the successful Bidders furnishing of Contract Performance Guarantee pursuant to Clause 6.0 of Section I. TSECL shall promptly notify each unsuccessful Bidder and will discharge its bid guarantee, pursuant to Clause 18 (Section II)

36.

SIGNING OF CONTRACT 36.1. At the same time as TSECL notifies the successful Bidder that its bid has been accepted, TSECL shall send the Bidder the detailed Letter of Award. 36.2. Within 15(fifteen) days of receipt of the detailed Letter of Award, the successful Bidder shall convey in writing unconditional acceptance of the Letter of Award and shall attend the respective office of TSECL for signing the contract agreement.

37.

CONTRACT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE 37.1. As a Contract Performance Security, the successful Bidder, on award of work, shall have to deposit a Contract Performance Guaranty equivalent to 10% of the LOA Value in the shape of Demand Draft/Banker Cheque in favour of TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED from any schedule bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India payable at Agartala or in the shape of Bank guarantee from a Public Sector / Scheduled Indian Bank guaranteed by Reserve Bank of India. (the latest annual report of the Bank should support compliance of capital adequacy ratio requirement) in the form attached as Annexure I in favour of TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED. The guarantee amount shall be equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price and it shall guarantee the faithful performance of the Contract in accordance with the terms and conditions specified in these documents and specifications. The earnest money deposited at the time of tender shall be adjusted with the contract performance guarantee. The contract performance guarantee submitted in the shape of Bank guarantee shall be valid upto guarantee period as per Clause 14 of section III. 37.2. The Performance Guarantee shall cover additionally the following guarantees to TSECL: a. The successful Bidder guarantees the successful and satisfactory operation of the equipment supplied and erected under the Contract, as per the specifications and documents. b. The successful Bidder further guarantees that the equipment provided and installed by him shall be free from all defects in design, material and workmanship and shall upon written notice from TSECL fully remedy free of expenses to TSECL such defects as developed under the normal use of the 17

said equipment within the period of guarantee specified in the relevant clause of the General Terms and conditions.
37.3. The Contract Performance Guarantee is intended to secure the performance of the

entire contract. However, it is not to be construed as limiting the damages under clause entitled Equipment Performance Guarantee in Technical Specifications and damages stipulated in other clauses in the Bidding Documents.

37.4. The Contract performance Guarantee submitted in the shape of demand draft shall be returned to the Contractor without any interest at the end of successful completion and commissioning of the work against a Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount from any Public Sector / scheduled Indian Bank valid upto the Guarantee period. The Bank Guarantee such deposited shall be discharged after expiry of Guarantee period. 37.5. The contract performance Guarantee shall be forfeited: a) If the contractor fails to start the work as per approved BAR CHART for reasons solely rest on him.

b) If the contractor left / suspends the work without prior written intimation to the owners Engineer in charge of the work stating the reasons for such suspension of work. c) 38. If the contractor left / suspends the work for reasons which are not acceptable to TSECL.

CORRUPT OR FRAUDULENT PRACTICES 38.1. TSECL expects the bidders / suppliers / contractors to observe the highest standards of ethics during the procurement and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, TSECL a. defines, for the purpose of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows; (i) Corrupt practice means offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of anything of value to influence the action of a official in the procurement process or in contract execution, and (j) Fraudulent practice means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the owner, and includes collusive practice among bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the owner from the benefits of free and open competition. b. Will reject a proposal for award if it determines the bidder recommended for award has engaged a corrupt or fraudulent practice in competing for the contract in question. c. Will declare a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, if TSECL at any time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt / fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing the contract.

18

SECTION-III
GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
A. 1.0 1.1 INTRODUCTION DEFINITION OF TERMS The Contract means the agreement entered into between Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited and Contractor as per the Contract Agreement signed by the parties, including all attachments and appendices thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein. Owner shall mean TRIPURA STATE ELECTRICITY CORPORATION LIMITED (TSECL) and shall include their legal representatives, successors and assigns. Contractor or Manufacturer shall mean the Bidder whose bid shall be accepted by TSECL for award of the Works and shall include such successful Bidders legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Sub-contractor shall mean the person named in the Contract for any part of the Works or any person to whom any part of the Contract has been sublet by the Contractor with the consent in writing of the owners Engineer in charge of the work and shall include the legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of such person. Consulting Engineer/Consultant shall mean Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd. or any firm or person duly appointed as such from time to time by TSECL .. The terms Equipment, Stores and Materials shall mean and include equipment, stores and materials to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract. Works shall mean and include the furnishing of equipment, labour and services, as per the Specifications and complete erection, testing and putting into satisfactory operation including all transportation, handling, unloading and storage at the Site as defined in the Contract. Specifications shall mean the Specifications and Bidding Documents forming a part of the Contract and such other schedules and drawings as may be mutually agreed upon. Site shall mean and include the land and other places on, into or through which the works and the related facilities are to be erected or installed and any adjacent land, paths, street or reservoir which may be allocated or used by TSECL or Contractor in the performance of the Contract.

1.2

1.3 1.4

1.5 1.6 1.7

1.8 1.9

1.10 The term Contract Price shall mean the item wise price / lump-sum price quoted by the Contractor in his bid with additions and/or deletions as may be agreed and incorporated in the Letter of Award, for the entire scope of the works. 1.11 The term Equipment Portion of the Contract price shall mean the ex-works value of the equipment. 1.12 The term Erection Portion of the Contract price shall mean the value of field activities of the works including erection, testing and putting into satisfactory operation including successful completion of performance and guarantee tests to be performed at Site by the Contractor including cost of insurances. 19

1.13 Manufacturers Works or Contractors Works, shall mean the place of work used by the manufacturer, the Contractor, their collaborators/associate or subcontractors for the performance of the Contract. 1.14 Inspector shall mean TSECL or any person nominated by TSECL from time to time, to inspect the equipment; stores or Works under the Contract and/or the duly authorized representative of TSECL. 1.15 Notification of Award of Contract/Letter of Award/Telex of Award shall mean the official notice issued by TSECL notifying the Contractor that his bid has been accepted. 1.16 Date of Contract shall mean the date on which Notification of Award of Contract/Letter of Award/Telex of Award has been issued. 1.17 Month shall mean the calendar month. Day or Days, unless herein otherwise expressly defined, shall mean calendar day or days of 24 hours each. A Week shall mean continuous period of seven (7) days. 1.18 Writing shall include any manuscript, type written or printed statement, under or over signature and/or seal as the case may be. 1.19 When the words Approved. Subject to Approval, Satisfactory, Equal to, Proper, Requested, As Directed, Where Directed, When Determined by, Accepted, Permitted, or words and phrases of like importance are used, the approval, judgment, direction etc. is understood to be a function of TSECL. 1.20 Test on Completion shall mean such tests as prescribed in the Contract to be performed by the Contractor before the work is Taken Over by TSECL. 1.21 Start Up shall mean the time period required to bring the equipment covered under the Contract from an inactive condition, when construction is essentially complete, to the state ready for trial operation. The start up period shall include preliminary inspection and checkout of equipment and supporting sub-system, initial operation of the complete equipment covered under the Contract to obtain necessary pre-trial operation data, perform calibration and corrective action, shut down, inspection and adjustment prior to the trial operation period. 1.22 Initial Operation shall mean the first integral operation of the complete equipment covered under the Contract with the sub-system and supporting equipment in service or available for service. 1.23 Trial Operation, Reliability Test, Trial Run, Completion Test shall mean the extended period of time after the start up period. During this trial operation period, the unit shall be operated over the full load range. The length of Trial Operation shall be as determined by the Engineer of TSECL unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract. 1.24 Performance and Guarantee Test shall mean all operational checks and tests required to determine and demonstrate capacity, efficiency and operating characteristics as specified in the Contract Documents. 1.25 The term Final Acceptance/Taking Over shall mean written acceptance of the Works performed under the Contract by TSECL, after successful commissioning/completion of Performance and Guarantee Tests, as specified in the accompanying Technical Specification or otherwise agreed in the Contract. 20

1.26 Commercial Operation shall mean the Conditions of Operation in which the complete equipment covered under the Contract is officially declared by TSECL to be available for continuous operation at different loads upto and including rated capacity. Such declaration by TSECL, however, shall not relieve or prejudice the Contractor of any of his obligations under the Contract. 1.27 Guarantee period/Maintenance Period shall mean the period during which the Contractor shall remain liable for repair or replacement of any defective part of the works performed under the contract. 1.28 Latent Defects shall mean such defects caused by faulty designs, material or work man ship which cannot be detected during inspection, testing etc, based on the technology available for carrying out such tests. 1.29 Drawings, Plans shall mean all: a) b) c) d) e) Drawing furnished by TSECL as a basis for Bid Proposals. Supplementary drawings furnished by TSECL to clarify and define in greater detail the intent of the Contract. Drawings submitted by the Contractor with his Bid provided such drawings are acceptable to TSECL. Drawings furnished by TSECL to the Contractor during the progress of the Work; and Engineering data and drawings submitted by the Contractor during the progress of the Work provided such drawings are acceptable to the Executive Engineer in charge of the work.

1.30 Codes shall mean the following including the latest amendments and / or replacement, if any: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) A.S.M.E. Test Codes. A.I.E.E. Test Codes. American Society of Testing Materials Codes. Standards of the Indian Standards Institutions. I.E.E. standards. I.E.C. standards. Other Internationally approved standards and / or Rules and Regulations touching the subject matter of the Contract.

1.31 Words imparting Person shall include firms, companies, corporation and association or bodies of individuals. 1.32 Terms and expressions not herein defined shall have the same meaning as are assigned to them in the Indian Sale of Goods Act (1930), failing that in the Indian Contact Act (1872) and failing that in the General Clauses Act (1897) including amendments thereof if any. 1.33 In addition to the above the following definitions shall also apply. a) All equipment and materials to be supplied shall also mean Goods. b) Constructed shall also mean erected and installed c) Contract Performance Guarantee shall also mean Contact Performance Security 21

2.0

APPLICATION These General Conditions shall apply to the extent that they are not superseded by provisions in other parts of the Contract.

3.0

STANDARDS The Goods supplied under this Contract shall conform to the standards mentioned in the Various Technical Specifications and when no applicable standard is mentioned to the authoritative standard appropriate to the Goods and such standards shall be the latest issued by the concerned institution.

4.0

LANGUAGE AND MEASURES All documents pertaining to the Contract including specification, Schedules, notices, correspondence, operating and maintenance instructions, drawings or any other writing shall be written in English language. The Metric System of measurement shall be used exclusively in the Contract.

5.0

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.1 The term Contract Documents shall mean and include the following which shall be deemed to form an integral part of the Contract: a) Invitation of Bid including letter forwarding the Bidding Documents, Instructions to Bidders, General Terms and Conditions of Contract, Erection Conditions of Contract and all other documents included under the Special Conditions of Contract and various other sections. Specifications of the equipment to be furnished and erected under the Contract as brought out in the accompanying Technical Specification. Contractors Bid proposal and the documents attached there-to including the letter of clarifications thereto between the Contractor and TSECL prior to the Award of Contract. All the materials, literature, data and information of any sort given by the Contractor along with his bid, subject to the approval of TSECL. Letter of Award and any agreed variations of the conditions of the documents and special terms and conditions of contract if any.

b) c)

d) e) 6.0

USE OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND INFORMATION The Contractor shall not communicate or use in advertising, publicity, sales releases or in any other medium, photographs or other reproduction of the Works under this contract, or descriptions of the site, dimensions, quantity, quality, or other information, concerning the Works unless prior written permission has been obtained from TSECL.

7.0

JURISDICTION OF CONTRACT The laws applicable to the Contract shall be the laws in force in India. The Courts of Agartala shall have exclusive jurisdiction in all matters arising under this Contract. 22

8.0

MANNER OF EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

8.1 The contractor should attend the concerned office of TSECL within 15(fifteen) days from the date of issue of the Letter of Award to the Contractor for signing the contract agreement. The Contractor shall provide for signing of the Contract, Performance Guarantee, appropriate power of attorney and other requisite materials. 8.2 The Agreement shall be signed in two originals and the Contractor shall be provided with one signed original and the rest shall be retained by TSECL. 8.3 The Contractor shall provide free of cost to TSECL all the engineering data, drawings, and descriptive materials submitted with the Bid, in at least six (6) copies to form a part of the contract immediately after issue of Letter of Award. 8.4 Subsequent to signing of the Contract, the Contractor, at his own cost, shall provide TSECL with at least five (5) true copies of Agreement and one soft copy including 3(three) hard copies of the approved drawings within fifteen (15) days after the signing of the Contract. ENFORCEMENT OF TERMS The failure of either party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Contract or any rights in respect thereto or to exercise any option therein provided, shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions, rights or options or in anyway to affect the validity of the Contract. The exercise by either party of any of its rights herein shall not prejudice either party from exercising the same or any other right it may have under the Contract. Unless otherwise terminated under the provisions of any other relevant clause, this Contract shall be deemed to have been completed on the date stipulated in the NIT. GUARANTEE & LIABILITIES 11.0 TIME THE ESSENCE OF CONTRACT 11.1 The time and the date of completion of the Contract as stipulated in the Contract by TSECL without or with modifications, if any, and so incorporated in the Letter of Award, shall be deemed to be the essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall so organize his resources and perform his Work as to complete it not later than the date agreed to. The Contractor shall submit a detailed BAR CHART / PERT NETWORK consisting of adequate number of activities covering various key phases of the Work such as design, procurement, manufacturing, shipment and field erection activities within fifteen (15) days of the date of Notice of Award of Contract. This Bar Chart shall also indicate the interface facilities to be provided by TSECL and the dates by which such facilities are needed. The Contractor shall discuss with TSECL for finalisation and approval of the Bar Chart by TSECL. The agreed Bar Chart shall form part of the contract documents. During the performance of the Contract, if in the opinion of the owners Engineer in charge of the work, proper progress is not maintained, suitable changes shall 23

9.0 9.1

10.0 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT 10.1

11.2

be made in the Contractors operations to ensure proper progress without any cost implication to TSECL. The interface facilities to be provided by TSECL in accordance with the agreed Bar Chart shall also be reviewed while reviewing the progress of the Contractor. 11.3 11.4 Based on the agreed Bar Chart fortnightly reports shall be submitted by the Contractor as directed by the owners Engineer in charge of the work. Subsequent to the finalization of the Bar Chart, the Contractor shall make available to the owners Engineer in charge of the work a detailed manufacturing programme in line with the agreed Contract Bar Chart. Such manufacturing programme shall be reviewed, updated and submitted to the owners Engineer in charge of the work once in every month thereafter. The above Bar Charts/manufacturing programme shall be compatible with TSECL computer environment and furnished to TSECL on such media as may be desired by TSECL.

11.5

12.0 EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTRACT The Contract shall be considered as having come into force from the date of the Notification of Award, unless otherwise provided in the Notification of Award. 13.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 13.1 13.1.1 For Equipment Portion (Excluding Spares) If the Contractor fails to successfully complete the commissioning within the time fixed under the Contract, the Contractor shall pay to TSECL as liquidated damages and not as penalty a sum specified for each specified period of delays. The details of such liquidated damages are brought out in the accompanying Special Conditions of Contract. Equipment and materials will be deemed to have been delivered only when all its components, parts are also delivered. If certain components are not delivered in time, the equipment and materials will be considered as delayed until such time the missing parts are also delivered. The Liquidated damages for delay in complete the work in all respect and commissioning of all the equipments within the time fixed under the contract shall be 1% (one percent) of the contract price of the whole work per week or part thereof. The total amount of liquidated damages for delay under the Contract will be subject to a maximum of 5% of the Contract price.

13.1.2

13.1.3

13.1.4

24

14.0 GUARANTEE 14.1 The Contractor shall warrant that the equipment shall be new, unused and in accordance with the contract documents and free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of Twelve (12) calendar months commencing immediately upon the satisfactory commissioning. The Contractors liability shall be limited to the replacement of any defective parts in the equipment of his own manufacture or those of his sub-contractors under normal use and arising solely from faulty design, materials and/or workmanship provided always that such defective parts are repairable at the site and are not in the meantime essential in the commercial use of the equipment. Such replaced/defective parts shall be returned to the Contractor unless otherwise arranged. No repairs or replacement shall normally be carried out by owners Engineer in charge of the work when the equipment is under the supervision of the Contractors supervisory engineer. In the event of any emergency, where in the judgment of the owners Engineer in Charge of work, delay would cause serious loss or damages, repairs or adjustment may be made by him or a third party chosen by him without advance notice to the Contractor and the cost of such work shall be paid by the Contractor. In the event such action is taken by the Executive Engineer in Charge of work, the Contractor shall be notified promptly and he shall assist wherever possible in making necessary corrections. This shall not relieve the Contractor of his liabilities under the terms and conditions of the Contract. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to replace or renew any defective portions of the Works, the provision of this clause shall apply to portion of the Works so replaced or renewed until the expiry of Twelve (12) months from the date of such replacement or renewal. If any defects are not remedied within a reasonable time, the Executive Engineer in Charge of work may proceed to do the work at the Contractors risk and cost, but without prejudice to any other rights which TSECL may have against the Contractor in respect of such defects. The repaired or new parts shall be furnished and erected free of cost by the Contractor. If any repair is carried out on his behalf at the site, the Contractor shall bear the cost of such repairs. The cost of any special or general overhaul rendered necessary during the maintenance period due to defects in the equipment or defective work carried out by the Contractor shall be borne by the Contractor. The acceptance of the equipment by the Executive Engineer in Charge of work shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligation under this clause. In the case of those defective parts, which are not repairable at site but are essential for the commercial operation of the equipment, the Contractor and the Owners Engineer in Charge of work shall mutually agree to a programme of replacement or renewal, which shall minimize interruption to the maximum extent in the operation of the equipment. At the end of the guarantee period, the Contractors liability ceases except for latent defects. For latent defects, the Contractors liability as mentioned in clause nos. 14.1 through 14.7 above shall remain till the end of 5 years from the date of commissioning. 25

14.2

14.3

14.4

14.5

14.6 14.7

14.8

In respect of goods supplied by sub-contractors to the Contractor, where a longer guarantee (more than 12 months) is provided by such sub-contractor, TSECL shall be entitled to the benefits of such longer guarantee. 14.9 The provisions contained in this clause shall not be applicable: a) If TSECL has not used the equipment according to the generally approved industrial practice and in accordance with the conditions of operations specified and in accordance with operating manuals, if any. In cases of normal wear and tear of the parts to be specifically mentioned by the Contractor in the offer.

b)

15.0 TAXES, PERMITS & LICENCES The Contractor shall be liable and pay all non-Indian taxes, duties, levies lawfully assessed against TSECL or the Contractor in pursuance of the Contract. In addition, the Contractor shall be responsible for payment of all Indian duties, levies and taxes lawfully assessed against this contract. 16.0 REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE PARTS AND MATERIALS 16.1 If during the performance of the Contract, owners Engineer in charge of the work shall decide and inform in writing to the Contractor that the Contractor has manufactured any equipment, material or part of equipment unsound and imperfect or has furnished any equipment inferior to the quality specified, the Contractor on receiving details of such defects or deficiencies shall at his own expense within Seven (7) days of his receiving the notice, or otherwise, within such time as may be reasonably necessary for making it good, proceed to alter, reconstruct or remove such works and furnish fresh equipment/materials upto the standards of the specifications. In case, the Contractor fails to do so, the Owners Engineer in charge of the work may on giving the Contractor Seven (7) days notice in writing of his intentions to do so, proceed to remove the portion of the works so complained of and at the cost of the Contractor perform all such work or furnish all such equipment/materials. The Contractors full and extreme liability under this clause shall be satisfied by the payment to TSECL of the extra cost, of such replacement procured including erection as provided for in the Contract, such extra cost being the ascertained difference between the price paid by TSECL for such replacements and the Contract Price by portion for such defective equipment/materials/works and repayments of any sum paid by TSECL to the Contractor in respect of such defective equipment/material. Should TSECL not so replace the defective equipment/materials, the Contractors extreme liability under this clause shall be limited to repayment of all sums paid by TSECL under the Contract for such defective equipment/materials. PATENT RIGHTS AND ROYALTIES Royalties and fees for patents covering materials, articles, apparatus, devices, equipment or processes used in the Works shall be deemed to have been included in the Contract Price. The Contractor shall satisfy all demands that may be made at any time for such royalties or fees and he alone shall be liable for any damages or claims for patent infringements and shall keep TSECL indemnified in that regard. The Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, defend all suits or proceedings that may be instituted for alleged infringement of any patents involved in the Works, and, in case of an award of damages, the 26

16.2

17.0

Contractor shall pay for such award. In the event of any suit or other proceedings instituted against TSECL, the same shall be defended at the cost and expense of the Contractor who shall also satisfy/comply with any decree, order or award made against TSECL. But it shall be understood that no such machine, plant, work, material or thing has been used by TSECL for any purpose or any manner other than that for which they have been furnished and installed by the Contractor and specified under these specifications. Final payment to the Contractor by TSECL shall not be made while any such suit or claim remains unsettled. In the event any apparatus or equipment, or any part thereof furnished by the Contractor, is in such suit or proceedings held to constitute infringement, and its use is enjoined, the Contractor shall at his option and at his own expense, either procure for TSECL, the right to continue the use of said apparatus, equipment or part thereof, replace it with noninfringing apparatus or equipment or modify it, so it becomes non-infringing. 18.0 DEFENCE OF SUITS If any action in court is brought against TSECL for the failure, omission or neglect on the part of the Contractor to perform any acts, matters, or things under the Contract, or for damage or injury caused by the alleged omission or negligence on the part of the Contractor, his agents, representatives or his SubContractors, or in connection with any claim based on lawful demands of SubContractors, workmen, suppliers or employees, the Contractor shall in all such cases indemnify and keep TSECL, from all losses, damages, expenses or decrees arising of such action. 19.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES The final payment by TSECL in pursuance of the Contract shall mean the release of the Contractor from all his liabilities under the Contract. Such final payment shall be made only at the end of the Guarantee/Warranty Period, and till such time as the contractual liabilities and responsibilities of the Contractor, shall prevail. All other payments made under the Contract shall be treated as on-account payments. 20.0 POWER TO VARY OR OMIT WORK 20.1 No alterations, amendments, omissions, suspensions or variations of the Works (hereinafter referred to as variation) under the Contract as detailed in the Contract Documents, shall be made by the Contractor except as directed in writing by owners Engineer in charge of the work, but he shall have full powers subject to the provisions hereinafter contained, from time to time during the execution of the Contract, by notice in writing to instruct the Contractor to make such variation without prejudice to the Contract. The Contractor shall carry out such variation and be bound by the same conditions as far as applicable as though the said variations occurred in the Contract Documents. If any suggested variations would, in the opinion of the Contractor, if carried out, prevent him from fulfilling any of his obligations or guarantees under the Contract, he shall notify the Engineer thereof in writing and the Engineer shall decide forthwith whether or not, the same shall be carried out and if the Engineer confirm his instructions, the Contractors obligations and guarantees shall be modified to such an extent as may be mutually agreed. Any agreed difference in cost occasioned by any such variation shall be added to or deduced from the Contract Price as the case may be.

27

20.2

In the event of the Engineer requiring any variation, a reasonable and proper notice shall be given to the Contractor to enable him to work his arrangement accordingly, and in cases where goods or materials are already prepared or any design, drawings or pattern made or work done requires to be altered, a reasonable and agreed sum in respect thereof shall be paid to the Contractor. In any case in which the Contractor has received instructions from the Executive Engineer in charge of the work as to the requirement of carrying out the alterations or additional or substituted work which either then or later on, shall in the opinion of the Contractor, involve a claim for additional payment, the Contractor shall immediately and in no case later than Thirty (30) days, after receipt of the instructions aforesaid and before carrying out the instructions, advise the Owners Engineer in charge of the work to that effect. But the Owners Engineer in charge of the work shall not become liable for the payment of any charges in respect of any such variations, unless the instructions for the performance of the same shall be confirmed in writing by the Executive Engineer in charge of the work. If any variation in the Works results in reduction of Contract Price, the parties shall agree, in writing, to the extent of any change in the price, before the Contractor proceeds with the change. In all the above cases, in the event of a disagreement as to the reasonableness of the said sum, the decision of owners Engineer in charge of the work shall prevail.

20.3

20.4

20.5

Notwithstanding anything stated above in this clause, owners Engineer in charge of the work shall have the full power to instruct the Contractor, in writing, during the execution of the Contract to vary the quantities of the items or groups of items in accordance with the provisions of clause entitled Change of Quantity in Section III. The Contractor shall carry out such variations and be bound by the same conditions as though the said variations occurred in the Contract Documents. 21.0 ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-LETTING OF CONTRACT 21.1 The Contractor may, after informing owners Engineer in charge of the work and getting his written approval, assign or sub-let the Contract or any part thereof other than supply of main equipments and any part of the plant for which makes are identified in the Contract. Suppliers of the equipment not identified in the Contract or any change in the identified suppliers shall be subjected to approval by the owners Engineer in charge of the work. The experience list of equipment vendors under consideration by the Contractor for this Contract shall be furnished to the owners Engineer in charge of the work for approval, prior to procurement of all such items/equipment. Such assignment/sub-letting shall not relieve the Contractor of any obligation, duty or responsibility under the Contract. Any assignment as above, without prior written approval of the owners Engineer in charge of the work, shall be void. For components/equipment procured by the Contractor for the purposes of the Contract, after obtaining the written approval of TSECL, the Contractors purchase specifications and enquiries shall call for quality plan to be submitted by the suppliers along with their proposals. The quality plans called for from the Vendors shall set out, during the various stages of manufacture and 28

20.6

21.2

installation, the quality practices and procedures followed by the Vendors quality control organization, the relevant reference document/standard used, acceptance level, inspection documentation raised, etc. Such quality plans of the successful vendors shall be discussed and finalized in consultation with the owners Engineer in charge of the work and shall form part of the purchase order/contract between the Contractor and the Vendor. Within three weeks of the release of the purchase orders/contracts for such bought out items/components, a copy of the same without price details but together with detailed purchase specifications, quality plans and delivery conditions shall be furnished to the owners Engineer in charge of the work by the Contractor. 22.0 CHANGE OF QUANTITY 22.1 During the execution of the Contract, TSECL reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantities of items under the Contract but without any change in unit price or other terms & conditions. Such variations shall not be subjected to any limitation for the individual items but the total variations in all such items including items not covered under the Contract shall be limited to 25%. The Contract price shall accordingly be adjusted based on the unit rates available in the Contract for the change in quantities as above. The base unit rates, as identified in the Contract shall however remain constant during the currency of the Contract, except as provided for in clause 31.0 below. In case, the unit rates are not available in the contract, the same shall be worked out as below: i) If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work are specified in the contract, the contractor is bound to carry the additional, altered or substituted work at the same rates as are specified in the contract. ii) If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work are not specifically provided in the contract, the rates will be derived from a similar class of work as are specified in the contract. iii) If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work includes any work for which no rate is specified in the contract / can not be derived from the similar class of work in the contract, then such work shall be carried out at the rates which will be determined on the basis of current schedule of rate of TSECL above minus / plus the percentage which the total contract amount bears to the estimated cost put to tender. Provided always if the rate for particular part or parts of the item is not available in the schedule of rates the rate of such part or parts will be determined by TSECL of the work on the basis of the prevailing market rate when the work was done. iv)If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work can not be determined in the manner specified in sub-clause i, ii & iii above, then the contractor shall within 7(Seven) days of receipt of order to carry out the order, inform the owners Engineer in charge of the work of rate which it is his intention to charge for such class of work, supported by analysis of rate or rates claimed, and TSECL shall determine the rate or rates claimed with mutual settlement with the contractor. v) The deviation limit referred to above is the net effect (algebraically sum) of all additions and deductions ordered. 29

22.2

vi)Time for the completion for the work shall be extended in the proportion that the altered, additional or substituted work bears to the original contract of the work and the certificate of the owners Engineer in charge of the work shall be conclusive for approval of the time extension by TSECL. 23.0 PAKCING, FORWARDING AND SHIPMENT 23.1 The Contractor, wherever applicable, shall after proper painting, pack and crate all equipment in such a manner as to protect them from deterioration and damage during rail and road transportation to the site and storage at the site till the time of erection. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damages due to improper package. The Contractor shall notify the owners Engineer in charge of the work of the date of each shipment from his works, and the expected date of arrival at the site. The Contractor shall also give all shipping information concerning the weight, size and content of each packing including any other information the owners Engineer in charge of the work may require. The Contractor shall prepare detailed packing list of all packages and containers, bundles and loose materials forming each and every consignment dispatch to Site. The Contractor shall further be responsible for making all necessary arrangements for loading, unloading and other handling, right from his works up to the Site and also till the equipment is erected, tested and commissioned. He shall be solely responsible for proper storage and safe custody of all equipment. 24.0 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS AND CONSULTING ENGINEERS The Contractor shall agree to cooperate with the TSECLs Consulting Engineers and freely exchange with them such technical information, as is necessary to obtain the most efficient and economical design and to avoid unnecessary duplication of efforts. The owners Engineer in charge of the work shall be provided with three copies of all correspondence addressed by the Contractor to the consulting Engineers of TSECL in respect of such exchange of technical information. 25.0 NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS Neither the inspection by TSECL nor any order by TSECL for payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the Works by the owners Engineer in charge of the work, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the owners Engineer in charge of the work shall operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract, or of any power herein reserved to TSECL or any right to damages herein provided nor shall any waiver of any breach in the Contract be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

23.2

23.3

23.4

30

26.0 CERTIFICATE NOT TO AFFECT RIGHT OF TSECL AND LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR. No interim payment certificate of the owners Engineer in charge of the work, nor any sum paid on account by TSECL, nor any extension of time for execution of the Works granted by TSECL shall affect or prejudice the rights of TSECL against the Contractor or relieve the Contractor of his obligation for the due performance of the Contractor, or be interpreted as approval of the Works done or of the equipment furnished and no certificate shall create liability for TSECL to pay for alterations, amendments, variations or additional works not ordered, in writing, by the owners Engineer in charge of the work or discharge the liability of the Contractor for the payment of damages whether due, ascertained or certified or not or any sum against the payment of which he is bound to indemnify TSECL, nor shall any such certificate nor the acceptance by him of any sum paid on account or otherwise affect or prejudice the rights of TSECL against the Contractor. 27.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF EQUIPMENTS / MATERIALS 27.1 All equipments / materials shall be dispatched by the contractor only after issuance of Materials Inspection Clearance Certificate (MICC) by the inspecting officer / team of TSECL officials unless otherwise waived by TSECL during execution of the contract in special circumstances. After manufacturing or at the stage of dispatch of equipments / materials the contractor shall give intimation to the owners Engineer in charge of the work for conducting inspection of equipments / materials at manufactures works or at recognised testing laboratories to be arranged by the contractor. The intimation shall be made at least 15(fifteen) days before the equipments / materials become ready for dispatch. Testing of equipments / materials as specified above shall be conducted at the risk and cost of the contractor. The contractor shall also bear the to and fro traveling and lodging charges of the inspecting officer / team of TSECL. During the various stages of the Work in the pursuance of the Contract, the Contractor shall at his own cost submit periodic progress reports as may be reasonably required by the owners Engineer in charge of the work with such materials as, charts, Bar Charts, photographs, test certificates, etc. Such progress reports shall be in the form and size as may be required by the owners Engineer in charge of the work and shall be submitted in at least Three (3) copies. 29.0 29.1 EXTENSION OF TIME TSECL may consider to grant time extension for completion of the work if it is felt absolutely essential on fulfillment of following conditions by the Contractor:a) The contractor must apply to the Engineer-In-charge in writing for extension of time so required justifying the necessity.

27.2

27.3.

28.0 PROGRESS REPORTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS

31

b) Such application must state the grounds which hindered the contractor in the execution of the work within the time as stipulated in the contract document. c) Such application must be made within 30 days of the date on which such hindrance had arisen. d) The Engineer-in charge must be of the opinion that the grounds shown for the extension of time are reasonable and without extension of such time completion of the work is practically impossible. 29.2 The Engineer-In- Charge will have full powers, but the orders on the application of the Contractor accepted by the Authorities higher than the Engineer-In-Charge shall be issued by him only after written approval from the concerned authority higher than Engineer-In-Charge. The opinion of the Engineer- in- charge, whether the grounds shown for the time are or are not reasonable, is final. If the Engineer- in- charge is of the opinion that the grounds shown by the supplier/ contractor are not reasonable and declines to grant extension to time, the supplier/contractor cannot challenge. Upon successful completion of all the tests to be performed at Site on equipment furnished and erected by the Contractor, the owners Engineer in charge of the work shall issue to the Contractor a Taking over Certificate as a proof of the final acceptance of the equipment. Such certificate shall not unreasonably be withheld.

29.3

30.0 TAKING OVER

CONTRACT SECURITY AND PAYMENTS

31.0 CONTRACT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

The Contractor shall furnish Contract Performance Guarantee as specified in Clause 6.0 of Section - I for the proper fulfillment of the Contract within Fifteen (15) days of Notice of Award of Contract.

32.0 CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT

32.1

The provisions detailed herein shall be read and interpreted in conjunction with the provisions of Clause 12 of Section II.

32.2

All adjustment in the Contract price shall be computed in accordance with the conditions and formulae detailed hereunder:
32

32.3

The following components of the Bid Price shall be subject to price adjustment:

32.3.1 Supply Component: a) Ex-factory price component subject to positive ceiling of ten percent (+10%) and no ceiling on negative side. b) The price adjustment shall be worked out on the components of the ex-factory bid price in Indian Rupees only as quoted by the Contractor and price adjustment amount so computed shall also be payable or recoverable in Indian Rupees Only. c) The price adjustment amount shall be worked out as per IEEMA formula applicable on the date of tendering taking into account the indices for various materials and labour of respective period published by IEEMA.

32.3.2

Erection Component: The monthly erection price adjustment amount shall be computed for the erection bid price as per the formula given below:

(F1-F0) dER= 0.75 ERO X --------------F0 Where dER = Price adjustment payable to the Contractor (if it works out to negative, the amount is to be adjusted by the TSECL

33

with the payment of other items to the contractor), for each billing.

ERO =

Value of erection work done in the billing period as established by the Contract.

Indian Field Labour Indes, namely All India Consumer Price Index for Industrial Workers. (All India Average) as published by IEEMA / Labour Bureau, Simla of the Government of India.

Subscript 0 will correspond to 30 days prior to the date set for opening of bids.

Subscript 1 will correspond to the billing period. For the purpose of Price Adjustment, the Billing period shall mean the Billing Period as per Contract time schedule i.e. the agreed Bar Chart or actual period, whichever is earlier. The Billing period, for various erection activities will be as per agreed erection Bar Chart indicating monthly schedule of erection activities for completion of works.

No Price increase shall be allowed beyond the original erection dates unless specifically stated in the Time Extension letter, if any, issued by TSECL. However, TSECL be entitled to any decrease in the Contract Price which may be caused due to lower price adjustment amount in case of delays beyond the original erection dates. Therefore, in case of delays beyond the original erection dates, the liability of TSECL shall be limited to the lower of the price adjustment amount, which may work out either on scheduled date or actual date of erection.
34

The price variations calculated by the above formula for erection component shall be subject to ceiling of 10% of unit price of erection.

32.4

Every Three months after the award of Contract and a month prior to shipment of equipment (in the case of ex-factory price component of Contract Price), and every month after establishing his Site office (in case of erection), the Contractor shall submit to the owners Engineer in charge of the work written notice of the changes, if any, that have occurred in the specified material and labour indices during the previous reporting period containing the effective date of such change, the amount of change, the amount Contract Price adjustment and documentary evidence to substantiate the price adjustment.

32.4

The Contractor shall promptly submit price adjustment invoices on monthly basis, whether such adjustment is positive or negative.

33.0 PAYMENT 33.1

The payment to the Contractor for the performance of the Works under the Contract will be made by TSECL as per the guidelines and conditions specified herein. All payment made during the Contract shall be on account payments only. The final payment will be made on completion of all Works and on completion of Warranty / Guaranty Period including fulfillment by the Contractor of all his liabilities under the Contract.

33.2

Currency of Payment

All payments under the Contract shall be in Indian Rupees only.

35

33.3

Due Dates for Payments TSECL will make progressive payment as and when the payment is due as per the terms of payment set forth as herein after.

34.0 Mode of Payment 34.1 Payment due on supply / erection of Equipment & materials / services shall be made by the owners Engineer in charge of the work through account payee Banker cheque. TERMS OF PAYMENT The terms of payments for various activities under the contract are as under. 34.2.1 Price of Supply and Erection The terms of payments for price of all equipment / materials and erection are detailed herein after. A) Supply of Equipment / materials excepting Spares, Tools & Plant. i) a. b. 80% of the cost of Equipment / materials after: Acknowledgement of Letter of Award. Submission of contract performance guarantee as per clause 6.0 (Section I) in the shape of demand draft in favour of Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited payable at SBI, TLA House Branch, Agartala, West Tripura.. Submission of a detailed Bar Chart based on the work schedule stipulated in the Bid document and its approval by TSECL. Signing of contract agreement. On production of dispatch documents including the material inspection clearance certificate (MICC) issued by the inspecting officer / team of TSECL. Finally, on receipt of materials at site. Balance 20% of the cost of Cable/equipment / materials after successful erection at site. Balance 20% of the cost of Cable/ equipment / materials after successful commissioning. On successful erection of Cable/ equipments / materials as per lay-out drawing/Erection Schedule submitted by the bidder and approved by TSECL. Progressive bill value for erection/Laying component shall not be less than Rs.20.00 lakh. 100% on receipt of the Spares and T&Plants in full and good condition.

34.2

c. d. e.

f. ii) iii) B)

For the Erection Component a.

b. C)

For the Spares & Tools & Plant a.

36

34.2.2

All further payments under the Contract shall be made as stipulated in the Contract document after signing the Contract Agreement. The adjusted contract price as per relevant clauses of the contract document shall be made by TSECL or adjusted from the progressive bill of the contractor on submission of price adjustment invoices with supporting documents by the contractor and on final acceptance by TSECL. Inland Transportation & Insurance Inland transportation (including port handling) and inland insurance charges shall be borne by the contractor and TSECL in no way shall be liable for the inland transportation and insurance charges.

34.2.3

34.2.4

Price adjustment/Contract Variation Any increases in Contract Price due to price adjustment provision as per Clause 32.0 of this section, shall be payable in the similar manner as provided in clause 34.2.2 above. Any reduction in Contract Price as per price adjustment provision given in clause 32.0 of this Section shall be effected by recovering 100% of the reduction amount (including the advance) from any of the Contractors bills falling immediately due for payment. The terms of payments for Contract variations in terms of clause 20.0 and Sub-clause 22.1 (if any) of this Section shall be the same as given above for price adjustment.

34.2.5 34.2.5.1

Spares The Ex-works price components including packing and forwarding charges of spares shall be paid as indicated below: -

a) On receipt and storage at Site and on physical verification by the owners Engineer in charge of the work. 35.0 DEDUCTION FROM CONTRACT PRICE All costs, damages or expenses which TSECL may have paid, for which under the Contract, the Contractor is liable, will be deducted from the progressive bill of the contractor. 36.0 SPARES 36.1 All the spares for the equipment under the Contract will, strictly, conform to the specification and documents and will be identical to the corresponding main equipment / components supplied under the Contract and shall be fully interchangeable.

36.2 All the mandatory spares covered under the Contract shall be produced along with the main equipment as a continuous operation and the delivery of the spares will be affected along with the main equipment in a phased manner and the delivery would be completed by the respective dates for the various categories of equipment as per the agreed Bar chart. In case of recommended spares, the above will be applicable provided the order for the recommended spares has been placed with the Contractor prior to commencement of manufacture of the main equipment 36.3 The quality plan and the inspection requirement finalized for the main equipment will also be applicable for the corresponding spares.

37

36.4

The Contractor will provide TSECL with the manufacturing drawings, catalogues, assembly drawings and any other documents required by TSECL so as to enable the Owner to identity the recommended spares. Such details will be furnished to TSECL as soon as they are prepared but in any case not later than six months prior to commencement of manufacture of the corresponding main equipment.

36.5 The Contractor will provide TSECL with all the addresses and particulars of his sub-suppliers while placing the order on vendors for items/components/equipment covered under the Contract and will further ensure with his vendors that TSECL, if so desires, will have the right to place order (s) for spares directly on them on mutually agreed terms based on offers of such vendors. 36.6 WARRANTY FOR SPARES The Contractor shall warrant that all spares supplied will be new and in accordance with Contract Documents and will be free from defects in design, materials and workmanship and shall further guarantee as under: 36.6.1 for 3 years operational spares (both mandatory and recommended) a. For any item of spares ordered or to be ordered by TSECL for 3 years operational requirement of the plant which is manufactured as a continuous operation together with the corresponding main equipment/component, the warranty will be 12 months from the scheduled date of commercial operation of the last unit of main equipment under the Contract. In case of any failure in the original component/equipment due to faulty designs, materials and workmanship, the corresponding spare parts, if any, supplied will be replaced without any extra cost to TSECL unless a joint examination and analysis by TSECL and the Contractor of such spare parts prove that the defect found in the original part that failed, can safely be assumed not to be present in spare parts. Such replaced spare parts will have the same warranty as applicable to the replacement made for the defective original part/component provided that such replacement for the original equipment and the spare replaced are again manufactured together. The discarded spare parts will become the property of the Contractor as soon as they have been replaced by the Contractor. b. For the item of spares ordered/to be ordered by TSECL for 3 years operational requirement of the equipment, which with the written approval of the Owner, are not manufactured as a continuous operation together with the manufacture of the corresponding main equipment/component, will be warranted for 6000 hrs of trouble free operation, if used within a period of 18 months (reckoned from the date of delivery at Site). However, if such spare parts are put to use after 18 months of the delivery at site then the guarantee of such spares will stand valid till the expiry of 36 months from the scheduled date of the completion of commissioning of the last unit of equipment or 6000 hrs of trouble free operation after such spares are put in service, whichever is earlier. c. For long Term Requirement. For items of spares that may be ordered by TSECL to cover requirements beyond 3 years of initial operation of the plant, the warranty will be till the expiry of 6000 hrs of trouble free operation if used within a period of 18 months from the date of delivery at Site. For items of spares that may be used after 18 months from the date of delivery at Site, the warranty period will be 38

12 months from the date they are put to use or 6000 hrs of trouble free operation, whichever is earlier. 36.6.2 The warranty of spares that are not used within 18 months from the respective dates of the delivery at Site covered in Para (b) & (c) above will, however, be subject to the condition that all such spares have been stored/maintained/preserved in accordance with Contractors standard recommended practice, if any, and the same have been furnished to TSECL. To enable TSECL to finalize the requirement of recommended spares which are ordered subsequent to placement of order for main equipment in addition to necessary technical details, catalogue and such other information broughtout here-in-above, the Contractor will also provide a justification in support of reasonableness of the quoted prices of spares which will, inter-alia, include documentary evidence that the prices quoted by the Contractor are not higher than those charged by them from other customers in the same period. In addition to the spares recommended by the Contractor, if TSECL further identifies certain particular items of spares, the Contractor will submit the prices and delivery quotations for such spares within 30 days of receipt of such request with validity period for 6 months for consideration of placement of order for additional spares, if TSECL so desires The Contractor shall guarantee the long-term availability of spares to TSECL for the full life of the equipment covered under the Contract. The Contractor shall guarantee that before going out of production of spare parts of the equipment, he shall give at least twelve (12) months advance notice so that the latter may order his bulk requirement of spares, if he so desires. The same provision will also be applicable to Sub-Contractor of any spares by the Contractor or his Sub-Contractors. Further, in case of discontinuance of manufacture of any spares by the Contractor or his Sub-Contractors, the Contractor will provide TSECL, two years in advance, full manufacturing drawings, material specifications and technical information required by TSECL for the purpose of manufacture of such items. Further in case of discontinuance of supply of spares by the Contractor or his Sub-contractors, the Contractor will provide TSECL with full information for replacement of such spares with other equivalent makes, if so required by TSECL. The prices of all future requirements of items of spares beyond 3 years operational requirement will be derived from the corresponding ex-works price at which the order for such spares have been placed by TSECL as part of mandatory spares or recommended spares. Ex-works order price of future spares shall be computed in accordance with the price adjustment provisions covered under the main Contract excepting that the base indices will be counted from he scheduled date of successful completion of trial operation of the last equipment under the main project and there will be no ceiling on the amount of narration in the prices. The above option for procuring future long term requirement of spares by TSECL shall remain valid for a period of 5 years from successful completion of commissioning of the last unit of equipment.

36.6.3

36.6.4

36.6.5

36.6.6

36.6.7

39

36.6.8

The Contractor will indicate in advance the delivery period of the items of spares, which TSECL may procure in accordance with above Sub-clause. In case of emergency requirements of spares, the Contractor would make every effort to expedite the manufacture and delivery of such spares on the basis of mutually agreed time schedule. In case the Contractor fails to supply the mandatory, recommended or long term spares in accordance with the terms stipulated above, TSECL shall be entitled to purchase the same from alternate sources at the risk and the cost of the Contractor and recover from the Contractor, the excess amount paid by TSECL over the rates worked out on the above basis. In the event of such risk purchase by TSECL, the purchases will be as per the works and procurement policy of TSECL prevalent at the time of such purchases and at his option, may include a representative of the Contractor in finalizing the purchases. It is expressly understood that the final settlement between the parties in terms of the relevant clauses of the Bidding Documents shall not relieve the Contractor of any his obligations under the provision of long term availability of spares unless otherwise discharged in writing by TSECL. This Transfer of Title of equipments / materials shall not be construed to mean the acceptance and the consequent Taking Over of equipment and materials. The Contractor shall continue to be responsible for the quality and performance of such equipment and materials and for their compliance with the specifications until Taking Over and the fulfillment of guarantee provisions of this Contract.

36.6.9

36.6.10

37.0 TRANSFER OF THE TITLE 37.1

This Transfer of Title shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for all risks of loss or damage to the equipment and materials as specified under the clause entitled Insurance of this Section. 38.0 INSURANCE The Contractor at his cost shall arrange, secure and maintain all insurance as may be pertinent to the Works and obligatory in terms of law to protect his interest and interests of TSECL against all perils detailed herein. The form and the limit of such insurance as defined herein together with the underwriter in each case shall be acceptable to TSECL. However, irrespective of such acceptance, the responsibility to maintain adequate insurance coverage at all times during the period of Contract shall be of the Contractor alone. The Contractors failure in this regard shall not relieve him of any of his contractual responsibilities and obligations. The insurance covers to be taken by the Contractor shall be in a joint name of TSECL and the Contractor. The Contractor shall, however, be authorized to deal directly with Insurance Company or Companies and shall be responsible in regard to maintenance of all insurance covers. Further the insurance should be in freely convertible currency. 38.2 Any loss or damage to the equipment during handling, transportation, storage, erection, putting into satisfactory operation and all activities to be performed till the successful completion of commissioning of the equipment shall be to the account of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for preference of all claims and make good the damages or loss by way of repairs 40

37.2

and/or replacement of the equipment, damaged or lost. The transfer of title shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of the above responsibilities during the period of Contract. The Contractor shall provide TSECL with copy of all insurance policies and documents taken out by him in pursuance of the Contract. Such copies of documents shall be submitted to TSECL immediately after such insurance coverage. The Contractor shall also inform TSECL in writing at least Sixty (60) Days in advance regarding the expiry/cancellation and/or change in any of such documents and ensure revalidation, renewal etc., as may be necessary well in time. 38.3 The perils required to be covered under the insurance shall include, but not be limited to fire and allied risks, miscellaneous accidents (erection risks) workman compensation risks, loss or damage in transit, theft, pilferage, riot, strikes, social unrest and malicious damages, civil commotion, weather conditions, accidents of all kinds, etc. The scope of such insurance shall be adequate to cover the replacement/reinstatement cost of the equipment for all risks upto and including delivery of goods and other costs till the equipment is delivered at Site. The insurance policies to be taken should be on replacement value basis and/or incorporating escalation clause. Notwithstanding the extent of insurance cover and the amount of claim available from the underwriters, the Contractor shall be liable to make good the full replacement/rectification value of all equipment/materials and to ensure their availability as per project requirements. All costs on account of insurance liabilities covered under the Contract will be to Contractors account and will be included in Contract Price, However, TSECL may from time to time, during the pendency of the Contract, ask the Contractor in writing to limit the insurance coverage, risks and in such a case, the parties to the Contract will agree for a mutual settlement, for reduction in Contract price to the extent of reduced premium amount. The Contractor, while arranging the insurance shall ensure to obtain all discounts on premium, which may be available for higher volume or for reason of financing arrangement of the project.

38.4

38.5

The clause entitled Insurance under the Section - IV, covers the additional insurance requirements for the portion of the works to be performed at the Site. 39.0 LIABILITY FOR ACCIDENTS AND DAMAGES Under the Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the equipment until the successful completion of commissioning as defined else-where in the Bidding Documents.

40.0 DELAYS BY TSECL OR HIS AUTHORISED AGENTS 40.1 In case the Contractors performance is delayed due to any act on the part of TSECL or his authorized agents, then the Contractor shall be given due extension of time for the completion of the Works, to the extent of such act on the part of TSECL has caused delay in the Contractors performance of the Contract. Regarding reasonableness or otherwise of the extension of time, the decision of the TSECL shall be final. 41

41.0 DEMURRAGE, WHARFAGE, ETC. All demurrage, wharfage and other expenses incurred due to delayed clearance of the material or any other reason shall be to the account of the Contractor. 42.0 FORCE MAJEURE 42.1 Force majeure is herein defined as any cause which is beyond the control of the Contractor or TSECL as the case may be, which they could not foresee or with a reasonable amount of diligence could not have foreseen and which substantially affects the performance of the Contract, such as: a. b. Natural phenomena, including but not limited to floods, droughts, earthquakes and epidemics; Acts of any Government including but not limited to war, declared or undeclared, quarantines, embargoes.

Provided the contractor shall within Fifteen (15) days from the occurrence of such a cause notify TSECL in writing of such causes, acceptance of which will be given by TSECL after verification. 42.2 The Contractor or TSECL shall not be liable for delays in performing his obligations resulting from any force-majeure cause as referred to and/or defined above.

The date of completion will, subject to hereinafter provided, be extended by a reasonable time. 43.0 SUSPENSION OF WORK TSECL reserves the right to suspend and reinstate execution of the whole or any part of the Works without invalidating the provisions of the Contract. Orders for Suspension or reinstatement of the Works will be issued by TSECL to the Contractor in writing. The time for completion of the works will be extended for a period equal duration of the suspension. 44.0 CONTRACTORS DEFAULT 44.1 If the Contractor shall neglect to execute the Works with due diligence and expertise or shall refuse or neglect to comply with any reasonable order given to him, in the Contract by the TSECLs Engineer in charge of the work in connection with the works or shall contravene the provisions of the Contract, TSECL may give notice in writing to the Contractor to make good the failure, neglect or contravention complained of. Should the Contractor fail to comply with the notice within Thirty (30) days from the date of serving the notice, then and in such case TSECL shall be at liberty to employ other workmen and forthwith execute such part of the Works as the Contractor, may have neglected to do or if TSECL shall think fit, without prejudice to any other right he may have under the Contract to take the work wholly or in part out of the Contractors hands and re-contract with any other person or persons to complete the works or any part thereof and in that event TSECL shall have free use of all Contractors equipment that may have been at the time on the Site in connection with the works without being responsible to the Contractor for fair wear and tear thereof and to the exclusion of any right of the Contractor over the same, and TSECL shall be entitled to retain and apply any balance which may otherwise be due on the Contract by him to the Contractor, or such part there of as may be necessary, to the payment of the cost of 42 43.1

executing the said part of the Work or of completing the Works as the case may be. If the cost of completing of Works or executing a part there of as a foresaid shall exceed the balance due to the Contractor, the Contractor shall pay such excess. Such payment of excess amount shall be independent of the liquidated damages for delay, which the Contractor shall have to pay if the completion of Works is delayed. 44.2 In addition, such action by TSECL as aforesaid shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability to pay liquidated damages for delay in completion of Works as defined in clause 13.0 of this Section. Such action by TSECL as aforesaid, the termination of the Contract under this clause shall neither entitle the Contractor to reduce the value of the Contract Performance Guarantee nor the time thereof. The Contract Performance Guarantee shall be valid for the full value and for the full period of the Contract including guarantee period. 45.0 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT ON OWNERS INITIATIVE 45.1 TSECL reserves the right to terminate the Contract either in part or in full due to reasons stipulated in the clause entitled Contractors Default. TSECL shall in such an event give Fifteen (15) days notice in writing to the Contractor of his decision to do so. The Contractor upon receipt of such notice shall discontinue the work on the date and to the extent specified in the notice. If the Contractor is an individual or a proprietary concern and the individual or the proprietor dies and if the Contractor is a partnership concern and one of the partners dies then unless TSECL is satisfied that the legal representatives of the individual contractor or of the proprietor of propriety concern and in the case of partnership, the surviving partners, are capable of carrying out and completing the Contract, TSECL shall be entitled to cancel the Contract as to its uncompleted part without being in any way liable to payment of any compensation to the estate of deceased Contractor and/or to the surviving partners of the Contractors firm on account of the cancellation of the Contract. The decision of TSECL that the legal representatives of the deceased Contractor or surviving partners of the Contractors firm cannot carry out and complete the Contract shall be final and binding on the parties.

45.2 45.3

RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 46.0 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES 46.1 46.2 Any dispute(s) or difference(s) arising out of or in connection with the Contract shall, to the extent possible, be settled amicably between the parties. If any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever shall arise between Deputy General Manager in charge of the work and the Contractor, arising out of the Contract for the performance of the Works whether during the progress of the Works or after its completion or whether before or after the termination, abandonment or breach of the Contract, it shall, in the first place, be referred to and settled by the Superintending Engineer of the concerned circle /Chief Engineer as the case may be , who, within a period of Thirty (30) days after being requested by either party to do so, shall give written notice of his decision to both the parties. In the event the Contractor being dissatisfied with any such decision, the matters in dispute shall be referred to arbitration as hereinafter provided. 43

. 46.3

47.0 ARBITRATION 47.1 All disputes or differences in respect of which the decision, if any, of the Engineer has not become final or binding as aforesaid shall be settled by arbitration in the manner hereinafter provided. The arbitration shall be conducted by an arbitrator, to be nominated by TSECL and he will be the sole arbitrator to conduct the arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Arbitration & Reconciliation Act, 1996 or any statutory modification thereof. The venue of arbitration shall be at Agartala. The arbitrators may, from time to time with the consent of all the parties enlarge the time for making the award. The arbitrator shall have full powers to review and/or revise any, decision, opinion, direction, certification or valuation of the Engineer in accordance with the Contract, and neither party shall be limited in the proceedings before such arbitrators to the condense or arguments out before the Engineer for the purpose of obtaining the said decision. During settlement of disputes and arbitration proceedings, both parties shall be obliged to carry out their respective obligations under the Contract. The Contractor shall prepare and submit every six months, a statement covering payments claimed and the payments received vis--vis the works executed, for reconciliation of accounts with the owners Engineer in charge of the work. The Contractor shall also prepare and submit a detailed account of Materials received from TSECL and utilized by him for reconciliation purpose.

47.1.1 47.1.2

47.2 47.3

47.4

48.0 RECONCILIATION OF ACCOUNTS

44

PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR CONTRACT PERFORMANCE (To be stamped in accordance with stamp Act) Ref. .

ANNEXURE-I

Bank Guarantee No. Date

To Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited Bidyut Bhavan, North Banamalipur, Agartala 799001, West Tripura. Dear Sir,

In consideration of Tripura State Electricity Corporation Limited (hereinafter referred to as the Owner, which expression shall unless repugnant to the contest or meaning thereof include its successors, administrators and assigns) having awarded to M/s .. with its registered / Head office at .(hereinafter referred to as Contractor which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns), a Contract by issued of Owners Letter of Award No..dated.and the same having been acknowledged by the Contractor, resulting in a Contract bearing No. dated .valued at for (scope of contract) and the Contactor having agreed to provide a Contract Performance Guarantee for the faithful performance of the entire Contract equivalent to being .(%) per cent) of the said value of the Contract to the Owner. We, (Name & Address) having its Head Office at.(hereinafter referred to as the Bank, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators , executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the Owner, on demand any or all monies payable by the Contractor to the extent of ..as aforesaid at any time up to ** (see in note below) .. (days/month/year) without any demur, reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the Contractor. Any such demand made by the Owner on the bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the Owner and the Contractor or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency without previous consent of the Owner and further agrees that the guarantee herein contained shall continue to be enforceable till the Owner discharges this guarantee. The Owner shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under the guarantee, from time to time to extend the time for performance or the Contract by 45

the Contractor. The Owner shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting this guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any powers vested in them or of any right which they might have against the Contractor, and to exercise the same at any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to for bear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied, in the Contact between the Owner and the Contractor or any other course or remedy or security available to the Owner. The Bank shall not be released to its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the Owner of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any other act of omission or commission on the part of the Owner or any other indulgences shown by the Owner or by any other matter or thing what so ever which under law would, but for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank. The bank also agrees that the Owner at its option shall be entitled to enforce this guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the Contractor and not withstanding any security or other guarantee the Owner may have in relation to the Contactors liabilities. Notwithstanding anything contained herein above our liability under this guarantee is restricted to ..and it shall remain in force upto and including ..and shall be extended from time to time for such period (not exceeding one year), as may be desired M/s .on whose behalf this guarantee has been given. Dated this . day of 200. At WITNESS (Signature) (Name) (Official Address) Attorney as per Power Of Attorney No. . Date . NOTES: This sum shall be ten per cent (10 %) of the Contact Price. ** 1. The date will be ninety (90) days after the end of date of Warranty Period as specified in the Contract. The Stamp Papers of appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of issuing Bank. 46 (Signature) (Name) (Official Address)

SECTION-IV ERECTION CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1.0 1.1 GENERAL The following shall supplement the conditions already contained in the other parts of these specifications and document and shall govern the portion of the work of this Contract to be performed at Site. The Contractor upon signing of the Contract shall, in addition to a Project Coordinator, nominate another responsible officer as his representative at Site suitably designated for the purpose of overall responsibility and co-ordination of the works to be performed at Site. Such person shall function from the Site Office of the Contractor. REGULATION OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES The Contractor shall comply with all the rules and regulations of local authorities during the performance of his field activities. He shall also comply with the Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and the Payment of Wages Act (both of the Government of India) and the rules made there-under in respect of any employee or workman employed or engaged by him or his Sub-Contractor. All registration and statutory inspection fees, if any, in respect of his work pursuant to this Contract shall be to the account of the Contractor. However, any registration, statutory inspection fees lawfully payable under any statutory laws and its amendments from time to time during erection in respect of the equipment ultimately to be owned by the Owner, shall be to the account of TSECL. Should any such inspection or registration need to be re-arranged due to the fault of the Contractor or his Sub-Contractor, the additional fees to such inspection and/or registration shall be borne by the Contractor. OWNERS LIEN ON EQUIPMENT TSECL shall have a lien on all equipment including those of the Contractor brought to the Site for the purpose of erection, testing and commissioning of the equipment to be supplied & erected under the Contract. TSECL shall continue to hold the lien on all such equipment throughout the period of Contract. No material brought to the Site shall be removed from the Site by the Contractor and/or his Sub-Contractors without the prior written approval of the Engineer. 4.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES The provisions of the clause entitled Inspection, Testing and Inspection Certificates under Technical Specification, General Terms & Conditions (GTC) shall also be applicable to the erection portion of the Works. The Deputy General Manager in charge of the work shall have the right to re-inspect any equipment though previously inspected at the Contractors works, before and after the same are erected at Site. If by the above inspection, the Deputy General Manager in charge of the work rejects any equipment, the Contractor shall make good for such rejections either by replacement or modification / repairs as may be necessary to the satisfaction of TSECL. Such replacements shall also include the replacements or re-execution of such of those works of 47

1.2

2.0 2.1

2.2

3.0

other Contractors and/or agencies, which might have got damaged or affected by the replacements or re-work done to the Contractors work. 5.0 5.1 5.2 ACCESS TO SITE AND WORKS ON SITE Suitable access to the Site shall be afforded to the Contractor by TSECL in reasonable time. In the execution of the works, no person other than the Contractor or his duly appointed representative, Sub-Contractor and workmen, shall be allowed to do work on the Site, except by the special permission, in writing of the site Engineer of TSECL or his representative. CONTRACTORS SITE OFFICE ESTABLISHMENT The Contractor shall establish a Site Office at the Site and keep posted an authorized representative for the purpose of the Contract. Any written order or instruction of the Executive Engineer in charge of the work or his duly authorized representative shall be communicated to the said authorized resident representative of the Contractor and the same shall be deemed to have been communicated to the Contractor at his legal address. 7.0 7.1 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS The Contractor shall co-operate with all other Contractors or tradesmen of TSECL, who may be performing other works on behalf of TSECL and the workmen who may be employed by TSECL and doing work in the vicinity of the Works under the Contract. The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform his work as to minimize, to the maximum extent possible, interference with the work of other Contractors and their workmen. Any injury or damage that may be sustained by the employees of the other Contractors and TSECL, due to the Contractors work shall promptly be made good at the Contractors own expense. The site Engineer of TSECL shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors or between the Contractor and the workmen of TSECL in regard to their work. If the work of the Contractor is delayed because of any acts of omission of another Contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against TSECL on that account other than an extension of time for completing his Works. The Site Engineer of TSECL shall be notified promptly by the Contractor of any defects in the other Contractors works that could affect the Contractors Works. The Engineer shall determine the corrective measures if any required rectifying this situation after inspection of the works and such decisions by the Engineer shall be binding on the Contractor. DISCIPLINE OF WORKMEN The Contractor shall adhere to the disciplinary procedure set by the site Engineer of TSECL in respect of his employees and workmen at Site. The Engineer shall be at liberty to object to the presence of any representative or employee of the Contractor at the Site, if in the opinion of the Engineer such employee has misconduct himself or is incompetent or negligent or otherwise undesirable and then the Contractor shall remove such a person objected to and provide in his place a competent replacement. 48

6.0

7.2

8.0

9.0 9.1

CONTRACTORS FIELD OPERATION The Contractor shall keep the site Engineer of TSECL informed in advance regarding his field activity plans and schedules for carrying-out each part of the works. Any review of such plan or schedule or method of work by the site Engineer of TSECL shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities towards the field activities. Such reviews shall also not be considered as an assumption of any risk or liability by TSECL or any of his representatives and no claim of the Contractor shall be entertained because of the failure or inefficiency of any such plan or schedule or method of work reviewed. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety, adequacy and efficiency of plant and equipment and his erection methods. The Contractor shall have the complete responsibility for the conditions of the Work-Site including the safety of all persons employed by him or his SubContractor and all the properties under his custody during the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously till the completion of the Contract and shall not be limited to normal working hours. The construction review by the site Engineer of TSECL is not intended to include review of Contractors safety measures in, on or near the work Site, and their adequacy or otherwise. PHOTOGRAPHS AND PROGRESS REPORT The Contractor shall furnish Three (3) prints each to the Site Engineer of progress photographs of the work done at Site. Photographs shall be taken as and when indicated by the Site Engineer of TSECL or his representative. Photographs shall be adequate in size and number to indicate various stages of erection. Each photograph shall contain the date, the name of the Contractor and the title of the photograph. The above photographs shall accompany the monthly progress report detailing-out the progress achieved on all erection activities as compared to the schedules. The report shall also indicate the reasons for the variance between the scheduled and actual progress and the action proposed for corrective measures, wherever necessary. MAN-POWER REPORT The Contractor shall submit to the Site Engineer of TSECL, on the first day of every month, a man hour schedule for the month, detailing the man hours scheduled for the month, skill-wise and area-wise. The Contractor shall also submit to the Site Engineer of TSECL, on the first day of every month, a man power report of the previous month detailing the number of persons scheduled to have been employed and actually employed, skill-wise and the areas of employment of such labour. PROTECTION OF WORK The Contractor shall have total responsibility for protecting his works till it is finally taken over by TSECL. No claim shall be entertained by TSECL for any damage or loss to the Contractors works and the Contractor shall be responsible for complete restoration of the damaged works to original conditions to comply with the specification and drawings, should any such damage to the Contractors works occur because of any other party not being 49

9.2

10.0 10.1

10.2

11.0 11.1

11.2

12.0

under his supervision or control. The Contractor shall make his claim directly with the party concerned. If disagreement or conflict or dispute develops between the Contractor and the other party or parties concerned regarding the responsibility for damage to the contractors works, the same shall be resolved as per the provisions of the Clause 7.0 above entitled Cooperation with other Contractors. The Contractor shall not cause any delay in the repair of such damaged works because of any delay in the resolution of such dispute. The Contractor shall proceed to repair the Work immediately and no cause thereof will be assigned pending resolution of such disputes. 13.0 13.1 EMPLOYMENT OF LABOUR The Contractor shall be expected to employ on the work only his regular skilled employees with experience of this particular work. No female labour shall be employed after darkness. No person below the age of eighteen years shall be employed. All traveling expenses including provisions of all necessary transport to and from Site, lodging allowances and other payments to the Contractors employees shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The hours of work on the Site shall be decided by the site Engineer of TSECL and the Contractor shall adhere to it. Working hours shall normally be Eight (8) hours per day Monday through Saturday and may have to be extended in the interest of work. The Contractors employees shall wear identification badges while on work at Site. In case TSECL becomes liable to pay any wages or dues to the labour or any Government agency under any of the provisions of the Minimum Wages Act, Workmen Compensation Act, Contract Labour Regulation Abolition Act or any other law due to act of omission of the Contractor, TSECL may make such payments and shall recover the same from the Contractors bills. FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED

13.2

13.3

13.4 13.5

14.0

By the Contractor
14.1 Tools, tackles and scaffoldings The Contractor shall provide all the construction equipment, tools, tackles and scaffoldings required for pre-assembly, erection, testing and commissioning of the equipment covered under the Contract. He shall submit a list of all such materials to the site Engineer of TSECL before the commencement of preassembly at Site. These tools and tackles shall not be removed from the Site without the written permission of the site Engineer. 14.2 First aid The Contractor shall provide necessary first-aid facilities for all his employees, representatives and workmen working at the Site. Enough number of Contractors personnel shall be trained in administering first aid.

50

14.3

Cleanliness The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the entire area allotted to him clean and free from rubbish, debris etc. during the period of Contract. The Contractor shall employ enough number of special personnel to thoroughly clean his work-area at least once in a day. All such rubbish and scrap material shall be stacked or disposed in a place to be identified by the site Engineer of TSECL. Materials and stores shall be so arranged to permit easy cleaning of the area. In areas where equipment might drip oil and cause damage to the floor surface, a suitable protective cover of a flame resistant, oil proof sheet shall be provided to protect the floor from such damage.

14.4

Communication The contractor shall extend the telephone & telex facilities, if available at Site, for the purposes of interaction with the site office by him and TSECL.

By the Owner
14.5 Space a) Land for Contractors Office, Store, and Workshop etc if available shall be provided by TSECL. Otherwise contractor has to arrange at his own cost and responsibilities the accommodation for his site office, store and workshop etc. The Site Engineer of TSECL shall at his discretion and for the duration of execution of the Contract make available at site, land for construction of Contractors field office, workshop, stores, magazines for explosives in isolated locations, assembling yard, etc. required for execution of the Contract. Any construction of temporary roads, offices, workshop, etc. as approved by the site Engineer of TSECL shall be done by the Contractor at his cost. On completion of work, the Contractor shall hand over the land duly cleaned to the site Engineer of TSECL. Until and unless the Contractor has handed over the vacant possession of land allotted to him for the above purpose, the payment of his final bill shall not be made. The Contractor shall be made liable to pay for the use and occupation at the rates to be determined by the Engineer if the Contractor over stays in the land after the Contract is completed.

b)

c)

14.6

Electricity Power Supply Where power supply is available with TSECL for construction purpose, the same shall be provided at the job at one point of the distribution system as may be decided by site Engineer of TSECL. The charge for extension of service line and energy consumption charges shall be borne by the contractor. In case the contractor fails to pay the related charge of extension of service line and energy consumption within due date of the bill raised for the purpose, the amount will be deducted from the progressive bill of the contractor.

14.7

Water Free supply of water shall be made available for the construction purpose whenever water is available and the same shall be given at an agreed single point at the Site. Any further distribution shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Free drinking water if available shall also be provided at one 51

agreed point in the Site. Further distribution either to his labour colony or his work Site or to his office shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 15.0 LINES AND GRADES All the works shall be performed on the lines, grades and elevations indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible to locate and lay-out the works. Basic horizontal and vertical control points shall be established and marked by the Engineer at Site at suitable points. These points shall be used as datum for the works under the Contract. The Contractor shall inform the site Engineer of TSECL well in advance of the times and places at which he wishes to do work in the area allotted to him so that suitable datum points may be established and checked by the site Engineer to enable the Contractor to proceed with his works. Any work done without being properly located may be removed and/or dismantled at contractor expense. 16.0 16.1 FIRE PROTECTION The work procedures that are to be used during the erection shall be those which minimize fire hazards to the extent practicable. Combustible materials, combustible waste and rubbish shall be collected and removed from the Site at least once each day. Fuels, oils and volatile or inflammable materials shall be stored away from the construction and equipment and materials storage areas in safe containers. Un-treated materials shall not at all be used at Site for any other purpose unless otherwise specified. If any such materials are received with the equipment at the Site, the same shall be removed and replaced with acceptable material before moving into the construction or storage area. Similarly corrugated paper fabricated cartons etc. shall not be permitted in the construction area either for storage or for handling of materials. All such materials used shall be of water proof and flame resistant type. All the other materials such as working drawings, plans etc. which are combustible but are essential for the works to be executed shall be protected against combustion resulting from welding sparks, cutting flames and other similar fire sources. All the Contractors supervisory personnel and sufficient number of workers shall be trained for fire-fighting and shall be assigned specific fire protection duties. Enough of such trained personnel must be available at the Site during the entire period of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide enough fire protection equipment of the types and number for the ware-houses, office, temporary structures, labour colony area etc. Access to such fire protection equipment shall be easy and kept open at all time. SECURITY The Contractor shall have total responsibility for all equipment and materials in his custody/stores, loose, semi-assembled and/or erected by him at Site. The contractor shall make suitable security arrangements including employment of security personnel to ensure the protection of all materials, equipment and works from theft, fire, pilferage and any other damages and loss. All materials of the Contractor shall enter and leave the project Site only with the written permission of site Engineer of TSECL in the prescribed manner.

16.2

16.3

16.4

17.0

52

18.0

CONTRACTORS AREA LIMITS The site Engineer of TSECL shall mark-out the boundary limits of access roads, parking spaces, storage and construction areas for the Contractor and the Contractor shall not trespass the areas not so marked out for him. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that none of his personnel move out of the areas marked out for his operations. In case of such a need for the Contractors personnel to work out of the areas marked out for him, the same shall be done only with the written permission of the site Engineer of TSECL.

19.0

CONTRACTORS CO-OPERATION In case where the performance of the erection work by the Contractor affects the operation of the system facilities of TSECL, such erection work of the Contractor shall be scheduled to be performed only in the manner stipulated by the site Engineer and the same shall be acceptable at all times to the Contractor. The site Engineer may impose such restrictions on the facilities provided to the Contractor such as electricity, water etc. as he may think fit in the interest of TSECL and the Contractor shall strictly adhere to such restrictions and co-operate with the site Engineer of TSECL. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all necessary temporary instrumentation and other measuring devices required during start-up and operation of the equipment systems which are erected by him. The Contractor shall also be responsible for flushing and initial filling of all the oil and lubricants required for the equipment furnished and erected by him, so as to make such equipment ready for operation. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying such flushing oil and other lubricants unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the document and specification.

20.0 20.1

MATERIALS HANDLING AND STORAGE All the equipment furnished under the Contract and arriving at Site shall be promptly received, unloaded, transported and stored in the storage arrange by the contractor at his risk and cost. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all the shipment and notify the Site Engineer of TSECL immediately of any damage, shortage, discrepancy etc. for the purpose of information only. The Contractor shall submit to the site Engineer of TSECL every week a report detailing all the receipts during the week. However, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for any shortages or damage in transit, handling and/or in storage and erection of the equipment at Site. Any demurrage, wharfage and other such charges claimed by the transporters, railways etc. shall be to the account of the Contractor. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate and exhaustive record detailing out the list of all equipment received by him for the purpose of erection and keep such record open for the inspection by the Site Engineers / Higher officials of TSECL. All equipment shall be handled very carefully to prevent any damage or loss. No bare wire ropes, slings, etc. shall be used for unloading and/or handling of the equipment without the specific written permission of the Site Engineer. The equipment stored shall be properly protected to prevent damage either to the equipment or the floor where they are stored. The equipment from the 53

20.2

20.3

20.4

store shall be moved to the actual location at the appropriate time so as to avoid damage of such equipment at Site. 20.5 All electrical panels, control gears, motors and such other devices shall be properly dried by heating before they are installed and energized. Motor bearings, slip rings, commutators and other exposed parts shall be protected against moisture ingress and corrosion during storage and periodically inspected. All the electrical equipment such as motors, generators, etc. shall be tested for insulation resistance at least once in a month from the date of receipt till the date of commissioning and a record of such measured insulation values maintained by the Contractor. Such records shall be made available for inspection by the Site Engineers / Higher officials of TSECL. The Contractor shall ensure that all the packing materials and protection devices used for the various equipments during transit and storage are removed before the equipment are installed. The consumable and other supplies likely to deteriorate due to storage must be thoroughly protected and stored in a suitable manner to prevent damage or deterioration in quality by storage. All the materials stored in the open or dusty location must be covered with suitable weather-proof and flame proof covering material wherever applicable. If the materials belonging to the Contractor are stored in areas other than those earmarked for him, the Site Engineer shall have the right to get it moved to the area earmarked for the Contractor at the Contractors cost. The Contractor shall be responsible for making suitable indoor storage facilities to store all equipment which require indoor storage. Normally, all the electrical equipment such as motors, control gear, generators, exciters and consumables like electrodes, lubricants etc. shall be stored in the closed storage space. The site Engineer, in addition, may direct the Contractor to move certain other materials, which in his opinion shall require indoor storage, to indoor storage areas, which the Contractor shall strictly comply with. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT The field activities of the Contractors working at Site shall be coordinated by the Site Engineer of TSECL and his decision shall be final in resolving any disputes or conflicts between the Contractor and other Contractors and tradesmen regarding scheduling and co-ordination of work. Such decision by Site Engineer of TSECL shall not be a cause for extra compensation or extension of time for the Contractor. The Site Engineer of TSECL shall hold weekly meeting with the Site Engineer / Supervisor of the contractor. The Site Engineer / Supervisor of the contractor shall attend such meetings and take notes of the discussions during the meeting and the decision of the Site Engineer of TSECL and shall strictly adhere to those decisions in performing his works. In addition to the above weekly meeting, the Site Engineer / Higher officials of TSECL may call for other meeting with the Site Engineer / Supervisor / any other authorised representative of the contractor and in such a case the personnel of the contractor shall attend such meetings. 54

20.6

20.7

20.8

20.9 20.10

20.11

21.0 21.1

21.2

21.3

Time is the essence of the Contract and the Contractor shall be responsible for performance of his works in accordance with the specified construction schedule. If at any time, the Contractor is falling behind the schedule, he shall take necessary action to make good for such delays by increasing his work force or by working overtime or otherwise accelerate the progress of the work to comply with the schedule and shall communicate such actions in writing to the Site Engineer of TSECL, satisfying that his action shall compensate for the delay. The Contractor shall not be allowed any extra compensation for such action. TSECL shall, however, not be responsible for provision of additional labour and/or materials or supply or any other services to the Contractor. FIELD OFFICE RECORDS The Contractor shall maintain at his Site office up-to-date copies of all drawings, specifications and other Contract Documents and any other supplementary data complete with all the latest revisions thereto. The Contractor shall also maintain in addition the continuous record of all changes to the above Contract Documents, drawings, specifications, supplementary data, etc. effected at the field and on completion of his total assignment under the Contract, shall incorporate all such changes on the drawings and other engineering data to indicate as installed conditions of the equipment furnished and erected under the Contract. Such drawings and engineering data shall be submitted to the Deputy General Manager in charge of the work in required number of copies.

21.4 22.0

23.0 23.1

CONTRACTORS MATERIALS BROUGHT ON TO SITE The Contractor shall bring to Site all equipment, components, parts, materials, including construction equipment, tools and tackles for the purpose of the works under intimation to the Site Engineer. All such goods shall, from the time of their being brought vest in TSECL, but may be used for the purpose of the Works only and shall not on any account be removed or taken away by the Contractor without the written permission of the Site Engineer of TSECL. The Contractor shall nevertheless be solely liable and responsible for any loss or destruction thereof and damage thereto. After the completion of the Works, the Contractor shall remove from the Site under the direction of the Site Engineer of TSECL the materials such as construction equipment, erection tools and tackles, scaffolding etc. with the written permission from him. PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND CONTRACTORS LIABILITY The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from his operations. He shall also be responsible for protection of all persons including members of public and employees of TSECL and the employees of other Contractors and Sub-contractors and all public and private property including structures, building, other plants and equipment and utilities either above or below the ground. The Contractor shall ensure provision of necessary safety equipment such as barriers, signboards, warning lights and alarms, etc. to provide adequate protection and safety to persons and property. 55

23.2

24.0 24.1

24.2

25.0
25.1

INSURANCE
In addition to the conditions covered under the Clause entitled Insurance in General Terms and conditions of Contract, the following provisions shall also apply to the portion of works to be done beyond the Contractors own or his Sub-contractors manufacturing Works i.e. for the personsengaged by the agency / contractor for execution of the work. In this respect the successful bidder shall furnish an Indemnity Bond in the prescribed format attached (Annexure IV) on a NonJudicial Stamp paper of value Rs. 30.00. The successful bidder must also furnish a list of workers / labourers likely to be engaged by them.

25.2

Workmens Compensation Insurance This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims applicable under the Workmens Compensation Act, 1948. This policy shall also cover the Contractor against claims for injury, disability, disease or death of his or his Sub-Contractors employee, which for any reason are not covered under the Workmens Compensation Act, 1948. The liabilities shall not be less than: Workmens Compensation: As per statutory Provisions. Employees liability : As per statutory Provisions.

25.3

Comprehensive Automobile Insurance This insurance shall be in such a form to protect the Contractor against all claims for injuries, disability, disease and death to members of public including the employees of TSECL and damage to the property of other arising from the use of motor vehicles during on or off the Site operations, irrespective of the ownership of such vehicles.

25.4
25.4.1

Comprehensive General Liability Insurance

This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims arising from injuries, disabilities, disease or death of members of public or damage to property of others, due to any act or omission on the part of the Contractor, his agents his employees, his representatives and Sub-contractors or from riots, strikes and civil commotion. This insurance shall also cover all the liabilities of the Contractor arising out of the Clause stipulated in the General Terms and Conditions of Contract.

25.4.2

The hazards to be covered will pertain to all the works and areas where the Contractor, his Sub-contractors, his agents and his employees have to perform work pursuant to the Contract. The above are only illustrative list of insurance covers normally required and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractors to maintain all necessary insurance coverage to the extent both in time and amount to take care of all his liabilities either direct or indirect, in pursuance of the Contract. UNFAVOURABLE WORKING CONDITIONS The Contractor shall confine all his field operations to those works which can be performed without subjecting the equipment and materials to adverse effects during inclement weather conditions, like monsoon, storms, etc. and during other unfavorable construction conditions. No field activities shall be performed by the Contractor under conditions which might adversely affect the quality and efficiency thereof, unless special precautions or measures are taken by the Contractor in a proper and satisfactory manner in the performance of such Works and with the concurrence of the Site Engineer of TSECL. Such 56

25.5

26.0

unfavorable construction conditions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Works as per the Schedule. 27.0 27.1 WORK & SAFETY REGULATION The Contractor shall ensure proper safety of all the workmen, materials plant and equipment belonging to him or to owner or to others, working at the Site. The Contractor shall also be responsible for provision of all safety notices and safety equipment required both by the relevant legislations and also by the Site Engineer as he may deem necessary. The Contractor shall notify well in advance to the Site Engineer of his intention to bring to the Site any container filled with liquid or gaseous fuel or explosive or petroleum substance or such chemicals, which may involve hazards. The Site Engineer shall have the right to prescribe the conditions, under which such container is to be stored, handled and used during the performance of the works and the Contractor shall strictly adhere to and comply with such instructions. The Site Engineer shall have the right at his sole discretion to inspect any such container or such construction plant/equipment for which material in the container is required to be used and if in his opinion, its use is not safe, he may forbid its use. No claim due to such prohibition shall be entertained by TSECL. Further, any such decision of the Site Engineer shall not, in any way, absolve the Contractor of his responsibilities and in case, use of such a container or entry thereof into the Site area is forbidden by the Site Engineer, the Contractor shall use alternative methods with the approval of the Deputy General Manager in charge of the work without any cost implication to TSECL or extension of work schedule. Where it is necessary to provide and/or store petroleum products or petroleum mixtures and explosives, the Contractor shall be responsible for carrying-out such provision and/or storage in accordance with the rules and regulations laid down in the Petroleum Act 1934, Explosives Act, 1948, and Petroleum and Carbide of Calcium Manual published by the Chief Inspector of Explosives of India. All such storage shall have prior approval of the Site Engineer of TSECL. In case, any approvals are necessary from the Chief Inspector (Explosives) or any statutory authorities, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the same. All equipment used in construction and erection by Contractor shall meet Indian/International Standards and where such standards do not exist, the Contractor shall ensure these to be absolutely safe. All equipments shall be strictly operated and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with manufacturers operation Manual and safety instructions and as per Guidelines/Rules of TSECL in this regard. Periodical Examinations and all tests for all lifting/hoisting equipment & tackles shall be carried-out in accordance with the relevant provisions of Factories Act 1948, Indian Electricity Act 1910 and associated Laws/Rules in force from time to time. A register of such examinations and tests shall be properly maintained by the Contractor and shall be promptly produced as and when desired by the Site Engineer of TSECL or by the person authorized by TSECL. 57

27.2

27.3

27.4

27.5

27.6

27.7

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safe storage of his and his sub-contractors radio-active sources in accordance with BARC/DAE Rules and other applicable provisions. All precautionary measures stipulated by BARC/DAE in connection with use, storage and handling of such material shall be taken by Contractor. The Contractor shall provide suitable safety equipment of prescribed standard to all employees and workmen according to the need, as may be directed by Site Engineer of TSECL who shall also have right to examine these safety equipment to determine their suitability, reliability, acceptability and adaptability. Where explosives are to be used, the same shall be used under the direct control and supervision of an expert, experienced, qualified and competent person strictly in accordance with the Code of Practices/Rules framed under the Indian Explosives Act pertaining to handling, storage and use of explosives. The Contractor shall provide safe working conditions to all workmen and employees at the Site including safe means of access, railings, stairs, ladders, scaffoldings, etc. The scaffoldings shall be erected under the control and supervision of an experienced and competent person. For erection, good and standard quality material only shall be used by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not interfere or disturb electric fuses, wiring and other electrical equipment belonging to TSECL or other contractors under any circumstances, whatsoever, unless expressly permitted in writing by Site Engineer of TSECL to handle such fuses, wiring or electrical equipment. Before the Contractor connects any electrical appliances to any plug or socket belonging to TSECL, he shall : a) b) c) Satisfy the Site Engineer of TSECL that the appliance is in good working condition : Inform the site Engineer of the maximum current rating, voltage and phases of the appliances; Obtain permission of the Site Engineer detailing the sockets to which the appliances may be connected.

27.8

27.9

27.10

27.11

27.12

27.13

The Site Engineer shall not grant permission to connect until he is satisfied that; a) b) The appliance is in good condition and is fitted with suitable plug; The appliance is fitted with a suitable cable having two earth conductors, one of which shall be an earthed metal sheath surrounding the cores.

27.14

No electric cable in use by the Contractor/TSECL shall be disturbed without prior permission. No weight of any description shall be imposed on any cable and no ladder or similar equipment shall rest against or attached to it. No repair work shall be carried out on any live equipment. The equipment must be declared safe by the Site Engineer before any repair work is carried out by the Contractor. While working on electric lines/equipment whether live 58

27.15

or dead, suitable type and sufficient quantity of tools shall have to be provided by Contractor to electricians/workmen/officers. 27.16 The Contractors shall employ necessary number of qualified, full time electricians/Electrical Supervisors to maintain his temporary electrical installations. In case any accident occurs during the construction/erection or other associated activities undertaken by the Contractor thereby causing any minor or major or fatal injury to his employees due to any reason, whatsoever, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to promptly inform the same to the Site Engineer of TSECL and also to all the authorities envisaged under the applicable laws. The Site Engineer of TSECL shall have the right at his sole discretion to stop the work, if in his opinion the work is being carried out in such a way that it may cause accidents and endanger the safety of the persons and/or property, and/or equipment. In such cases, the Contractor shall be informed in writing about the nature of hazards and possible injury/accident and he shall comply to remove short-comings promptly. The Contractor after stopping the specific work can, if felt necessary, appeal against the order of stoppage of work to the Deputy General Manager in charge of the work within 3 days of such stoppage of work and the decision of the Deputy General Manager in charge of the work in this respect shall be conclusive and binding on the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled for any damages/compensation for stoppage of work due to safety reasons as provided in para 27.18 above and the period of such stoppage of work shall not be taken as an extension of time for completion of work and shall not be the ground for waiver of levy of liquidated damages. It is mandatory for the Contractor to observe during the execution of the works, the requirements of safety rules which would generally include but not limited to the following : Safety Rules: a) Each employee shall be provided with initial indoctrination regarding safety by the Contractor, so as to enable him to conduct his work in a safe manner. No employee shall be given a new assignment of work unfamiliar to him without proper introduction as to the hazards incident thereto, both to himself and his fellow employees. Under no circumstances shall an employee hurry or take unnecessary chance when working under hazardous conditions. Employees must not leave naked fires unattended. Smoking shall not be permitted around fire prone areas and adequate fire fighting equipment shall be provided at crucial locations. Employees under the influence of any intoxicating beverage, even to the slightest degree shall not be permitted to remain at work.

27.17

27.18

27.19

27.20

b)

c) d)

e)

59

f) g) h)

There shall be a suitable arrangement at every work site for rendering prompt and sufficient first aid to the injured. The staircases and passageways shall be adequately lighted. The employees when working around moving machinery must not be permitted to wear loose garments. Safety shoes are recommended when working in shops or places where materials or tools are likely to fall. Only experienced workers shall be permitted to go behind guard rails or to clean around energized or moving equipment. The employees must use the standard protection equipment intended for each job. Each piece of equipment shall be inspected before and after it is used. Requirements of ventilation in underwater working to licensed and experienced divers, use of gum boots for working in slushy or in inundated conditions are essential requirements to be fulfilled. In cases or rock excavation blasting shall invariably be done through licensed blasters and other precautions during blasting and storage/transport of charge material shall be observed strictly.

i)

j)

k)

27.21

The Contractor shall follow and comply with all relevant Safety Rules, relevant provisions of applicable laws pertaining to the safety of workmen, employees, plant and equipment as may be prescribed from time to time without any demur, protest or contest or reservation. In case of any discrepancy between statutory requirement and relevant Safety Rules referred above, the later shall be binding on the Contractor unless the statutory provisions are more stringent. If the Contractor does not take all safety precautions and/or fails to comply with the Safety Rules as prescribed by Consortium or under the applicable law for the safety of the equipment and plant and for the safety of personnel and the Contractor does not prevent hazardous conditions which cause injury to his own employees or employees of other contractors, or Employees of TSECL or any other person who are at Site or adjacent thereto, the Contractors shall be responsible for payment of compensation to Consortium members as per the compensation order issued by the appropriate authority of Government of Tripura / verdict issued by court. The compensation mentioned above shall be in addition to the compensation payable to the workmen / employees under the relevant provisions of the Workmens Compensation Act and rules framed there under or any other applicable laws as applicable from time to time. In case TSECL is made to pay such compensation then the amount of such compensation shall be deducted from the progressive bills / contract performance guaranty of the contractor.

27.22

28.0

CODE REQUIREMENTS The erection requirements and procedures to be followed during the installation of the equipment shall be in accordance with the relevant Codes and accepted good engineering practice, the Engineering Drawings and other applicable Indian recognized codes and laws and regulations of the Government of India. 60

29.0

FOUNDATION DRESSING & GROUTING i. The surfaces of foundations shall be dressed to bring the top surface of the foundations to the required level, prior to placement of equipment / equipment bases on the foundations. ii. All the equipment bases and structural steel base plates shall be grouted and finished as per these specifications unless otherwise recommended by the equipment manufacturer. iii. The concrete foundation surfaces shall be properly prepared by chipping, grinding as required to bring the type of such foundation to the required level, to provide the necessary roughness for bondage and to assure enough bearing strength. All laitance and surface film shall be removed and cleaned.

30.0 30.1

Grouting Mix The Grouting mixture shall be composed of Portland cement, sand and water. The Portland cement to be used shall conform to ISI No. 269 or equivalent. Sand shall conform to ISI No. 383/2386 or equivalent. All grouts shall be thoroughly, mixed for not less than five minutes in an approved mechanical mixer and shall be used immediately after mixing. Placing of Grout

30.2

30.2.1 After the base has been prepared, its alignment and level has been checked and approved and before actually placing the grout a low dam shall be set around the base at a distance that shall permit pouring and manipulation of the grout. The height of such dam shall be at least 25 mm. above the bottom of the base. Suitable size and number of chains shall be introduced under the base before placing the grout, so that such chains can be moved back and forth to push the grout into every part of the space under the base. 30.1.2 The grout shall be poured either through grout holes provided or shall be poured at one side or at two adjacent sides giving it a pressure head to make the grout move in a solid mass under the base and out in the opposite side. Pouring shall be continued until the entire space below the base is thoroughly filled and the grout stands at least 25 mm. higher all around than the bottom of the base. Enough care should be taken to avoid any air or water pockets beneath the bases. Vibrator shall be used to avoid any air or water pockets. 30.2 Finishing of the Edges of the Grout The poured grout should be allowed to stand undisturbed until it is well set. Immediately thereafter, the dam shall be removed and grout which extends beyond the edges of the structural or equipment base plates shall be cut off, flushed and removed. The edges of the grout shall then be pointed and finished with 1:6 cement mortar pressed firmly to bond with the body of the grout and smoothened with a tool to present a smooth vertical surface. The work shall be done in a clean and scientific manner and the adjacent floor spaces, exposed edges of the foundations, and structural steel and equipment base plates shall be thoroughly cleaned of any spillage of the grout.

61

30.3

Checking of Equipment After Grouting After the grout is set and cured, the Contractor shall check and verify the alignment of equipments, alignment of shafts of rotating machinery, the slopes of all bearing pedestals, centering of rotors with respect to their sealing bores, couplings, etc. as applicable and the like items to ensure that no displacement has taken place during grouting. The values recorded prior to grouting shall be used during such post grouting checkup and verifications. Such pre and post grout records of alignment details shall be maintained by the Contractor in a manner acceptable to the site Engineer of TSECL.

31

CHECK OUT OF CONTROL SYSTEMS After completion of wiring, cabling, the contractor shall check out the operation of all control systems for the equipment furnished and installed under these specifications and documents.

32 32.1

CABLING All cables shall be supported by conduits or cable trays run in air or in cable channels. These shall be installed in exposed runs parallel or perpendicular to dominant surface with right angle turn made of symmetrical bends for fittings. When cables are run on cable trays, they shall be clamped at minimum intervals of 2000 mm. or otherwise as directed by the site Engineer. Each cable, whether power or control, shall be provided with a metallic or plastic tag of an approved type, bearing a cable reference number indicated in the cable and conduit list (prepared by the contractor), at every 5 meter run or part thereof and at both ends of the cable adjacent to the terminations. Cable routing is to be done in such a way that cables are accessible for any maintenance and for easy identification. Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided. Installation of cables high voltage, coaxial, screened, compensating, mineral insulated shall be in accordance with the cable manufacturers recommendations. Wherever cables cross roads and water, oil, sewage or gas lines, special care should be taken for the protection of the cables in designing the cable channels. In each cable run some extra length shall be kept at a suitable point to enable one or two straight through joints to be made, should the cable develop fault at a later date. Control cable terminations shall be made in accordance with wiring diagrams, using identifying codes subject to approval of Executive Engineer in charge of the work. Multi-core control cable jackets shall be removed as required to train and terminate the conductors. The cable jacket shall be left on the cable, as far as possible, to the point of the first conductor branch. The insulated conductors from which the jacket is removed shall be neatly twined in bundles and terminated. The bundles shall be firmly but not tightly tied utilizing plastic or nylon ties or specifically treated fungus protected cord made for this purpose. Control cable conductor insulation shall be secure and even. The connectors for control cables shall be covered with a transparent insulating sleeve so as to prevent accidental contact with ground or adjacent terminals and shall preferably be terminated at the connecting end of the equipments. The insulating sleeve shall be fire resistant and shall be long enough to over pass the conductor insulation. All control cables shall be fanned out and connection made to terminal blocks and test equipment for proper operation before cables are corded together. 62

32.2

32.3

32.4 32.5

32.6

33

AVAILABILITY OF SHUTDOWN. Installation & Commissioning of 33 KV sub-station at Tripura University, 33 KV sub-transmission line (by a mix of overhead & underground cable) from Badharghat to Tripura University as well as installation and commissioning of 33 KV breaker & control panel at Badharghat 66 KV Sub-Station may require Shut-Down (to be arranged by the Owner) of existing 33 KV / 11 KV / LT overhead lines in the proposed route as well as in Badharghat sub-station for installation, erection & commissioning of the total project on turn key nature. Such shut down will be provided by the Owner as per Owners convenience on receiving written requisition informing about his programme from the contractor at least one week before such requirement. The Contractor shall have to arrange during execution everything necessary for complete installation & Commissioning of all equipment and the entire requirement as specified in the work schedule.

63

SECTION- V
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
A. TECNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 33/11 KV, 3.15 MVA ONAN POWER TRANSFORMER. 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 These specifications are to cover design, engineering, manufacture, testing/inspection before despatch, forwarding, packing, transportation to site, insurance (both during transit & storage), storage, erection, supervision, testing and commissioning of three phase, 50 Hz, 3.15 MVA 33/11 KV, Dyn11, Outdoor ONAN Power Transformer complete with all accessories/fittings and spare parts as specified herein, for use in transmission systems. The rated capacity of the transformer shall be on ONAN basis. All the civil works in this regard shall be included in the scope of work. The transformer shall be equipped with surge arrestors at HV and LV side. The Transformer shall comply with the requirement contained in the following Standard(s): ISS 2026 ISS 2099 ISS 335 ISS 3639 IEC 76 1.2 : : : : : For Power Transformer. For HV Bushing. For Insulating Oil. For Fittings & accessories. For Power Transformer.

The particulars about Surge Arrestor(s) are detailed herein later. SPECIFIC TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS (STANDARD CONDITIONS) 1. Rated MVA (ONAN rating)
A) ONAN

3.15 MVA. 3(Three). Outdoor. 50 Hz. EHV Grade Insulating Oil. 33kV. 11kV. 36kV. 12kV. Off-load.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

No. of Phases Type of Installation Frequency Cooling medium Rated voltage a) High voltage winding b) Low voltage winding Highest system voltage a) HV Side b) LV side Type of tap changer

7.

8.

64

9. 10. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

Range of tappings Neutral terminal to be brought out Type of insulation and insulation level One minute power frequency withstand test voltage (KVrms) Impulse withstand test voltage (KV peak) Winding connection a) HV Side b) LV Side Winding material Vector group Type of cooling Neutral earthing Terminal details a) 33 KV (Outdoor) Termination b) 11 KV (Outdoor) Termination

+10% to 10% in 9 equal steps of 2.5% each on HV winding. On LV Side only. Uniform. 33KV 70 75 11KV 28 28

11. Impedance on rated MVA base at 750 C As per CBIP manual.

Delta. Star. Electrolytic Copper. Dyn11. ONAN. LV neutral shall be solidly earthed. a) ACSR/AASC Conductor Bus (or IPS Aluminum tube as applicable) for connecting to bushing terminals. b) 11 KV XLPE Power cable with appropriate termination kit. One No. As per Engineering requirement. As per Engineering requirement. One No.

21. 22. 23. 24.

Winding Temperature Indicator Provision for Differential Protection Arrangement Provision for 2 O/C & 1 E/F Relay Oil Temperature Indicator

Transformer shall be provided with accessories as given in ISS 3639 besides the following(s): a) Suitable Under carriage with adjustable Bi-directional flanged wheels. b) Earthing terminals 2 Nos. c) Lifting lugs for the complete transformer and for other components wherever necessary. d) 150mm dia or as per ISS, winding and oil temperature indicators for local and remote indication with maximum pointer , resetting device and two sets of contacts in each indicators with associated CTs. e) Explosion vent with diaphragm f) Magnetic oil level indicators with one set of contact for low oil alarm. g) Off circuit tap switch with locking device. 65

h) i) j) k) l) m) n) o) p) q) r) s) t) u)

Double float gas operated relay with alarm and trip contacts. Thermometer pockets. Air release hole with plug. Filter valves with plug 2 nos. ( top & bottom) Sampling valves. Jacking lugs and hauling holes. Marshaling box with complete wiring. Inspection covers. Detachable radiators with air release hole with plug, oil drain hole with plug, top and shut off valves and lifting eyes. Breather. Explosion oil level indicators with locking LV bushings brought out suitably for connection. HV bushing oil filled condenser type with arcing horns. LV neutral: Solid porcelain type for star connection. The Neutral terminal shall be suitably brought out to facilitate star connection.

1.3 Maximum Temperature rise for various types of cooling over an ambient of 500C a) Temperature rise of top oil (Measured by Thermometer) b) Temperature rise of winding (Measured by resistance) 1.4 RATING & SERVICES Over load capacity: As per IS: 6600. 1.5 NOISE LEVEL AT RATED VOLTAGE & FREQUENCY As per NEMA Pub TR-1 1.6 MARSHALLING BOX A metal enclosed, weather, vermin and dust proof marshalling box fitted with required glands, locks, glass door, terminal Board, heater with switch, illumination lamp with switch etc. shall be provided with the transformer to accommodate temperature indicators, terminal blocks etc. It shall have a degree of protection of IP 55 as per IS: 2147 (Refer Clause 3.12). 1.7 CAPITALIZATION OF LOSSES AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES For the purpose of comparison of bids for transformer, capitalized value of iron and copper loss shall be added to the quoted price of transformer FOR site at the following rate: i) Iron loss J 3,67,038/KW. ii) Copper loss _ J 1,10,111/KW. 1.8 PERFORMANCE i) Transformer shall be capable of withstanding for three seconds without damage to any external short circuit, with the short circuit MVA available at the terminals. 66 = = 500 C 550C

ii) The maximum flux density in any part of the core and yoke at rated MVA, voltage and frequency shall be such that the flux density under 12.5% over voltage condition shall not exceed 1.9 Tesla. iii) Transformer shall, under exceptional circumstances, due to sudden disconnection of the load, be capable of operating at the voltage approximately 25% above normal rated voltage for a period of not exceeding one minute and 40% above normal for a period of 5 seconds. iv) The transformer may be operated continuously without danger on any particular tapping at the rated MVA plus minus 12.5% of the voltage corresponding to the tapping. v) The thermal ability withstand short circuit shall be demonstrated by calculation. vi) With combined voltage variation of +12.5% and frequency variation of -5%, the flux density shall not exceed 1.9 Tesla. vii) Transformer shall be capable of withstanding thermal and mechanical stress caused by any symmetrical and asymmetrical faults on any winding. 1.9 AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLIES The following power supplies shall be available at site: i) AC, 3 phase, 415 volts, 50 Hz. earthed. ii) AC, 1 phase, 230 volts, 50 Hz. earthed. iii) 110 V DC. 1.10 DRAWINGS/DOCUMENTS INCORPORATING THE PARTICULARS SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITH THE BID i. FOLLOWING

ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii.

General outline drawing showing shipping dimensions and overall dimensions, net weights and shipping weights, quality of insulating oil, spacing of wheels in either direction of motion, location of coolers, marshalling box and tap changers etc. Height of centre line of HV and LV connectors of transformers from the rail top level. Dimensions of the largest part to be transported. GA drawings/details of various types of bushing. Type test certificate of similar transformers. Illustrative & descriptive literature of the Transformer. Maintenance and Operating Instructions.

1.11 MISCELLANEOUS i. ii. Padlocks along with duplicate keys as asked for various valves, marshalling box etc., shall be supplied by the contractor, wherever applicable. Foundation bolts for wheel locking devices of Transformer shall be supplied by the Contractor. 67

1.12 DELIVERY The equipment shall be delivered, erected and commissioned at site on turnkey basis. 1.13 SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT The followings are also in the Contractors scope of work for turnkey executions: i) Design of soak pit, cable trenches and foundations for transformers and other ground-mounted equipment.

ii) Construction of soak pit, cable trenches and foundations for transformers and other ground mounted equipment. iii) All the civil works. 1.14 SCHEDULES All Schedules annexed to the specification, shall be duly filled by the bidder separately. 1.15 ALTITUDE FACTOR Though the equipment is to be installed in the Plain area, necessary correction factors as given in the Indian Standard for oil temperature rise, insulation level etc. shall be applied to the Standard Technical Parameters given above. 1.16 NAME PLATE Transformer rating plate shall contain the information as given in clause 15 of IS2026 (Part-I). The details on rating plate shall be finalized during the detailed engineering. Further the transformer shall have inscription of Purchaser name i.e. TSECL-Deposit work (Tripura Central University). 2.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1 CODES & STANDARDS (i) The design, material, fabrication, manufacture, inspection, testing before despatch, erection, testing, commissioning and performance of power transformers at site shall comply with all currently applicable statutory regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed. The equipment shall also conform to the latest applicable standards and codes of practice. Nothing mentioned in this specification shall be construed to relieve the contractor of his responsibility. (ii) Transformers shall conform to the current applicable standards and codes of practice as specified in clause No. 2.2. 2.2 The equipment, materials and service covered by this specification shall conform to the latest applicable provision of the following standards: IS:5 IS:335 IS:1271 : : : Colour for ready mixed paints. New insulating oil for transformers, Switchgears. Classification of insulating materials for electrical machinery and apparatus in relation to their stability in services. 68

IS:2026 (Part I to IV) IS:2071 IS:2099 IS:2147 IS:2705 IS:3202 IS:3347 IS:3637 IS:3639 IS:5561 IS:6600/BS:CP1010 IS:10028 C.B.I.P. Publication

: : : : : : : : : : : : :

Power Transformer. Method of high voltage testing. High voltage porcelain bushings. Degree of protection. Current Transformers. Code of practice for climate proofing Of electrical equipment. Dimensions for porcelain Transformer Bushings. Gas operated relays. Fittings and accessories for Power Transformers. Electric Power Connectors. Guide for loading of oil immersed Transformers. Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of transformers, Part I, II and III. Manual on Transformers.

If the standard is not quoted for any item, it shall be presumed that the latest version of Indian Standard shall be applicable to that item. The equipment complying other internationally accepted standards may also be considered if they ensure performance superior to the Indian Standards. 2.3 DRAWINGS a) The contractor shall furnish, within fifteen days after issuing of Letter of Award, six copies each of the following drawings/documents incorporating name of project and transformer rating for approval. i) Detailed overall general arrangement drawing showing front and side elevations and plan of the transformer and all accessories including radiators and external features with details of dimensions, spacing of wheels in either direction of motion, net weights and shipping weights, crane lift for un-tanking, size of lugs and eyes, bushing lifting dimensions, clearances between HV and LV terminals and ground, quantity of insulating oil etc. Foundation plan showing loading on each wheel and jacking points with respect to centre line of transformer. GA drawings/details of bushing and terminal connectors. Name plate drawing with terminal marking and connection diagrams. Wheel locking arrangement drawing. Transportation dimensions drawings.

ii) iii) iv) v) vi)

vii) Magnetization characteristic curves of PS class neutral and phase side current transformers, if applicable. 69

viii) Interconnection diagrams. ix) x) xi) Over fluxing withstand time characteristic of transformer. GA drawing of marshalling box. Control scheme/wiring diagram of marshalling box.

xii) Technical leaflets of major components and fittings. xiii) Drawings of schematics, wiring diagram etc. xiv) Setting of oil temperature indicator, winding temperature indicator. xv) Completed technical data sheets. xvi) Details including write-up of tap changing gear. xvii) H.V conductor bushing. xviii) Bushing Assembly. xix) Bi- metallic connector for connection to Panther ACSR conductor. xx) GA of LV cable Box. xxi) Radiator type Assembly. b) 2.4 All drawings/documents, technical data certificates/results/calculations shall be furnished. sheets and test

Any approval given to the detailed drawings by the TSECL shall not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for correctness of the drawing and in the manufacture of the equipment. The approval given by the TSECL shall be general with overall responsibility with the contractor.

3.0 GENERAL CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES i) All material used shall be of best quality and of the class most suitable for working under the conditions specified and shall withstand the variations of temperature and atmospheric conditions without distortion or deterioration or the setting up of undue stresses which may impair suitability of the various parts for the work which they have to perform. Similar parts, particularly removable ones, shall be interchangeable. Pipes and pipe fittings, screws, studs, nuts and bolts used for external connections shall be as per the relevant standards. Steel bolts and nuts exposed to atmosphere shall be galvanized. Nuts, bolts and pins used inside the transformers and tap changer compartments shall be provided with lock washers or locknuts. Exposed parts shall not have pockets where water can collect. Internal design of transformer shall ensure that air is not trapped in any location.

ii) iii)

iv) v) vi)

vii) Material in contact with oil shall be such as not to contribute to the formation of acid in oil. Surface in contact with oil shall not be galvanized or cadmium plated.

70

viii) Labels, indelibly marked, shall be provided for all identifiable accessories like relays, switches, current transformers etc. All label plates shall be of in-corrodible material. ix) x) xi) All internal connections and fastenings shall be capable of operating under overloads and over-excitation, allowed as per specified standards without injury. Transformer and accessories shall be designed to facilitate proper operation, inspection, maintenance and repairs. No patching, plugging, shimming or other such means of overcoming defects; discrepancies or errors will be accepted.

xii) Schematic Drawing of the wiring, including external cables shall be put under the pros pane sheet on the inside door of the transformer marshalling box. 3.1 PAINTING i) The interior of all transformer tanks and other oil filled chambers and internal structural steel work shall be cleaned (seven tank process) of all scale and rust by sand/shot-blasting. These surfaces shall be painted with not less than two coats of heat resistant, oil insoluble and insulating varnish. Steel surfaces exposed to the weather shall be thoroughly cleaned and have a priming coat of zinc chromate applied. The second coat shall be of a glossy oil and weather resisting non fading, paint of shade No. 631 as per IS:5. Metal parts not accessible for painting shall be made of corrosion resistant material. Interior surfaces of mechanism chambers and marshalling kiosks shall receive three coats of paint after proper cleaning. The final coat shall be of a light colored anti-corrosion paint. All paints shall be carefully selected to withstand heat, rain and extremes of weather. The paint shall not scale off or crinkle or be removed by abrasion due to normal handling. In case finish paint chips off or crinkle during transit or installation, the contractor shall arrange for repainting transformer at site at his cost. The paint for repainting shall be supplied by the contractor. The paint used shall be ISI marked.

ii) iii)

iv)

v)

vi) 3.2 a) i) ii) iii)

DETAILED DESCRIPTION Tank The Transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from high grade low carbon plate steel of tested quality. The tank and the cover shall be of welded construction. Tank shall be designed to permit lifting by crane or jacks of the complete transformer assembly filled with oil. Suitable lugs and braces shall be provided for this purpose. All beams, flanges, lifting lugs, braces and permanent parts attached to the tank, shall be welded and where practicable, they shall be double welded. 71

The main tank body of the transformer, excluding tap changing compartments and radiators, shall be capable of withstanding pressure of 760 mm of Hg. v) Inspection hole(s) with welded flange(s) and bolted cover(s) shall be provided on the tank cover. The inspection hole(s) shall be of sufficient size to afford easy access to the lower ends of the bushings, terminals etc. vi) All bolted connections to the tank shall be fitted with suitable oil-tight gaskets which shall give satisfactory service under the operating conditions. Special attention shall be given to the methods of making the hot oil-tight joints between the tank and the cover as also between the tank cover and the bushings and all outlets to ensure that the joint can be remade satisfactorily and with ease, with the help of semi-skilled labour. Where compressible gaskets are used, steps shall be provided to prevent over-compression. vii) Suitable guides shall be provided for positioning the various parts during assembly or dismantling. Adequate space shall be provided between the cores and windings and the bottom of the tank for collection of any sediment. b) Tank Cover The transformer top shall be provided with a detachable tank cover with bolted flanged gasket joint. Lifting lugs shall be provided for removing the cover. The surface of the cover shall be suitably sloped so that it does not retain rainwater. 3.3 i) UNDER CARRIAGE The transformer tank shall be supported on steel structure with detachable forged steel flanged wheels suitable for moving the transformer completely filled with oil. Rail gauge shall be 1462+0 mm. in both directions. Flanged wheels shall be spaced accordingly. Wheels shall be provided with suitable bearings, which will resist rust and corrosion and shall be equipped with fittings for lubrication. It shall be possible to swivel the wheels in two directions, at right angle to or parallel to the main axis of the transformers. Jacking pads shall be provided on the transformer. It shall be possible to change the direction of the wheels through 90 degree when the transformer is lifted on jacks to permit movement of the transformer both in longitudinal and transverse directions. Suitable hydraulic jacks (4 Nos.) for lifting the transformer shall be supplied by the contractor, for each rating of the transformer.

iv)

ii)

iii) 3.4 i)

CORE The magnetic circuit shall be constructed from high grade, nonaging, super cold rolled, grain oriented silicon steel lamination conforming to grade 28M4 as per BS 601 Part(2)/ M-4 as per AISI. (The maximum flux density in any part of the cores and yoke at normal voltage and frequency shall be such that the flux density with 12.5 % voltage variation from the voltage shall not exceed 1.9 Tesla) The bidder shall provide saturation curve of the core material proposed to be use and calculations. The bidder should offer the core for inspection and approval by the purchaser during the manufacturing stage. Bidders call notice for the purpose 72

ii)

should be accompanied with the following documents as applicable as a proof towards use of prime core material: a) b) c) d) e) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi) xii) Invoice of the supplier. Mills test certificate. Packing list. Bill of landing. Bill of entry certificate to customs.

xiii)

The laminations shall be free of all burrs and sharp projections. Each sheet shall have an insulating coating resistant to the action of hot oil. The insulation structure for the core to bolts and core to clamp plates shall be such as to withstand 2000V DC voltage for one minute. The completed core and coil shall be so assembled that the axis and the plane of the outer surface of the core stack shall not deviate from the vertical plane by more than 25 mm. All steel sections used for supporting the core shall be thoroughly shot or sand blasted, after cutting, drilling and welding. The finally assembled core with all the clamping structures shall be free from deformation and shall not vibrate during operation. The core clamping structure shall be designed to minimize eddy current loss. The framework and clamping arrangements shall be securely earthed. The core shall be carefully assembled and rigidly clamped to ensure adequate mechanical strength. Oil ducts shall be provided, where necessary, to ensure adequate cooling inside the core. The welding structure and major insulation shall not obstruct the free flow of oil through such ducts. The design of magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static discharges, development of short circuit paths within itself or to the earthed clamping structure and production of flux component at right angle to the plane of the lamination, which may cause local heating. The supporting framework of the cores shall be so designed as to avoid the presence of pockets, which would prevent complete emptying of the tank through the drain valve or cause trapping of air during filling. The construction is to be of Core type. The core shall be provided with lugs suitable for lifting the complete core and coil assembly. The core and coil assembly shall be so fixed in the tank that shifting will not occur during transport or short circuits.

3.5 i)

INTERNAL EARTHING All internal metal parts of the transformer, with the exception of individual laminations, core bolts and their individual clamping plates shall be earthed. The top clamping structure shall be connected to the tank by a copper strap. The bottom clamping structure shall be earthed by one or more of the following methods: a) b) By connection through vertical tie-rods to the top structure. By direct metal-to-metal contact with the tank base. 73

ii)

c) iii)

By a connection to the top structure on the same side of the core as the main earth connection to the tank.

iv) 3.6 i)

The magnetic circuit shall be connected to the clamping structure at one point only and this shall be brought out of the top cover of the transformer tank through a suitably rated insulator. A disconnecting link shall be provided on transformer tank to facilitate disconnections from ground for IR measurement purpose. Coil clamping rings of metal at earth potential shall be connected to the adjacent core clamping structure on the same side as the main earth connections.

WINDING Winding shall be subjected to a shrinking and seasoning process, so that no further shrinkage occurs during service. Adjustable devices shall be provided for taking up possible shrinkage in service. ii) All low voltage windings for use in the circular coil concentric winding shall be wound on a preformed insulating cylinder for mechanical protection of the winding in handling and placing around the core. iii) Winding shall not contain sharp bends, which might damage the insulation or produce high dielectric stresses. No strip conductor wound on edge shall have width exceeding six times the thickness. iv) Materials used in the insulation and assembly of the windings shall be insoluble, non catalytic and chemically inactive in the hot transformer oil and shall not soften or the otherwise affected under the operating conditions. v) Varnish application on coil windings may be given only for mechanical protection and not for improvement in dielectric properties. In no case varnish or other adhesive be used which will seal the coil and prevent evacuation of air and moisture and impregnation by oil. vi) Winding and connections shall be braced to withstand shocks during transport or short circuit. vii) Permanent current carrying joints in the windings and leads shall be welded or brazed. Clamping bolts for current carrying parts inside oil shall be made of oil resistant material which shall not be affected by acidity in the oil steel bolts, if used, shall be suitably treated. viii) Terminals of all windings shall be brought out of the tank through bushings for external connections. ix) The completed core and coil assembly shall be dried in vacuum at not more than 0.5mm of mercury absolute pressure and shall be immediately impregnated with oil after the drying process to ensure the elimination of air and moisture within the insulation. Vacuum may be applied in either vacuum over or in the transformer tank. x) The winding shall be so designed that all coil assemblies of identical voltage ratings shall be interchangeable and field repairs to the winding can be made readily without special equipment. The coils shall have high dielectric strength. Coils shall be made of continuous smooth high-grade electrolytic copper conductor, shaped and braced to provide for expansion and contraction due to temperature changes. Adequate barriers shall be provided between coils and core and between high and low voltage coil. End turns shall have additional protection against abnormal line disturbances. 74

The insulation of winding shall be designed to withstand voltage stress arising from surge in transmission lines due to atmospheric or transient conditions caused by switching etc. xii) Tapings shall not be brought out from inside the coil or from intermediate turns and shall be so arranged as to preserve as far as possible magnetic balance of the transformer at all voltage ratios. xiii) Magnitude of impulse surges transferred from HV to LV windings by electro magnetic induction and capacitance coupling shall be limited to B.I.L. of LV winding. 3.7 i) ii) INSULATING OIL The insulating oil for the transformers shall be of EHV grade, generally conforming to IS: 335. No inhibitors shall be used in the oil. The quantity of oil required for the first filling of the transformer and its full specification shall be stated in the bid. The bidder shall quote the price of transformer complete with first filling of oil plus 10% extra. However, the rate of transformer oil in Rupee per litre shall be quoted separately also. The transformer oil shall be supplied in non-returnable drums. The design and materials used in the construction of the transformer shall be such as to reduce the risk of the development of acidity in the oil. The contractor shall warrant that oil furnished is in accordance with the following specifications.

xi)

iii) iv)

Sl. No.
1.

Characteristic
Appearance

Requirement

Method of Test

The oil shall be clear & transparent A sample of oil shall be & free from suspended matter or examined in a 100 m Sediment thick layer at ambient temp. 0.89 g/cm3 27 CST IS: 1448 IS: 1448

2. 3.

Density at 200C Max. Kinematic Viscosity at 27 deg.C Max. Interfacial at 27 deg.C Min. Flash Point Pour Point Max. Neutralisation Value (Total Acidity) Max.

4. 5. 6. 7.

0.03 N/m 140 deg.C - 6 deg.C 0.03 mg/KOH/gm

IS: 6104 IS: 1448 IS: 1448 IS: 335

75

8. 9.

Electric strength (Break Down Voltage) Min. Dielectric dissipation factor tan delta at 900 C Max. Min. specific resistance (resistivity) a) at 90 deg.C min.

40 kV

IS: 6792

0.03

IS:6262

10.

35 x 1012 ohm cm

IS: 6103

11.

Oxidation Stability a) b) Neutralisation value 0.40 mg KOH/g after oxidation Max. Total sludge after 0.10% by weight oxidation Max. The oil shall not contain anti-oxidant Additives IS:335

12.

Presence of oxidation Inhibitor Water content Max: a) Less than 72.5 KV class

13.

25 ppm

IS: 2362

3.8 i)

VALVES Valves shall be of forged carbon steel upto 50 mm. size and of gunmetal or of cast iron bodies with gunmetal fittings for sizes above 50 mm. They shall be of full way type with screwed ends and shall be opened by turning counter clockwise when facing the hand wheel. There shall be no oil leakage when the valves are in closed position. Each valve shall be provided with an indicator to show the open and closed positions and shall be provided with facility for padlocking in either open or closed position. All screwed valves shall be furnished with pipe plugs for protection. Padlocks with duplicate keys shall be supplied along with the valves. All valves except screwed valves shall be provided with flanges having machined faced drilled to suit the applicable requirements. Oil tight blanking plates shall be provided for each connection for use when any radiator is detached and for all valves opening to atmosphere. If any special radiator valve tools are required, the Contractor shall supply the same. The transformer shall be provided with following valves on the tank: a) Drain valve so located as to completely drain the tank. b) Two filter valves on diagonally opposite corners, of 50 mm. size. c) Oil sampling valves not less than 8 mm. at top and bottom of main tank. 76

ii)

iii)

iv)

d) One 15 mm. air release plug. e) Valves between radiators and tank. Drain and filter valves shall be suitable for applying vacuum as specified in the specifications. 3.9 ACCESSORIES

3.9.1 Bushing i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. All porcelain used in bushings shall be homogeneous, non-porous, uniformly glazed to brown colour and free from blisters, burns and other defects. Stress due to expansion and contraction in any part of the bushing shall not lead to deterioration. Bushing shall be designed and tested to comply with the applicable standards. Liquid/oil-filled bushings shall be equipped with liquid level indicators and means for sampling and draining the liquid. The angle of inclination to vertical shall not exceed 30 degree. Oil in oil-filled bushings shall meet the requirements of the transformer oil standards. Fittings made of steel or malleable iron shall be galvanized. Bushing shall be so located on the transformers that full flashover strength will be utilized. Minimum clearances as required for the BIL shall be realized between live parts and live parts to earthed structures. Bushing shall be supplied with bi-metallic / terminal connector / clamp suitable for fixing to bushing terminal and the PURCHASERS specified conductors. The connector/clamp shall be rated to carry the bushing rated current without exceeding a temperature rise of 550 C over an ambient of 500 C. The connector/clamp shall be designed to be corona free at the maximum rated line to ground voltage. Bushing of identical voltage rating shall be interchangeable. The insulation class of high voltage neutral bushing shall be properly coordinated with the insulation class of the neutral of the low voltage winding. Each bushing shall be so coordinated with the transformer insulation that all flashover will occur outside the tank.

ix. x. xi.

3.9.2 Protection & Measuring Devices i) Oil Conservator Tank a) b) c) d) e) The conservator tank shall have adequate capacity between highest and lowest visible levels to meet the requirement of expansion of the total cold oil volume in the transformer and cooling equipment. The conservator tank shall be bolted into position so that it can be removed for cleaning purposes. The conservator shall be fitted with magnetic oil level gauge with low level electrically insulated alarm contact. The conservator tank shall be fitted with flexible diaphragm type. Transformer shall be provided with thermo siphon filters to prolong the life of transformer oil. 77

ii)

Pressure Relief Device The pressure relief device provided shall be of sufficient size for rapid release of any pressure that may be generated in the tank and which may result in damage of the equipment. The device shall operate at a static pressure of less than the hydraulic test pressure of transformer tank. It shall be mounted direct on the tank. A pair of electrically insulated contacts shall be provided. Buchholz Relay

iii)

a) A double float type Buchholz relay shall be provided. Any gas evolved in the transformer shall be collected in this relay. The relay shall be provided with a test cock suitable for a flexible pipe connection for checking its operation. A copper tube shall be connected from the gas collector to a valve located about 1200 mm. above ground level to facilitate sampling with the transformer in service. The device shall be provided with two electrically independent potential free contacts, one for alarm on gas accumulation and the other for tripping on sudden rise of pressure. iv) Temperature Indicator (a) Oil Temperature Indicator (OTI) The transformer shall be provided with a 150 mm. dial type thermometer for top oil temperature indication. The thermometer shall have adjustable, electrically independent potential free alarm and trip contacts. Maximum reading pointer and resetting device shall be mounted in the local control panel. A temperaturesensing element suitably located in a pocket on top oil shall be furnished. This shall be connected to the OTI by means of capillary tubing. Accuracy class of OTI shall be + 1% or better. (b) Winding Temperature Indicator (WTI) A device for measuring the hot spot temperature of the winding shall be provided. It shall comprise the following. i) Temperature sensing element. ii) Image Coil. iii) Auxiliary CTS, if required to match the image coil, shall be furnished and mounted in the local control panel. iv) 150 mm. dial local indicating instrument with maximum reading pointer mounted in local panel and with adjustable electrically independent ungrounded contacts, besides that required for control of cooling equipment, one for high winding temperature alarm and one for trip. v) Calibration device. 3.9.3 Oil Preservation Equipment 3.9.3.1 Oil Sealing The oil preservation shall be diaphragm type oil sealing in conservator to prevent oxidation and contamination of oil due to contact with atmospheric 78

moisture. The conservator shall be fitted with a dehydrating filter breather. It shall be so designed that, i) Passage of air is through a dust filter & Silica gel. ii) Silica gel is isolated from atmosphere by an oil seal. iii) Moisture absorption indicated by a change in colour of the crystals can be easily observed from a distance. iv) Breather is mounted not more than 1400 mm. above rail top level. 3.10 MARSHALLING BOX i) Sheet steel, weather, vermin and dust proof marshalling box fitted with required glands, locks, glass door, terminal Board, heater with switch, illumination lamp with switch, water-tight hinged and padlocked door of a suitable construction shall be provided with the transformer to accommodate temperature indicators, terminal blocks etc. The box shall have slopping roof and the interior and exterior painting shall be in accordance with the specification. Padlock along with duplicate keys shall be supplied for marshalling box. The degree of protection shall be IP-55. ii) The schematic diagram of the circuitry inside the marshalling box be prepared and fixed inside the door under a pros pane sheet. iii) The marshalling box shall accommodate the following equipment: a) Temperature indicators b) Terminal blocks and gland plates for incoming and outgoing cables. All the above equipment except (b) shall be mounted on panels and back of panel wiring shall be used for inter-connection. The temperature indicators shall be so mounted that the dials are not more than 1600 mm. from the ground level and the door(s) of the compartment(s) shall be provided with glazed window of adequate size. To prevent internal condensation, an approved type of metal clad heater with thermostat shall be provided, controlled by a MCB of suitable rating mounted in the box. The ventilation louvers, suitably padded with felt, shall also be provided. The louvers shall be provided with suitable felt pads to prevent ingress of dust. All incoming cables shall enter the kiosk from the bottom and the gland plate shall not be less than 450 mm. from the base of the box. The gland plate and associated compartment shall be sealed in suitable manner to prevent the ingress of moisture from the cable trench. iv) The control connection, wiring etc. shall be as per Clause 3.13 of this specification. 3.11 OFF LOAD TAP CHANGER The transformer shall be provided with Off- load Taps. The Transformer with off-load tap changing gear shall have taps ranging from +10% to 10% in 9 equal steps of 2.5% each on HV winding for voltage variation.

79

The tap changing switch shall be located in a convenient position so that it can be operated from ground level. The switch handle shall be provided with locking arrangement along with top position indication, thus enabling the switch to be locked in position. Equipment for only local electrical and local hand operation shall be provided. The circuit arrangement shall be flexible to provide for addition of a transformer at a latter date. An Out-of-Step device shall be provided for the transformer, which shall be arranged to prevent further tap changing, when transformer in a group operating in parallel control are operated Out-of-Step. 3.12 FITTINGS The following fittings shall be provided on the transformers: i) ii) iii) iv) Conservator with isolating valves, oil filling hole with cap and drain valve. The conservator vessel shall be filled with constant oil pressure diaphragm oil sealing system Magnetic type oil level gauge (150 mm. dia.) with low oil level alarm contacts. Prismatic / toughened glass oil level gauge. Silica gel breather with oil seal and connecting pipe complete with first fill of activated silica gel or Alumina mounted at a level of 1300 mm. above ground level.

A double float type Buchholz relay with isolating valve, bleeding pipe and a testing cock, the test cock shall be suitable for a flexible (pipe connection for checking its operation). A 5 mm. dia. Copper pipe shall be connected from the relay test cock to a valve located at a suitable height above ground level to facilitate sampling of gas with the transformer in service. Inter-connection between gas collection box and relay shall also be provided. The device shall be provided with two electrically independent ungrounded contacts, one for alarm on gas accumulation and the other for tripping on sudden oil surge. These contacts shall be wired upto transformer marshalling box. The relay shall be provided with shut off valve on the conservator side as well as on the tank side. v) Pressure relief devices (including pressure relief valve) and necessary air equalizer connection between this and the conservator with necessary alarm and trip contacts. vi) Air release plugs in the top cover. vii) Inspection cover, access holes with bolted covers for access to inner ends of bushing, etc. viii) Winding temperature (hot spot) indicating device for local mounting complete in all respects. Winding temperature indicator shall have three sets of contacts to operate at different settings: a) To provide winding temperature ` high alarm. b) To provide temperature too high ` trip.

80

Dial thermometer with pocket for oil temperature indicator with one set of alarm and one set of trip contacts and maximum reading pointer. x) Lifting eyes or lugs for the top cover, core and coils and for the complete transformer. ii) Jacking pads. xi) Haulage lugs. xii) Protected type mercury/alcohol in glass thermometer and a pocket to house the same. xiii) Top and bottom filter valves on diagonally opposite ends with pad locking arrangement on both valves. xiv) Top and bottom sampling valves. xv) Drain valve with pad locking arrangement. xvi) Rating and connection diagram plate. xvii) Two numbers tank earthing terminals with associated nuts and bolts for connections to purchasers grounding strip. xviii) Bi-directional flagged rollers with locking and bolting device. xix) Marshalling Box (MB). xx) Shut off valve on both sides of flexible pipe connections between radiator bank and transformer tank. xxi) Cooling Accessories: Requisite number of radiators provided with: One shut off valve on top. One shut off valve at bottom. Air release device on top. Drain and sampling device at bottom. Lifting lugs. xxii) Air release device and oil drain plug on oil pipe connectors. xxiii) Terminal marking plates for Current Transformer and Main Transformer. xxiv) Off-Load Tap Changer. xxv) Oil Preservation Equipment. xxvi) Oil Temperature Indicator. NOTE:(i) The fittings listed above are indicative and any other fittings which are generally required for satisfactory operation of the transformer are deemed to be included in the quoted price of the transformer. (ii) The contacts of various devices required for alarm and trip shall be potential free and shall be adequately rated for continuous, making and breaking current duties as specified. 3.13 CONTROL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINAL, BOARD AND FUSES INSTRUMENT AND WIRING

ix)

Note: i) Normally no fuses shall be used anywhere and instead of fuses MCBs (both in AC & DC circuits) shall be used. Only in cases where a MCB cannot replace a fuse due to system requirements, a HRC fuse can be accepted. All wiring connections, terminal boards, fuses MCBs and links shall be suitable for tropical atmosphere. Any wiring liable to be in contact with oil 81

shall have oil resisting insulation and the bare ends of stranded wire shall be sweated together to prevent seepage of oil along the wire. ii) Panel connections shall be neatly and squarely fixed to the panel. All instruments and panel wiring shall be run in PVC or non-rusting metal cleats of the compression type. All wiring to a panel shall be taken from suitable terminal boards. Where conduits are used, the runs shall be laid with suitable falls, and the lowest parts of the run shall be external to the boxes. All conduit runs shall be adequately drained and ventilated. Conduits shall not be run at or below ground level. When 415 Volt connections are taken through junction boxes or marshalling boxes, they shall be adequately screened and 415 Volts Danger Notice must be affixed to the outside of the junction boxes or marshalling box. Proper colour code for Red, Yellow, Blue wires shall be followed. All box wiring shall be in accordance with relevant IS. All wiring shall be of stranded copper (48 strands) of 1100 Volt grade and size not less than 2.5 sq.mm. All wires on panels and all multi-core cables shall have ferrules, for easy identifications, which bear the same number at both ends, as indicated in the relevant drawing. At those points of interconnection between the wiring carried out by separate contractors, where a change of number can not be avoided double ferrules shall be provided on each wire. The change of numbering shall be shown on the appropriate diagram of the equipment. The same ferrule number shall not be used on wires in different circuits on the same panels. Ferrules shall be of white insulating material and shall be provided with glossy finish to prevent the adhesion of dirt. They shall be clearly and durably marked in black and shall not be affected by dampness or oil. Stranded wires shall be terminated with tinned Ross Courtney terminals, claw washers or crimped tubular lugs. Separate washers shall be suited to the size of the wire terminated. Wiring shall, in general, be accommodated on the sides of the box and the wires for each circuit shall be separately grouped. Back of panel wiring shall be arranged so that access to the connecting items of relays and other apparatus is not impeded. All circuits, in which the voltage exceeds 125 Volts, shall be kept physically separated from the remaining wiring. The function of each circuit shall be marked on the associated terminal boards. Where apparatus is mounted on panels, all metal cases shall be separately earthed by means of stranded (48 No.) copper wire of strip having a cross section of not less than 2 sq. mm where strip is used, the joints shall be sweated. The copper wire shall have green coloured insulation for earth connections. All wiring diagram for control and relay panel shall preferably be drawn as viewed from the back and shall show the terminal boards arranged as in services. Terminal block rows should be spaced adequately not less than 100 mm. apart to permit convenient access to external cables and terminations.

iii)

iv)

v) vi) vii)

viii) ix) x)

xi) xii)

xiii) xiv)

82

xv) Terminal blocks shall be placed with respect to the cable gland (at a minimum distance of 200 mm.) as to permit satisfactory arrangement of multi-core cable tails. xvi) Terminal blocks shall have pairs of terminals for incoming and outgoing wires. Insulating barriers shall be provided between adjacent connections. The height of the barriers and the spacing between terminals shall be such as to give adequate protection while allowing easy access to terminals. The terminals shall be adequately protected with insulating dust proof covers. No live metal shall be exposed at the back of the terminal boards. CT terminals shall have shorting facilities. The terminals for CTs should have provision to insert banana plugs and with isolating links. xvii) All interconnecting wiring, as per the final approved scheme, between accessories of transformer and marshalling box is included in the scope of this specification and shall be done by the Transformer supplier. xviii) The schematic diagram shall be drawn and fixed under a transparent propane sheet on the inner side of the marshalling box cover. xix) To avoid condensation in the MB, a space heater shall be provided with an MCB and thermostat. xx) Suitable 11W, CFL light shall be provided in the Marshalling Box for lightning purpose. 4.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING i) The Contractor shall arrange for carrying out a comprehensive inspection and testing programme during manufacture of the transformer. An indicative of inspection is given under clause No. 4.1. This is, however, not intended to form a comprehensive programme as it is contractors responsibility to draw up and carry out such a programme duly approved by the purchaser. ii) The contractor shall carry out routine tests on the transformers. iii) The contractor shall also carry out the pre-shipment checks. iv) The requirements on site tests are as listed in the specifications. v) Certified test report and oscillograms shall be furnished to the Purchaser/Consultants for evaluation as per the schedule of documents. The Contractor shall also evaluate the test results and rectify the defects in the equipment based on his and the Purchasers evaluations of the tests without any extra charges to the Purchaser. Manufacturers Test Certificates in respect of all associated auxiliary and ancillary equipment shall be furnished. vi) The bidder shall state in his proposal the testing facilities available at his/manufacturers works. In case full testing facilities are not available, the bidder shall state the method proposed to be adopted so as to ascertain the transformer characteristics corresponding to full capacity testing. 4.1 INSPECTION i) a) b) c) d) Tank and Conservator Inspection of major weld. Crack detection of major strength weld seams by dye penetration test. Check correct dimensions between wheels, demonstrate turning of wheels, through 90o and further dimensional check. Leakage test of the conservator. 83

ii) a) b) c) d) e) f) g) iii) a) b) c) iv)

Core Sample testing of core materials for checking specific loss properties, magnetization characteristics and thickness. Check on the quality of varnish if used on the stampings. Check on the amount of burrs. Visual and dimensional check during assembly stage. Check on completed core for measurement of iron loss. Visual and dimensional checks for straightness and roundness of core, thickness of limbs and suitability of clamps. High Voltage DC test (2 kV for one minute) between core and clamps. Insulating Material Sample check for physical properties of materials. Check for dielectric strength. Check for the reaction of hot oil on insulating materials. Winding

a) Sample check on winding conductor for mechanical and electrical conductivity. b) Visual and dimensional checks on conductor for scratches, dentmark etc. c) Sample check on insulating paper for PH value, electric strength. d) Check for the bonding of the insulating paper with conductor. e) Check for the reaction of hot oil and insulating paper. f) Check and ensure that physical condition of all materials taken for windings is satisfactory and free of dust. g) Check for absence of short circuit between parallel strands. v) a) b) Checks Before Drying Process

Check condition of insulation on the conductor and between the windings. Check insulation distance between high voltage connections, between high voltage connection cables and earth and other live parts. c) Check insulating distances between low voltage connections and earth and other parts. d) Insulating test for core earthing.

vi) Checks During Drying Process a) Measurement and recording of temperature and drying time during vacuum treatment. Check for completeness of drying. Assembled Transformer b) Check completed transformer against approved outline drawing, provision for all fittings, finish level etc. c) Jacking test on the assembled Transformer.

84

vii)

Oil All standard tests in accordance with IS: 335 shall be carried out on Transformer oil sample before filling in the transformer.

viii)

Test Reports for bought out items The contractor shall submit the test reports for all bought out / subcontracted items for approval. Bucholz relay. Sudden Pressure rise relay in OLTC. Sudden Pressure rise relay on Main Tank. Winding Temperature Indicators (for TX capacity >10 MVA). Oil Temperature Indicators. Bushings. Bushing Current Transformers in neutral (if provided). Marshalling box. Fans / Air Blowers. Off Load tap changer. Any other item required for completing the works. Porcelain, bushings, bushing current transformers, wherever provided, winding coolers, control devices, insulating oil and other associated equipment shall be tested by the contractor in accordance with relevant IS. If such equipment are purchased by the contractor on a sub-contract, he shall have them tested to comply with these requirements.

a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l)

4.2

FACTORY TESTS i) All standard routine tests in accordance with IS: 2026 with dielectric tests as per latest amendments to IS: 2026 shall be carried out. ii) All auxiliary equipment shall be tested as per the relevant IS. Test certificates shall be submitted for bought out items. iii) High voltage withstand test shall be performed on auxiliary equipment and wiring after complete assembly. iv) Following additional routine tests shall also be carried out on each transformer: a) b) 4.2.1.1 Magnetic Circuit Test. Each core shall be tested for 1 minute at 2000 Volt DC. Oil leakage test on transformer.

Type Test The Bidder has to furnish certificate of Type Test on Power transformer of identical capacity confirming the following type tests. The Certificate shall be not older than 5(five) years as on the date of opening of the Bid(s). Tan delta measurement and capacitance of each winding to earth (with all other windings earthed) & between all windings connected together to earth. Measurement of Zero sequence impedance. Temperature Rise Test. Short Circuit Test. Tank Vacuum Test. 85

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

(6) (7) 4.2.1.2

Tank Pressure Test. Lightning impulse withstand test for line and neutral terminal. Routine Tests

Transformer routine tests shall include tests stated in latest issue of IS:2026 (Part-I). These tests shall also include but shall not be limited to the following: (i) Measurement of winding DC resistance. (ii) Voltage ratio on each tapping and check of voltage vector relationship. (iii) Impedance voltage at all tapings. (iv) Magnetic circuit test After routine tests, each core shall be tested for 1 minute at 2 kV (DC) between all bolts, side plates and structural steel work. Immediately prior to the despatch of the transformer, the magnetic circuit shall be pressure tested for 1 minute at 2 kV A.C. between the core and the earth. (v) Load losses. (vi) No load losses and no load current. (vii) Absorption index i.e. insulation resistance for 15 seconds and 60 seconds (R60/R15) and polarization index i.e. Insulation Resistance for 10 minutes and one minute (R10 mt/R1 mt). (viii) Induced over voltage withstand test. (ix) Separate source voltage withstand test (applied potential). (x) Tan delta measurement and capacitance of each winding to earth (with all other windings earthed) & between all windings connected together to earth. (xi) Dissolved gas analysis test. (xii) Measurement of acoustic noise level. (xiii) Measurement of Zero sequence impedance. All costs towards routine & type tests should be included in the transformer price and no separate payment shall be made on this account. Six (6) sets of certified test reports and oscillographs shall be submitted for evaluation prior to despatch of the equipment. The contractor shall also evaluate the test results and shall correct any defect indicated by his and Purchasers evaluation of the tests without charge to the Purchaser. 4.3 TANK TESTS Routine Tests Oil leakage Test: The tank and oil filled compartments shall be tested for oil tightness completely filled with air or oil of viscosity not greater than that of insulating oil conforming to IS: 335 at the ambient temperature and applying a pressure equal to the normal pressure plus 35 KN/m2 measured at the base of the tank. The pressure shall be maintained for a period of not less than 12 hours for oil and one hour for air and during that time no leak shall occur. Pressure Test Where required by the Purchaser, one transformer tank of each size together with its radiator, conservator vessel and other fittings shall be subjected to a pressure 86

corresponding to twice the normal head of oil or to the normal pressure plus 35 KN/m2 whichever is lower, measured at the base of the tank and maintained for one hour. Vacuum Test One transformer tank of each size shall be subjected to the vacuum pressure of 760 mm of mercury. The tanks designed for full vacuum shall be tested at an internal pressure of 3.33 KN/m2 (25 mm. of mercury) for one hour. The permanent deflection of flat plates after the vacuum has been released shall not exceed the value specified in C.B.I.P. Manual on Transformers (Revised 1999) without affecting the performance of the transformer. 4.4 PRE-SHIPMENT CHECK AT MANUFACTURERS WORKS i) Check for proper packing and preservation of accessories like radiators, bushings, explosions vent, dehydrating breather, rollers, buchholz relay, fans, control cubicle connecting pipes & conservator etc. ii) Check for proper provision of bracing to arrest the movement of core and winding assembly inside the tank. iii) Gas tightness test to conform tightness. INSPECTION AND TESTING AT SITE: The contractor shall carry out detailed inspection covering areas right from the receipt of material upto commissioning stage. An indicative programme of inspection as envisaged by the Engineer is given below. This is however not intended to form a comprehensive programme as it is contractors responsibility to draw up and carry out such a programme. 4.5.1.1 Receipt and Storage Checks i) Check and record condition of each package visible parts of the transformers etc. for any damage. ii) Check and record the gas pressure in the transformer tank as well as in the gas cylinder. iii) Visual check of core and coils before filling up with oil and also check condition of core and winding in general. 4.5.1.2 Installation Checks i) Inspection and performance testing of accessories like tap changers, coolings fans, etc. ii) Check the direction of rotation of fans: a) b) Check the bearing lubrication. Check choking of the tubes of heat exchangers.

4.5

iii) Test on oil samples taken from main tank top and bottom and cooling system. Samples should be taken only after the oil has been allowed to settle for 24 hours. iv) Check the whole assembly for tightness, general appearance etc. v) Oil leakage tests. 4.5.1.3 Pre-Commissioning Tests a) After the transformer is installed, the following pre-commissioning tests and checks shall be done before putting the transformer in service. 87

i) Dry out Test. ii) Megger Test. iii) DC Resistance measurement of windings. iv) Ratio Test on all taps. v) Buchholz relay alarm & surge operation Test. vi) Low oil level (in conservator) alarm. vii) Temperature Indicators. viii) Marshalling kiosk. ix) Protective relays. x) Magnetizing current. b) The following additional checks shall be made : i) All oil valves are in correct position closed or opened as required. ii) All air pockets are cleared. iii) Thermometer pockets are filled with oil. iv) Oil is at correct level in the bushing, conservator, diverter switch & tank etc. v) Earthing connections are made. vi) Colour of Silica gel is blue. vii) Bushing arcing horn is set correctly and gap distance is recorded. viii) CT polarity and ratio is correct. 4.6 i) PERFORMANCE Total cooling system of transformer shall be so designed that, the transformer shall be able to operate at plus 20 percent full load for at least ten (10) minutes on ONAN rating without the calculated winding hot spot temperature exceeding 150oC. ii) The transformer shall be capable of being operated without danger on any tapping at the rated KVA with voltage variation of + 10% corresponding to the voltage of the tapping. iii) The maximum flux density in any part of the cores and yokes at normal voltage and frequency shall be such that the flux density on any tap position with +12.5% voltage variation and 5% frequency variation shall not exceed 1.9 wb/m2. iv) Radio interference and Noise Level. a) The transformer shall be designed with particular attention to the suppression of third and fifth harmonics so as to minimize interference with communication circuits. b) The noise level when energized at normal voltage and frequency with fans running shall not exceed the values specified by NEMA. FAULT CONDITIONS a) The transformer and all its accessories including CTs etc. shall be capable of withstanding for three (3) seconds without damages any external short circuit to earth. b) Transformer shall be capable of withstanding thermal and mechanical stresses conveyed by symmetrical or asymmetrical faults on any winding. c) Transformers shall accept, without injurious heating, combined voltage and frequency fluctuation, which produce the 125% over fluxing condition for one minute.

4.7

88

4.8 (i)

TEST WAIVAL, PROCEDURE AND COSTS

The TSECL, at its option, may waive impulse tests provided type test reports of impulse tests carried out on essentially identical units in their factory in India are furnished by the manufacturer. (ii) No load losses and exciting current shall be measured at rated voltage, rated frequency and at 90% and 110% of rated voltage, both before and after the lightning impulse tests. (iii) The method of test loading shall be described in the test report for determination of both average and hottest spot temperature. Where the winding temperature equipment are specified, data shall also be included for calibration of hottest spot temperature indicator. (iv) Resistance of each winding of each phase shall be measured at principal and at all the taps and corrected to 750C. (v) Impedance voltage shall be measured at principal and at all taps, (vi) No load Loss Measurement as recommended in ISS. (vii) Certified test report and oscillograms shall be furnished to TSECL for evaluation as per the schedule of distribution of documents. The Contractor shall also evaluate the test results and rectify the defects in the equipment based on his and the TSECLs evaluations of the tests without any extra charges to TSECL. Manufacturers Test Certificates in respect of all associated auxiliary and ancillary equipment shall be furnished. (viii) The bidder shall state in his proposal the testing facilities available at his works. 4.9 WITNESSING OF TESTS AND EXCESSIVE LOSSES (i) The TSECL or its representative reserves the right to witness any or all tests, or to accord waival at its sole discrection. . (ii) The TSECL reserves the right to reject the Transformer if losses exceed the declared losses beyond tolerance limits as per IS or if temperature rise of oil and winding exceed the values specified elsewhere.(See clause 3.5.0)

5.0 LOSSES: Transformers with lower losses shall be preferred. The bidder shall indicate the values of load and no load losses of the transformer in his bid. He shall indicate whether losses are firm or subject to tolerance. If nothing is indicated regarding tolerance on losses, it will be considered that losses are subject to tolerance. In case no ceiling is specified, these will be taken as per IS. 5.1 REJECTION The TSECL may reject any transformer if during tests or service any of the following conditions rise: i) ii) iii) iv) v) No load loss exceeds the guaranteed value by 20% or more. Load loss exceeds the guaranteed value by 20% or more. Impedance value exceeds the guaranteed value by + 10% or more. The difference in impedance values of any two phases during single phase short circuit impedance test exceeds 2% of the average value guaranteed by the vendor. Oil or winding temperature rise exceeds the specified value. 89

5.2

vi) Transformer fails on impulse test. vii) Transformer fails on power frequency voltage withstand test. viii) Transformer is proved to have been manufactured not in accordance with the agreed specification. In any case, the transformer shall be rejected in case any loss value exceeds the maximum loss as per IS.

6.0 SPARE PARTS In case the manufacturer goes out of production of spare parts, then he shall make available the drawings of spare parts and specification of materials at no extra cost to the Purchaser to fabricate or procure spare parts from other sources. 6.1 INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL Six sets of the instruction manuals shall be supplied at least four (4) weeks before the actual dispatch of equipment. The manuals shall be in bound volumes and shall contain all the drawings and information required for erection, operation and maintenance of the transformer. The manuals shall include amongst others, the following particulars: a) b) c) d) e) f) 6.2 Marked erection prints identifying the components, parts of the transformer as dispatched with assembly drawings. Detailed dimensions, assembly and description of all auxiliaries. Detailed views of the core and winding assembly, winding connections and tappings, tap changer construction etc. These drawings are required for carrying out overhauling operation at site. Salient technical particulars of the transformer. Copies of all final approved drawings. Detailed O&M instructions with periodical check lists and Proforma etc.

COMPLETENESS OF EQUIPMENT (i) All fittings and accessories, which may not be specifically mentioned in the specification but which are necessary for the satisfactory operation of the plant, shall be deemed to be included in the specification and shall be furnished by the contractor without extra charges. The equipment shall be complete in all details, whether such details are mentioned in the specification or not, without any financial liability to the Purchaser under any circumstances. (ii) All deviations from this specification shall be separately listed under the requisite schedules, in the absence of which it will be presumed that all the provisions of the specification are complied with by the bidder.

7.0 TOOLS & TACKLES All the necessary tools and tackles required for normal operation shall be supplied by the Contractor without extra charges. 8.0 COMMISSIONING The equipment shall be commissioned as per CBIP manual, IS 10028 and manufacturers recommendations. All the as built drawings/manuals shall be prerequisite for release of payment for final payment. 90

B.

SPECIFICATION FOR CURRENT TRANSFORMER

33KV CURRENT TRANSFORMER

1.0 SCOPE 1.1 The scope of this specification covers design, manufacturing, supply, and transportation, erection testing & commissioning of 33 KV Current Transformer suitable for outdoor service. Any other parts not specifically mentioned in this specification but otherwise required for proper functioning of the equipment should be included by the Bidder in the offer. 1.2 APPLICABLE STANDARDS Unless otherwise modified in this specification, the Current Transformer shall comply with the latest version of relevant standards (IS 2165, IS 2705(I-IV), IS 2099, IS 3347, IS 2071, IS 335, IS 13947(part I), IEC 185, IEC 270, IEC 44(4), IEC 171, IEC 60, IEC 8263, IEC 815) or better international standards. This list of standards is for guidance only. The contractor shall be solely responsible to design & manufacture the CT suitable for 33KV systems. 1.3 AMBIENT CONDITIONS The CT(s) to be supplied against these specifications shall be suitable for satisfactory continuous operation under the following tropical conditions: Max. ambient temp.(deg C) Relative Humidity Max. Annual Rainfall (mm) Max. Wind Pressure (Kg/Sq. Mt.) Max. Altitude above MSL (Mtr.) Seismic Level (Horizontal acceleration) : : : : : : 50 10-100 % 1450 150 2200 0.3 gms

In general the climate shall be moderately hot & humid tropical climate conducive to rust & fungus growth 1.4 SYSTEM PARTICULARS

a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h)

Nominal System Voltage Highest system Voltage Rated Frequency No of phases System neutral earthing One minute Power Freq.

33KV. 36KV. 50Hz. Three. Solidly Earthed. 70KV/28KV.

withstand voltage (rms) Lighting Impulse withstand Voltage 170KVp/75KVp. System fault level 25KA for 3 sec.

91

1.5 TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OF CT (33KV)

i)

Type

j) k)
l) m) n) o) p) q) r)

Type of mounting Rated primary current

Rated Continuous thermal current Primary current Rated short time withstand Requirement for sec. Winding Rated short time withstand Current for 3 sec (KA rms) Rated dynamic withstand Current (KA rms) Max temp rise IS 2705 Minimum creepage distance of porcelain housing(mm) One minute power frequency Withstand voltage between Secondary terminal & earth

Single phase, dead tank, outdoor, oil filled & hermetically sealed. Pedestal type As per BPS
120 % of rated As per IS 2705 Pt.I 25 62.5 As per IEC-185/ 25 mm /KV 3 kV

s)

Detail of Secondary Cores i) Current ratio (for 33kV) ii) Current ratio (for 33 KV) Accuracy class Burden (VA) Instrument security Factor

Metering 200/1 100/1 0.5 30 5

Protection 200/1 100/1 5P10 30 5

Differential protection 100/1

Note: The ratings indicated for instrument transformer are tentative only and may be changed to meet the requirements. 1.6 PORCELAIN HOUSING It shall be single piece of homogeneous. Vitreous porcelain of high mechanical & dielectric strength. It will be glazed with uniform Brown or Dark brown color with smooth surface finish. The clear height of porcelain housing shall be at least 430 mm. The contractor shall clearly detail in his bid the details of attaching the metallic flange to porcelain, pressure release valve and also how primary & secondary terminals shall be brought out. 1.7 WINDING PRIMARY WINDING: It shall be made of high conductivity rigid Copper Wire. The primary winding current density shall not exceed the limit of 1.6 Amp per sq. mm. for normal rating. 92

The design current density for short circuit current as well as conductivity of metal used for primary winding shall be as per IS 2705. The calculation for the selection of winding cross section shall be furnished by contractor. The primary terminal shall be of standard size of 30 mm. dia x 80 mm. length of heavily tinned (min. thickness 15 micron) electrolytic copper of 99.9 % conductivity. SECONDARY WINDING: It shall be made of insulated copper wire of electrolytic grade. Type of insulation used shall be described in the offer. For dual ratio design, the dual ratio will be achieved by reconnection of the primary winding or secondary winding but preferably primary winding. The excitation current of the CT shall be as low as possible. The contractor shall furnish the magnetization curves for all the cores. The terminal box shall be dust free & vermin proof. The size of the terminal box shall be big enough to enable easy access and working space with the use of normal tools. The secondary terminals studs shall be provided with at least 3 nuts and two plain washers. These shall be made of brass duly nickeled. The min. stud outer dia shall be 6 mm & length 15 mm. The min spacing between the centers of the adjacent studs shall be 1.5 time the outer dia of the stud. 1.8 POLARITY The polarity shall be marked on each CT at the secondary terminals in the terminal box. 1.9 TANK & HARDWARES The CT will be dead tank type. The tank shall be fabricated of MS steel sheet of min. 3.15 mm. for sides & 5 mm. for top & bottom. The tank will be finished with min. 2 coats of zinc rich epoxy paint externally. The inner surface shall be painted with oil resistance white enamel paint. All ferrous hardware, exposed to atmosphere shall be hot dipped galvanized. 1.10 INSULATING OIL The first filling of oil in CT shall be in contractors scope. The oil shall be as per IS 335. The contractor will give the following details supported by drawings: 1. Location of emergence of Primary & Secondary terminals 2. Interface between porcelain & metal tanks 3. Cover of the secondary terminal box Any nut & bolt and screw used for fixation of the interfacing porcelain bushing for taking out the terminals shall be provided on flanges cemented to the bushings & not on the porcelain. If gasket joints are used, Nitrite Butyl Rubber gasket shall be used. The grooves shall be machined with adequate space for accommodating gasket under pressure. The CT shall be vacuum filled with oil after processing. It will be properly sealed to eliminate breathing & to prevent air & moisture from entering the tank. The sealing methods/arrangement shall be described by the contractor & be approved by the purchaser. 93

1.11 OIL LEVEL INDICATOR The CT shall be fitted with prismatic type oil sight window at suitable location so that the oil level is clearly visible with naked eye to an observer standing at ground level. To compensate oil volume variation due to temperature variation, Nitrogen cushion or the stainless steel bellows shall be used. Rubber diaphragms are not permitted for this purpose. 1.12 EARTHING Two earthing terminals shall be provided on the metallic tank of size 16 mm dia & 30 mm length each with one plain washer & one nut for connection to the station earth mat. 1.13 LIFTING & MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT The CT shall be provided with two lifting eyes to lift the CT. This shall be so positioned so as to avoid any damage to the CT during lifting for instillation or transportation purpose. This shall be detailed in General Arrangement drawing. The CT shall be of pedestal mounting type suitable for outdoor installation on steel/cement concrete structures. All the clamps, bolts, nut and washers etc. required for mounting the CT on the structure shall be supplied along with the CT and shall be galvanized. The contractor shall supply all the terminal connectors etc. required for connection to the CT. 1.14 TESTING The following test shall be conducted on CT 1. 2. Megger between winding & winding terminals to body. Polarity test. a. Ratio identification checking of all ratios on all cores by primary injection of current./Ratio Meter. b. Magnetization characteristics & secondary winding resistance.

1.15 Rating and general data ;a) Type b) Rated voltage c) Rated primary current d) Rated secondary current Core I Core II Core III : - outdoor, oil immersed, 3 cores wound primary, single Phase Single ratio. :- 33 KV :- 200/1-1-1&100/1-1-1A :1A for Metering. 1A for Protection. 1A for Transformer Differential Protection. .

94

e) Accuracy class Core I Core II Core III f) Accuracy limit factor g) Rated short time current h) Standard

:5P 1.0 PS :- Core 1-10 : - 25 KA for 1 / 3 sec. :- As per ISS 2705

For differential protection, Knee point voltage of core III shall have to match with 11KV CT(S). 1.16 Scope:-The work covers, supply, testing, transportation, storing, erection and commissioning of equipments at site. C. 33 KV CONTROL & RELAY PANEL

i. TYPE OF PANELS
Simplex Panel Simplex panel shall consist of a vertical front panel with equipment mounted thereon and having wiring access from rear. In case of panel having width more than 800mm, double leaf-doors shall be provided. Doors shall have handles with either built-in locking facility or will be provided with pad-lock. All Control and Relay panels shall be of simplex type design. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the equipment specified and such unspecified complementary equipment required for completeness of the protective/control schemes be properly accommodated in the panels without congestion and if necessary, provide panels with larger dimensions. No price increase at a later date on this account shall be allowed. However, the width of panels that are being offered to be placed in existing switchyard control rooms, should be in conformity with the space availability in the control room. b. Panels shall be completely metal clad and shall be dust, moisture and vermin proof. The enclosure shall provide a degree of protection not less than IP-4X in accordance with IS: 2147. c. Panels shall be free standing, floor mounting type and shall comprise structural frames completely enclosed with specially selected smooth finished, cold rolled sheet steel of thickness not less than 3 mm. for weight bearing members of the panels such as base frame, front sheet and door frames, and 2.0mm. for sides, door, top and bottom portions. There shall be sufficient reinforcement to provide level transportation and installation. d. All doors, removable covers and panels shall be gasketed all around with neoprene gaskets. Ventilating louvers, if provided shall have screens and filters. The screens shall be made of either brass or GI wire mesh. 95

ii. CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES

a.

e. f.

g.

Design, materials selection and workmanship shall be such as to result in neat appearance, inside and outside with no welds, rivets or bolt head apparent from outside, with all exterior surfaces tune and smooth. Panels shall have base frame with smooth bearing surface, which shall be fixed on the embedded foundation channels/insert plates. Anti vibration strips made of shock absorbing materials that shall be supplied by the contractor, shall be placed between panel & base frame. Cable entries to the panels shall be from the bottom. Cable gland plate fitted on the bottom of the panel shall be connected to earthing of the panel/station through a flexible braided copper conductor rigidly. All equipment on and in panels shall be mounted and completely wired to the terminal blocks ready for external connections. The equipment on front of panel shall be flush mounted. No equipment shall be mounted on the doors. Equipment shall be mounted such that removal and replacement can be accomplished individually without interruption of service to adjacent devices and are readily accessible without use of special tools. Terminal marking on the equipment shall be clearly visible. Contractor shall carry out cut out, mounting and wiring of the items supplied by others, which are to be mounted in his panel in accordance with the corresponding equipment manufacturer' drawings. Cut outs if any, provided for future mounting of equipment s shall be properly blanked off with blanking plate. The centre lines of switches, push buttons and indicating lamps shall be not less than 750mm. from the bottom of the panel. The centre lines of relays, meters and recorders shall be not less than 450mm. from the bottom of the panel The center lines of switches, push buttons and indicating lamps shall be matched to give a neat and uniform appearance. Like wise the top lines of all meters, relays and recorders etc. shall be matched. Panels shall be supplied complete with interconnecting wiring provided between all electrical devices mounted and wired in the panels and between the devices and terminal blocks for the devices to be connected to equipment outside the panels. When panels are arranged to be located adjacent to each other all inter panel wiring and connections between the panels shall be furnished and the wiring shall be carried out internally All wiring shall be carried out with 1100V grade, single core, stranded FRLS tinned copper conductor wires with PVC insulation. The minimum size of the multi-stranded copper conductor used for internal wiring shall be as follows: All circuits except current transformer circuits and voltage transformer circuits meant for energy metering - one no 1.5mm. sq. per lead. All current transformer circuits one no 2.5 sqmm. per lead. Voltage transformer circuit (for energy meters): Two 2.5 sqmm. Per lead. All internal wiring shall be securely supported, neatly arranged, readily accessible and connected to equipment terminals and terminal blocks. Wiring gutters & troughs shall be used for this purpose.

iii. MOUNTING
a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

iv. PANEL INTERNAL WIRING

a.

b.

c.

96

d.

Auxiliary bus wiring for AC and DC supplies, voltage transformer circuits, annunciation circuits and other common services shall be provided near the top of the panels running throughout the entire length of the panels. Wire termination shall be made with solder- less crimping type and tinned copper lugs, which firmly grip the conductor. Insulated sleeves shall be provided at all the wire terminations. Engraved core identification plastic ferrules marked to correspond with panel wiring diagram shall be fitted at both ends of each wire. Ferrules shall fit tightly on the wire and shall not fall off when the wire is disconnected from terminal blocks. All wires directly connected to trip circuit breaker or device shall be distinguished by the addition of red colored unlettered ferrule. Longitudinal troughs extending throughout the full length of the panel shall be preferred for inter panel wiring. Inter-connections to adjacent panel shall be brought out to a separate set of terminal blocks located near the slots of holes meant for taking the inter-connecting wires. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness and correctness of the internal wiring and for the proper functioning of the connected equipments

e.

f.

g.

v.

TERMINAL BLOCKS

(a) All internal wiring to be connected to external equipment shall terminate on terminal blocks. Terminal blocks shall be 1100 V grade and have 10 Amps continuous rating, moulded piece, complete with insulated barriers, stud type terminals, washers, nuts and lock nuts. Markings on the terminal blocks shall correspond to wire number and terminal numbers on the wiring diagrams. All terminal blocks shall have shrouding with transparent unbreakable material. (b) Disconnecting type terminal blocks for current transformer and voltage transformer secondary leads shall be provided. Also current transformer secondary leads shall be provided with short circuiting and earthing facilities. (c) At least 20% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel and these spare terminals shall be uniformly distributed on all terminal blocks. (d) Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be suitable for connecting the following conductors of external cable on each side All CT & PT circuits: minimum of two of 2.5mm. Sq. copper. AC/DC Power Supply Circuits: One of 6mm. Sq. Aluminum. All other circuits: minimum of one of 2.5mm. Sq. Copper. (e) There shall be a minimum clearance of 250mm. between the first row of terminal blocks and the associated cable gland plate or panel side wall. Also the clearance between two rows of terminal blocks edges shall be minimum of 150mm. (f) Arrangement of the terminal block assemblies and the wiring channel within the enclosure shall be such that a row of terminal blocks is run in parallel and close proximity along each side of the wiring-duct to provide for convenient attachment of internal panel wiring. The side of the terminal block opposite the wiring duct shall be reserved for the Owner' external cable connections. All adjacent terminal s blocks shall also share this field wiring corridor. All wiring shall be provided with adequate support inside the panels to hold them firmly and to enable free and flexible termination without causing strain on terminals. (g) All necessary cable terminating accessories such as gland plates, supporting clamps & brackets, wiring troughs and gutters etc. for external cables shall be included in the scope of supply.

97

vi. PAINTING
a. b. c. d. e. f. All sheet steel work shall be phosphated in accordance with the IS: 6005 "Code of practice for phosphating iron and steel". Oil, grease, dirt and swarf shall be thoroughly removed by emulsion cleaning. Rust and scale shall be removed by pickling with dilute acid followed by washing with running water rinsing with a slightly alkaline hot water and drying. After phosphating, thorough rinsing shall be carried out with clean water followed by final rinsing with dilute dichromate solution and oven drying. The phosphate coating shall be sealed with application of two coats of ready mixed, stoved type zinc chromate primer. The first coat may be "flash dried" while the second coat shall be stoved. After application of the primer, two coats of finishing synthetic enamel paint shall be applied, each coat followed by stoving. The second finishing coat shall be applied after inspection of first coat of painting. The exterior colour of paint shall be of a slightly different shade to enable inspection of the painting. A small quantity of finished paint shall be supplied for minor touching up required at site after installation of the panels. In case the bidder proposes to follow any other established painting procedure like electrostatic painting, the procedure shall be submitted for TSECLs review and approval.

g. h.

vii. MIMIC DIAGRAM

a. Coloured mimic diagram and symbols showing the exact representation of the system shall be provided in the front of control panels. b. Mimic diagram shall be made preferably of anodised aluminium or plastic of approved fast colour material, which shall be screwed on to the panel and can be easily cleaned. Painted overlaid mimic is also acceptable. The mimic bus shall be 2 mm thick. The width of the mimic bus shall be 10mm for bus bars and 7 mm for other connections. c. Mimic bus colour will be decided by the TSECL and shall be furnished to the successful Bidder during Engineering. d. When semaphore indicators are used for equipment position they shall be so mounted in the mimic that the equipment close position shall complete the continuity of mimic.

viii. NAME PLATES AND MARKINGS

a. All equipment mounted on front and rear side as well as equipment mounted inside the panels shall be provided with individual name plates with equipment designation engraved. Also on the top of each panel on front as well as rear side, large and bold name plates shall be provided for circuit/feeder designation. All front mounted equipment shall also be provided at the rear with individual name plates engraved with tag numbers corresponding to the one shown in the panel internal wiring to facilitate easy tracing of the wiring. Each instrument and meter shall be prominently marked with the quantity measured e.g. KV, A, MW, etc. All relays and other devices shall be clearly marked with manufacturer' name, manufacturer' type, serial number and s s electrical rating data. Name Plates shall be made of non-rusting metal or 3 ply lamicoid. Nameplates shall be black with white engraving lettering. 98

b. c.

d.

ix. MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES

a. Plug Point: 240V, Single phase 50Hz, AC socket with switch suitable to accept 5 Amps and 15 Amps pin round standard Indian plug, shall be provided in the interior of each cubicle with ON-OFF switch. b. Interior Lighting: Each panel shall be provided with a fluorescent lighting fixture rated for 240 Volts, single phase, 50 Hz supply for the interior illumination of the panel controlled by the respective panel door switch. c. Switches and Fuses: Each panel shall be provided with necessary arrangements for receiving, distributing and isolating of DC and AC supplies for various control, signaling, lighting and space heater circuits. The incoming and sub-circuits shall be separately provided with miniature circuit breakers (MCB). Selection of the main and sub-circuit MCB rating shall be such as to ensure selective clearance of sub-circuit faults. MCBs shall confirm to IS: 13947. Each MCB shall be provided with one potential free contact and the same shall be wired for annunciation purpose. However voltage transformer circuits for relaying and metering shall be protected by fuses. All fuses shall be HRC cartridge type conforming to IS: 13703 mounted on plug-in type fuse bases. Fuse carrier base as well as MCBs shall have imprints of the fuse ' rating' ' and voltage' . d. Space Heater : Each panel shall be provided with a space heater rated for 240V, single phase, 50 Hz Ac supply for the internal heating of the panel to prevent condensation of moisture. The fittings shall be complete with switch unit.

x. EARTHING

a. All panels shall be equipped with an earth bus securely fixed. Location of earth bus shall ensure no radiation interference for earth systems under various switching conditions of isolators and breakers. The material and the sizes of the bus bar shall be at least 25 X 6 sq.mm perforated copper with threaded holes at a gap of 50mm. with a provision of bolts and nuts for connection with cable armours and mounted equipment etc for effective earthing. Provision shall be made for extending the earth bus bars to future adjoining panels on either side. b. All metallic cases of relays, instruments and other panel mounted equipment including gland plate, shall be connected to the earth bus by copper wires of size not less than 2.5 sq. mm. The colour code of earthing wires shall be green. c. PT and CT secondary neutral or common lead shall be earthed at one place only at the terminal blocks where they enter the panel. Such earthing shall be made through links so that earthing may be removed from one group without disturbing continuity of earthing system for other groups.

xi. INDICATING INSTRUMENTS

1. INSTRUMENTS i. All instruments and meters shall be enclosed in dust proof, moisture resistant, black finished cases and shall be suitable for tropical use. All Bus voltage and frequency indicating instruments shall be provided with individual transducers and these shall be calibrated along with transducers to read directly the primary 99

quantities. They shall be accurately adjusted and calibrated at works and shall have means of calibration check and adjustment at site. The supplier shall submit calibration certificates at the time of delivery. However no separate transducers are envisaged for digital bus voltmeters and digital frequency meters and the indicating meters provided in the synchronising equipment. Unless otherwise specified, all electrical indicating instruments shall have circular 240 degree scale and with a dial of 96mm. x 96mm. They shall be suitable for flush mounting. ii. Instruments dial shall be with white circular scale and black pointer and with black numerals and lettering. The dial shall be free from warping, fading, and decolouring. The dial shall also be free from parallax error. iii. Instruments shall conform to IS: 1248 and shall have accuracy class of 1.5 or better. The design of the scales shall be such as to have resolution suitable for the application. iv. Digital voltage and frequency meters shall be of class: 0.5 and shall have digital display of 5 and 4 digits respectively, with display size, not less than 25mm. (height). 2. TRANSDUCERS a. Transducers (for use with Indicating Instruments) shall in general be conforming to IEC: 688-1 b. The energy meter shall be capable for measurement of active power, reactive power, voltage, current and frequency in three phase four wire unbalanced system. c. 33 KV C&R panel to be installed for 33 KV side of transformer shall consist of energy meter, protection schemes, indication and control etc. d. Voltage signal for voltmeter, PF meter, frequency meter, KW meter etc to be provided in the C&R panel shall be tapped from the respective PT(S) through a separate / independent copper cable. 3. ENERGY METER Contractor shall provide Static Tri Vector Meter (energy meter) Accuracy Class-0.5 as per I S Specification. 4. ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM a. Alarm annunciation system shall be provided in the control board by means of visual and audible alarm in order to draw the attention of the operator to the abnormal operating conditions or the operation of some protective devices. The annunciation equipment shall be suitable for operation on the voltages specified in this specification i.e. 110 Volt DC. b. The visual annunciation shall be provided by annunciation facia, mounted flush on the top of the control panels. c. The annunciator facia shall be provided with translucent plastic window for alarm point with approximate size of 35mm. x 50mm. The facia plates shall be engraved in black lettering with respective inscriptions. Alarm inscriptions shall be engraved on each window in not more than three lines and size of the lettering shall not be less than 5 mm. 100

d. Each annunciation window shall be provided with two white lamps in parallel to provide safety against lamp failure. Long life lamps shall be used. The transparency of cover plates and wattage of the lamps provided in the facia windows shall be adequate to ensure clear visibility of the inscriptions in the control room having high illumination intensity (350 Lux), from the location of the operator' desk. s e. All Trip facia shall have red colour and all Non-trip facia shall have white colour. f. Sequence of operation of the annunciator shall be as follows: Sl. No. Alarm condition Fault contact Visual Annunciation Audible Annunciation (by Hooter)

1
2 3

Normal

Open

Off
Flashing Steady on Steady on On Off Steady On

OFF
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

Abnormal Close Accept Close Push button pressed Open Reset push button is pressed Close Open

Lamp test Open push button pressed

g. Audible annunciation for the failure of DC supply to the annunciation system shall be provided and this annunciation shall operate on 240 Volts AC supply. On failure of the DC to the annunciation system for more than 2 or 3 seconds. (adjustable setting), a bell shall sound. A separate push button shall be provided for the cancellation of this audible alarm alone but the facia window shall remain steadily lighted till the supply to annunciation system is restored. h. A separate voltage check relay shall be provided to monitor the failure of supply (240V AC) to the scheme mentioned in Clause above. If the failure of supply exists for more than 2 to 3 seconds. this relay shall initiate visual and audible annunciation. This annunciation shall operate on Annunciation DC and buzzer shall sound. 5. SWITCHES i. ii. Control and instrument switches shall be rotary operated type for flush mounting with only switch front plate and operating handle projecting out. The selection of operating handles for the different types of switches shall be as follows : Breaker, Isolator control switches : Pistol grip, black Selector switches : Oval or knob, black Instrument switches : Round, knurled, black The control switch of breaker and isolator shall be of spring return to neutral type. The switch shall have spring return from close and trip positions to "after close" and "after trip" positions respectively. 101

iii.

iv.

v. vi. vii.

Instrument selection switches shall be of maintained contact (stay put) type. Voltmeter transfer switches for AC shall be suitable for reading all line- to-line and line-to-neutral voltages for non effectively earthed systems and for reading all line to line voltages for effectively earthed systems. The contacts of all switches shall preferably open and close with snap action to minimise arcing. Contacts of switches shall be spring assisted and contact faces shall be with rivets of pure silver or silver alloy. The contact combination and their operation shall be such as to give completeness to the interlock and function of the scheme. The contact rating of the switches shall be as follows : Description Continuous Make and carry Break for Resistive load Contact rating in Amps 110V DC, 10 Amp 110V DC, 30 Amp. 110V DC, 20 Amp.

viii.

LAMPS a) Indicating lamps shall be of multiple LED panel mounting type with rear terminal connections. Lamps shall have translucent lamp covers to diffuse lights coloured red, green, amber, clear white or blue as specified. The lamp cover shall be preferably of screwed type, unbreakable and molded from heat resisting material. Lamps and its parts shall be interchangeable and easily replaceable from the front of the panel. Tools, if required for replacing the bulbs and lenses shall also be included in the scope of supply. The indicating lamps shall withstand 120% of rated voltage on a continuous basis.

b) c)

ix. a.

POSITION INDICATORS Position indicators of "SEMAPHORE" type shall be provided when specified as part of the mimic diagrams on panels for indicating the position of circuit breakers, isolating/earthing switches etc. The indicator shall be suitable for semi-flush mounting with only the front disc projecting out and with terminal connection from the rear. Their strips shall be of the same colour as the associated mimic. Position indicator shall be suitable for 110V DC Voltage as specified. When the supervised object is in the closed position, the pointer of the indicator shall take up a position in line with the mimic busbars, and at right angles to them when the object is in the open position. When the supply failure to the indicator occurs, the pointer shall take up an intermediate position to indicate the supply failure. The rating of the indicator shall not exceed 2.5 W. The position indicators shall withstand 120% of rated voltage on a continuous basis.

b.

c. d.

102

6. RELAYS i. All relays shall conform to the requirements of IS: 3231/IEC-60255 or other applicable standards. Relays shall be suitable for flush or semi-flush mounting on the front with connections from the rear. Relays could be of electromechanical type. All protective relays shall be in draw out or plug-in type / modular cases with proper testing facilities. Necessary test plugs / test handles shall be supplied loose and shall be included in contractor' scope of supply. s All AC operated relays shall be suitable for operation at 50 Hz. AC Voltage operated relays shall be suitable for 110 Volts PT secondary and current operated relays for 1 amp CT secondary. All DC operated relays and timers shall be designed for 110V DC voltage specified, and shall operate satisfactorily between 80% and 110% of rated voltage. Voltage operated relays shall have adequate thermal capacity for continuous operation. The protective relays shall be suitable for efficient and reliable operation of the protection scheme described in the specification. Necessary auxiliary relays and timers required for interlocking schemes for multiplying of contacts suiting contact duties of protective relays and monitoring of control supplies and circuits, lockout relay monitoring circuits etc. also required for the complete protection schemes described in the specification shall be provided. All protective relays shall be provided with at least two pairs of potential free isolated output contacts. Auxiliary relays and timers shall have pairs of contacts as required to complete the scheme; contacts shall be silver faced with spring action. Relay case shall have adequate number of terminals for making potential free external connections to the relay coils and contacts, including spare contacts. All protective relays, auxiliary relays and timers except the lock out relays and interlocking relays specified shall be provided with self-reset type contacts. No control relay which shall trip the power circuit breaker when the relay is deenergised shall be employed in the circuits. Provision shall be made for easy isolation of trip circuits of each relay for the purpose of testing and maintenance. Auxiliary seal-in-units provided on the protective relays shall preferably be of shunt reinforcement type. If series relays are used the following shall be strictly ensured : (a) The operating time of the series seal-in-unit shall be sufficiently shorter than that of the trip coil or trip relay in series with which it operates to ensure definite operation of the flag indicator of the relay. (b) Seal-in-unit shall obtain adequate current for operation when one or more relays operate simultaneously. (c) Impedance of the seal-in-unit shall be small enough to permit satisfactory operation of the trip coil on trip relays when the D.C. Supply Voltage is minimum. All protective relays and alarm relays shall be provided with one extra isolated pair of contacts wired to terminals exclusively for future use. The setting ranges of the relays offered, if different from the ones specified shall also be acceptable if they meet the functional requirements. 103

ii.

iii.

iv.

v. vi. vii. viii.

ix. x.

xi.

Any alternative/additional protections or relays considered necessary for providing complete effective and reliable protection should also be offered separately. The acceptance of this alternative/ additional equipment shall lie with the TSECL. The bidder shall include in his bid a list of installations where the relays quoted have been in satisfactory operation. All relays and their drawings shall have phase indications as R-Red, Y-yellow, and B-blue.

7. PROTECTION: a. Transformer protection panel: I. There shall be three over current (IDMT characteristic with a definite minimum time of 3.0 seconds at 10 times setting and have a variable setting range of 50200% of rated current) and one earth fault element. Contractor may offer a composite unit also having these features. II. 1 Unit of Differential Protection Relay. III. There shall be high speed master trip hand reset lock out relay which shall receive inputs from all transformer protections and send command to trip coil of the circuit breaker directly. b. SUPERVISION RELAY a. Trip circuit supervision shall also be provided having adequate contacts for providing connection to alarm. b. DC supply supervision shall also be provided having adequate contacts for providing connection to alarm. c. TYPE TESTS The Protective relays shall have following type tested certificates not older than 3 years as on the date of opening of tender: Insulation tests as per IEC 60255-5. i. High frequency disturbance test as per IEC 60255-4 (Appendix -E) Class III (not applicable for electromechanical relays). ii. Fast transient test as per IEC 1000-4, Level III (not applicable for electromechanical relays). iii. Relay characteristics , performance and accuracy test as per IEC 60255 Steady state Characteristics and operating time. Dynamic Characteristics and operating time for distance protection relays and current differential protection relays. iv. Tests for thermal and mechanical requirements as per IEC 60255-6. v. Tests for rated burden as per IEC 60255-6. vi. Contact performance test as per IEC 60255-0-20 (not applicable for Event logger, Distance to fault locator and Disturbance recorder).

104

d.

CONFIGURATION OF C&R PANELS (33KV) Each panel shall consist of the following: i. ii Ammeter Volt meter (3 ph) Wattmeter Varmeter CB control switch Red indicating lamp Red indicating lamp Green indicating lamp Green indicating lamp White indicating lamp (DC healthy lamp) Annunciation windows with associated annunciation relays Push button for alarm Accept/reset/lamp test Mimic to represent SLD Voltmeter with selector Switch Cut out, mounting and wiring for WTI and selector switch Trip circuit supervision relays DC supply Supervision relay Flag relays, aux. relays, timers, trip relays etc. as per scheme requirements Bus frequency meter (Digital) 3 nos. 1 no. 1 no. 1 no. 1no. 1 no. 1 no. 1 no. 1 no. 1 no. 1 Set for each line, transformer for each bay, transformer, for each breaker for each Circuit breaker for each isolator for each Circuit breaker for each isolator for each feeder For Each Transformer, Feeder for each bay

iii.
iv. v. vi. vii viii. ix. x. xi.

xii. xiii. xiv. xv.

3 nos Lot 1 no. Lot

for each control panel in all control panels for each new feeder/BUS for transformers

xvi. xvii. xviii.

1 set 2 nos. 1 Set

for each CB control panel As per scheme requirement As per scheme requirement

xix. Note: 1 2

1 no.

for each main bus

The above list of equipments mentioned for control panel is generally applicable unless it is defined elsewhere. Each line/HV side of transformer/LV side of transformer /TBC shall be considered as one feeder for above purpose. 105

1.0 1.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 11KV XLPE HT POWER CABLE SCOPE This section covers the standard technical requirements of design, manufacturing, testing at works, and transportation to site, insurance, storage, erection and commissioning of 11 KV & 33 KV (Earthed) XLPE HT Power Cable. APPLICABLE STANDARDS The materials shall conform to the latest editions of the following Indian/ International Standards: IS 7098 Part-2 1985 IS 5831: 1984 IS 8130: 1984 IS 613: 1984 IS 3975: 1988 IS 10810: 1984 IEEE-383: 1974 : XLPE insulated PVC sheathed cables for working voltages from 3.3 KV up to and including 44 KV

1.2

PVC Insulation and Sheath of Electric Cables : : Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords : Copper rods and bars for electrical purposes. : Mild steel wires, formed and tapes for armoring of cable : Method of Tests for Cables : Standard for type test of class IE electric cables, field splices, and connections for nuclear power generating stations : Standard test method for density of smoke from burning or decomposition plastics : Standard test method for measuring minimum oxygen concentration to support candle like combustion of plastics (oxygen index)

ASTM-D2843, 1993 ASTM-D2863, 1991

NEMA-WC5, 1992 IEC: 754 (Part-I): 1994

: Thermoplastic Insulated Wire and cable fro the transmission and distribution of Electrical Energy : Test on gases evolve during combustion of electric cables : Determination of the amount of halogen acid gas evolved during combustion of polymeric materials taken from cables : Test on electric cables under fire conditions Test on a single vertical insulated wire or cable

IEC: 332 (Part-I): 1993 IS: 3961 II) : 1967 (PART-

: Recommended current rating for cables - PVC insulated and PVC sheathed heavy duty cables : Drums for electric cables 106

IS 10418: 1982

1.3

CLIMATIC CONDITIONS As stated in GTC, Vol-IA.

1.4

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS All cables shall be suitable for high ambient, high humid tropical Indian climatic conditions. Cables shall be designed to withstand the mechanical, electrical and thermal stresses under the unforeseen steady state and transient conditions and shall be suitable for proposed method of installation. Conductor shall be of uniform, of good quality, free from defects. Aluminum used for conductors shall conform to IS 1753 in all respects. Insulation shall be Cross Linked Polyethylene (XLPE). For 11 & 33 KV cables, conductor screen and insulation screen shall both be extruded, semi-conducting compound and shall be applied along with XLPE insulation in a single (common) operation of crosshead extrusion technique by triple extrusion process. Method of curing for 11 & 33 KV cables shall be Dry curing by inert gas. Cable shall be provided with copper metallic screen suitable for carrying earth fault current. Inner sheath All armoured and multi-core un-armoured cables shall have distinct extruded inner PVC sheath of black colour. Armoring Material for Armour for Multicore cable shall be GS wire/flat. Armoring shall be as per relevant IS and it shall have minimum 90% coverage. Breaking Load of the joints shall be minimum 95% of the normal Armour. Outer Sheath It shall be of black colour PVC (type ST2 as per IS 5831) with Cable size and Voltage grade embossed on it. Sequential marking shall be at every 1 (one) Meter distance. Word FRLS shall also be embossed on it at every 5 (Five) meter distance. FRLS properties All cable shall be Flame Retardant, Low Smoke (FRLS) type. Outer sheath shall have the following properties Oxygen Index Min 29 Acid Gas Generation Smoke Density Rating Flammability Test (As per ASTMD 2863) Max 20% (as per IEC 7541) 60% (as per ASTMD 2843) As per Swedish chimney test F3 (as per SEN 4241475) As per IEC 332 Part-3 (Category-B) Minimum bending radius shall be 15 D Repaired cables shall not be acceptable

107

1.5 CURRENT RATING OF CABLES 1.5.1 1.5.2 Normal current rating shall not be less than that covered by IS 3961. Vendor shall submit data in respect of all cables in the prescribed format. Tables given de-rating factors for various conditions of cable installation including the following, for all types of cables shall be furnished. Variation in ambient air temperature Variation in ground temperature Depth of laying Cables laid in the ground Cables laid in trench Cables laid in ducts Soil receptivity Grouping of cables 1.5.3 The value of short circuit withstand current ratings of all cables shall be indicated for a short circuit for 1 second duration and should also specify the maximum temperature during short circuit. The following factors shall also be accounted for, while specifying the maximum short circuit withstand capacity of the cables. Deformation of the insulation, due to thermo-mechanical forces produced by the short circuit conditions, can reduce the effective thickness of insulation. Conductor and core screens can be adversely affected with loss of screening effect. Likewise the thermal properties of the outer sheath material can be the limitation. It is essential that the accessories, which are used in the cable system with mechanical and / or soldered connections, are suitable for the temperature adopted for the cables. Formula for calculating short circuit current for different duration or curve showing short time current vs. time for different sizes of cables shall be furnished by vendor. CABLE DRUMS Cables shall be supplied in non-returnable wooden or steel drums of heavy construction and drum shall be properly seasoned, sound and free from defects. Wood preservative shall be applied to the entire drum. All Power Cables shall be supplied in drum length of 500 mtr. for 11 KV cable and drum length of 250 mtr. for 33 KV cable. Each drum shall contain one continuous length of cable. Owner shall have the option of rejecting cable drums with shorter lengths. The cable length per drum is allowed a tolerance of 5%. The tolerance allowed on total quantity of each size is as given below: i) 50 meters for cable length upto 10 kms. 100 meters for cable length more than 10 kms. and up to 20 kms. ii) 150 meters for cable length more than 20 kms.

1.5.4 1.5.5 1.5.6 1.5.7 1.5.8

1.6 1.6.1

1.6.2

108

Where the ordered quantity is not multiple of 500 / 250 mtr. and the incremental quantity is very small, the same may be included in one of the drums. Otherwise, an additional length for the incremental quantity will be supplied. 1.6.3 1.6.4 1.6.5 A layer of waterproof paper shall be applied to the surface of the drums and over the outer most cable layer. A clear space of at least 40 mm shall be left between the cables and the logging. Each drum shall carry manufacturers name, purchasers name, address and contract number, item number and type, size and length of the cable, net and gross weight stenciled on both sides of drum. A tag containing the same information shall be attached to the leading end of the cable. An arrow and suitable accompanying wordings shall be marked on one end of the reel indicating the direction in which it should be rolled. Packing shall be sturdy and adequate to protect the cables, from any injury due to mishandling or other conditions encountered during transportation, handling and storage. Both cable ends shall be sealed with PVC/Rubber caps so as to eliminate ingress of water during transportation and erection. TESTS (Type & routine tests as per IS : 7098) Type Tests

1.6.6

1.7 1.7.1

The contractor / manufacturer has to produce type tests certificate of similar cable not older than 5 years and the followings shall constitute type tests: 1. Tests on conductor Annealing Test (for Copper) Tensile Tests (for Aluminum) Wrapping Tests (for Aluminum) Resistance Test Tests for armoring wires / strips Test for thickness of insulation and sheath Physical tests for insulation Tensile strength and elongation at break Ageing in air oven Hot test Shrinkage test Water absorption (gravimetric) Physical tests for out sheath Tensile strength and elongation at break Ageing in air oven Hot deformation test Shrinkage test Heat Shock Loss of mass in air oven Thermal stability 109

2. 3. 4.

5.

1.7.2

Bleeding and blooming tests (for outer sheath) Partial discharge test Bending test Dielectric power factor test 1. As a function of voltage 2. As a function of temperature 10. Insulation resistance (volume receptivity) tests 11. Heating cycle test 12. Impulse withstand test 13. High voltage test 14. Flammability test Acceptance Tests The following shall constitute acceptance tests: Tensile test (for aluminum); Wrapping tests (for aluminum); Conductor resistance test; Test for thickness of insulation; Hot set test for insulation; Tensile strength and elongation at break test for insulation and sheath; Partial discharge test (for screened cables only) on a full drum ; High voltage test; and Insulation resistance (volume resistively) test.

6. 7. 8. 9.

1.7.3

Routine Tests The following shall constitute routine tests: Conductor resistance test; Partial discharge test (for screened cables only); and High voltage tests. Spark test on extruded on insulated outer PVC sheath as per provision in clause no. 2.32 of IEC standard (PN 229 of 1982)

1.7.4 1.7.5

Optional Tests Cold impact tests for outer sheath (IS: 5831-1984) shall constitute the optional tests. Test Report & Inspection All the tests shall be carried out in the presence of representative of purchaser. The manufacturer shall provide reasonable facilities for witnessing the tests by the representative of owner (TSECL).

1.8

SYSTEM PARTICULARS a) b) c) d) Line Voltage (KV) : Highest System Voltage (kV) : Number of Circuits : Frequency Hz : 110 11 & 33 12 & 36 1 50

e) 1.9

Neutral

Effectively Earthed / earthed through earthing transformer

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS Technical parameter of the cables shall be as follows. Sl. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

Article I.

Particulars

Rated Voltage Type of Insulation Single Core / Multi Core Armoured / Unarmoured Material of Conductor System Highest System Voltage Conductor Size Material Shape of Conductor Power Frequency withstand Voltage Lightning Impulse withstand Voltage Continuous withstand Temperature Short Circuit withstand Temperature Oxygen Index Acid Gas Generation Smoke Density Generation Flammability Test

Unit Data KV 11 / 6.35 (E) & 33/19(E) XLPE Three Core Armoured Aluminum 11/33 KV Earthed KV 12/36 Sq. mm. 95 (11 KV)/185(33 KV) Stranded Aluminum / Circular KV rms 28(11 KV) / 70(33 KV) KVp
o o

75(11 KV) / 170(33 KV) 90 250 Min 29 (as per ASTMD 2863) Max 20% (as per IEC 754-1) 60% (as per ASTMPD 2843) As per Swedish Chimney Test

C C -

2.0 2.1

CABLE JOINTING KITS (Indoor & outdoor type end termination kit and straight through jointing kit as below) i) 11 KV: - Three (3) core, 95 sq. mm. suitable for 11 KV XLPE power cable. ii) 33 KV:- Three (3) core, 185 sq. mm suitable for 33 KV XLPE power cable. iii) Jointing kits shall be heat shrink type as per latest relevant IS specification for both indoor and outdoor installation.

2.2

JOINTING :Jointing should be Heat Shrink type. All materials required for such type of jointing of XLPE cable shall be supplied by the contractor. The work shall be 111

carried out only by licensed / experienced cable jointer holding necessary license / proficiency certificate of cable jointing of appropriate grade. Sufficient surplus cable in the form of loop shall be left on both sides of the cable. 3.0 FEEDER PILLER (11 KV only) a. The feeder pillars shall be metal clad, outdoor, totally enclosed, air insulated, double door with locking arrangement for use on 3 phases 11 KV, 50 Hz system with a fault level of 50 KA (symmetrical). The equipment shall be designed for operation at high ambient temperature, high humidity and tropical atmosphere conditions and suitable for outdoor service. Feeder pillars / HT kiosk shall be fitted on pole structures by MS angle and clamp and the successful bidders have to supply all materials and consumables for fixing of the feeder pillars. The feeder pillars shall be dust and vermin proof and suitable for outdoor operation. Feeder pillars shall be supplied with 800A Bus bar. Canopy shall be provided on each feeder pillar. The feeder pillars shall be designed to cater 2 X 185 Sq. mm. cable for incoming and 1 or 2 X 25 Sq. mm. cable for out going feeder. The feeder pillar shall be constructed with sheet metal minimum of 10 SWG thickness (front, rears, side panels, modules, horizontal partitions, frames etc.). The apparatus and circuits in the feeder pillar shall be so arranged as to facilitate their operation and maintenance and at the same time to ensure degree of safety. Adequate clearances between phases, phase to earth and phase to neutral shall be maintained to prevent from tracking, faults etc. Creepage distances for insulators shall comply with relevant standards. All insulating materials used in the construction of the equipment shall be of nonhygroscopic material, duly treated to withstand the effects of high humidity, high temperature and tropical ambient service conditions. Metallic I insulated barriers shall be provided within vertical sections and between adjacent sections to ensure prevention of accidental contact with main bus bar, vertical risers and cable terminations during operation or maintenance. All gasketted joints, hinged doors etc. are to be provided with flexible copper earth wires. Provisions are to be made for permanent earthing the frames and other metal parts of the switch gear by two independent connections.

b.

c. d. e. f. g. h.

i.

j.

k.

l.

m. All steel works used in the construction of the switchboard should have undergone a rigorous metal treatment process, painted with primer and gray paints as per IS.

112

CABLING: 33.1 All cables shall be supported by conduits or cable trays run in air or in cable channels. These shall be installed in exposed runs parallel or perpendicular to dominant surface with right angle turn made of symmetrical bends for fittings. When cables are run on cable trays, they shall be clamped at minimum intervals of 2000 mm or otherwise as directed by the site Engineer. Each cable shall be provided with a metallic tag of an approved type, bearing a cable reference number indicated in the cable at every 10 meter run or part thereof and at both ends of the cable adjacent to the terminations. Cable routing is to be done in such a way that cables are accessible for any maintenance and for easy identification. Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided, installation of cables of high voltage, coaxial, screened, compensating, mineral insulated shall be in accordance with the cable manufacturer s recommendations. Wherever cables cross roads and water, oil, sewage or as lines, special care shall be taken for the protection of the cables in designing the cable channels. The Straight through joints shall be suitable for 33 KV (E) 3 phase, 3 core 185 sq. mm cable as specified in this document conforming to relevant IEC specification 60840/1999-02 . The joints shall be suitable for size of the conductor, the insulation voltage conductor and current ratings of the cable. The required Service conditions are, Horizontal insulation, directly buried in earth and intermittently or continuously submerged in water. The design of the joint shall take care of by providing the stress control for the shield termini, current rating and thermal stressed. The design shall be such that it shall prevent complete external leakage between conductors & ground. The jointing shall be providing with a seal against the entrance of moisture or external environment. The Contractor shall arrange to brain the owners personnel in jointing and termination techniques during installation. In each cable run, some extra length shall be kept at a suitable point to enable one or two straight through joints to be made, should be cable develop fault at a later date. Cable termination shall be made in 11 & 33 KV outdoor type Feeder Pillar (s) & with overhead 11/33 KV systems through 11/33 KV A.B. Switch in accordance with requirement, subject to approval of DGM in charge of the work. SURVEY ROUTE PLAN. The bidder (s) are to fully inform & acquaint themselves on the local site conditions, which have a direct bearing on the cost estimate and execution of the work. The tentative cable route plan is furnished for information of the bidder (s) indicating, the roads, position of road crossings only with approximate length in the enclosed drawings in this document.

33.2

33.3

33.4

33.5 33.6

33.7

113

The contractor shall make a detailed survey of the cable route by excavation of the trail holes as warranted by the local conditions and prepare necessary and preserve for future use and to decide on requirement of . 1. Cable delivery length per drum. 2 3 4 5 6 Proposed cable section. Location of joint bay position. Type & quantity of joints required. Final cable route plans. Design of Cable ducts / trench for special locations.

The survey data on the cable route should also include recording of information required for cable design, such as i). ii). iii). 34.0 Type of soil along the cable route, soil resistivity. Soil thermal resistivity. PH value. Sub-Soil water locations and other relevant information in designing the duct (s) and pipes for cables in such locations.

CABLE RECORDS. The route plan records / drawings and the final route plan drawings after installation & commissioning should be furnished to the owner in 3 (Three) Transparencies and 9 (Nine) blue prints each (i) of Route plan & (ii) final installation shall be furnished. The preparation of cable route plans & cable records, relevant sections of the Indian Standard publication IS : 1255 Code of Practice for installation & maintenance of XLPE Power Cables or any other appropriate International Standard may be referred for guidance. All works are to be executed only after due approval of the Engineer-in-Charge and under his supervision.

35.0

STATUTORY CLEARANCES : The installation of cable shall be as per established code of practice and fulfill the requirement of statues. All clearances as per statute shall be maintained from other utility services, like telephones, water supply, power supply etc. The civic / national highways / traffic / defense authorities etc. , charge (if any) as per their standard schedules for grant of permission for trenching in places excepting Road Crossings ( Passage of cable in road crossings shall have to be done by HDD Machine without affecting Road surface). These charges shall be paid by the Bidder to the concerned Agencies as per claims of such authorities. The owner shall not take any responsibility other than providing support in obtaining speedy permission & clearances from such authorities. TSECL will, however, make payment of compensation as per claim of concerned authority towards restoration of Road Surface likely to be affected due to cutting along side the road, Restoration of Road will mean and include roads with carpeted surface only . 114

36.0

The cable trench work involves earth excavation for cable trench, back fitting and removal of excess earth front he site. The work site shall be left as clean as possible. The trench shall be excavated using manual and mechanical modes as per field condition. Most main roads are of asphalt surface. An air compressor with pneumatic dirt or equivalent mechanical tool will be essential if the road crossings are to be speedily made. Where paved footpaths are encountered, the pavement slabs shall be properly stored and reinstated. Identification marks of other services shall be properly stored and restored. The side of the excavated trenches shall wherever required, be well stored up with timber and sheeting. Suitable wooden barriers should be erected between the cable trench and pedestrian / motor way to present accident. The barrier could be made out soft wood planks. These could be portable types of size 1.5 m ( long) by 1.2 m (height). These barriers should be painted with yellow and blank or red and white coloured cross stripes. Warming and caution boards should be consciou8sly displayed. Red lights as warning signal should be placed along the trench during the nights. The excavated materials shall be properly stored to avoid obstruction to public and traffic movement. The bottom of the excavated trench should be leveled flat and free from any object which would damage the cables. Any gradient encountered shall be gradual. .

37.0

DAMAGE OF PROPERTY : The contractor shall take all precautions while excavation of trench, trial pits etc. to protect the public and private properties and to avoid accidental damage. Any damage so caused shall be immediately repaired and brought to the notice of the concerned and to the owner. The contractor shall bear all responsibilities and liabilities and shall bear all costs of the damages so caused by him or by his workman or agents

38.0

ROAD CROSSING :The road cutting for cable trench, whether cement concrete, asphalt or macadam road surface shall not be allowed across the road. Laying of cable in such situation shall be done by HDD (Horizontal Directional Drilling / Driving Machine.

39.0

FOOTHPATH CUTTING ; The slabs, curbstones on the roads shall be removed and be reinstated without damage.

40.0

REINSTATEMENT : After the cables and pipes have been laid and before the trench is backfilled of joints and cable positions should be carefully plotted and preserved till such time the cable is energized and taken over by the Engineer. The protective covers shall then be provided, the excavated soil riddled, sieved and replaced. It is advisable to leave a 115

crown of earth not less than 50 mm. and not more than 100 mm. in the centre and tapering towards the sides of the trench. The temporary reinstatement of roadways should be inspected at regular intervals. More frequently in rainy seasons and immediately after overnight rain for checking settlement and if required the temporary reinstatement should be done. After the subsidence has ceased the trench may be permanently reinstated and the surface restored to the best possible condition. In case the road surface being cement concrete, asphalt or tarred macadam resurfacing will be done by the Civil authorities. 41.0 CABLE OVER BRIDGES : Whenever the cable route crosses the bridges, the cables shall be laid in ducts. In existing ducts by removing and replacing the R.C.C. covers and properly back filled. 42.0 CABLE CROSSING OPEN DRAINS WITH LONG SPAN : 1). Whenever the cable route has to cross an open drain, with a long span, the cable shall be laid in suitable size ducts or pipes, suitably jointed with collars. The entire duct system shall be designed as per civil engineering and shall be got approved by the concerned authorities and owner. 2). At places where the cables cross private roads, gates of residential houses or buildings, the cables shall be laid in HDPE pipes. 43.0 DRAWINGS OF SURVEYED CABLE ROUTE ; The bidder shall prepare the drawings for applicable field conditions of cable installation like cables directly buried, in ducts, in road crossing, on drainage crossing, cable jointing bays, manholes if any, and furnish 6 (six) copies of each to the owner for approval. 44.0 FLAKING : Cables shall be flaked and left with extra lengths at jointing bays for expansion & flexibility. 45.0 SAND CUSHION : The sand cushion for the cables shall be provided as per the drawings. Sand covering shall be done by hand and in such a manner as to provide complete envelope for the cables and good bedding for protection covers. 46.0 JOINTING OF CABLES : GENERAL : The cable jointing personal and his crew shall have good experience in the type of joints and terminations that are used. The jointing work shall commence as soon as two or three lengths of cables have been laid. All care should be taken to protect the factory plumbed caps / seats on the cable ends and the cable end shall be sealed whenever the end is exposed for tests.

116

Jointing of cables in carriage ways, driveways under costly paving under concrete or asphalt surfaces and in proximity to telephone cables, and water mains should be avoided whenever possible. Sufficient over lap of cables shall be allowed for making the joints. The joint bay should be of sufficient dimensions to allow the jointers to work with as much freedom of movement and comfort as possible. Sufficient space should be kept below the cable to the jointed. The joints of different phases shall be staggered in the joining bay SUMPHOLES : When jointing in water logged ground or under unforeseen rainy conditions, a sump hole should be made at one end of the joint bay, in such a position so that the accumulated water can be pumped or bales out by buckets without causing interference to the jointing operation. TENTS / COVERS : An enclosure or suitable protection cover shall be used in all circumstances whenever jointing work is carried out in the open irrespective of the weather conditions. The joint shall be made in dust free, moisture free and clean atmosphere. PRECAUTIONS BEFORE MAKING A JOINT : The cable end seats should not be open until all necessary precautions have been taken to prevent circumstances arising out of rainy / inclement weather conditions, which might become uncomfortable. If the cable end seats or cable e3nds are found to have suffered damages the cable should not be jointed, without test and rectification. MAINTENANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS : The contractor shall clean the complete cable route and shall remove all surplus and waste materials, empty cable reels etc. preferably the same day but not later than the next day after the particular work is completed. D. 33 KV VOLTAGE CLASS POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER (OUTDOOR) 1. SCOPE The scope of this specification covers design, manufacturing, supply, transportation, erection testing & commissioning of 33/1.732 KV Potential Transformer suitable for outdoor service. Any other parts not specifically mentioned in this specification but otherwise required for proper functioning of the equipment should be included by the tenderer in the offer. 2. APPLICABLE STANDARDS Unless otherwise modified in this specification, the Potential Transformer shall comply with the latest version of relevant standards (IS 3156, IS 2099, IS 3347, IS 335, IS 13947(Part I), IEC 186, Indian electricity Rules 1956, IEC 815). This 117

list of standards is for guidance only. The contractor shall be solely responsible to design & manufacture the PT suitable for 33KV systems. 3. AMBIENT CONDITIONS The PT supplied against this specification shall be suitable for satisfactory continuous operation under the following tropical conditions: Max. ambient temp. (deg C) Relative Humidity Max. Annual Rainfall (mm.) Max. Wind Pressure (Kg/Sq. Mt.) Max. Altitude above MSL (Mtr.) Isoceraunic Level (days/year) Seismic Level (Horizontal acceleration) : : : : : : : 50 10-100 % 1450 150 2200 50 0.3 g

In general the climate shall be moderately hot & humid tropical climate conducive to rust & fungus growth. 4. SYSTEM PARTICULARS a) Nominal System Voltage b) Highest system Voltage c) Rated Frequency d) No of phases e) System neutral earthing f) One minute Power Freq. Withstand voltage (rms) Lighting Impulse withstand Voltage System fault level 33KV 36KV 50Hz Three Solidly Earthed 70KV 170KVp 25 KA for 3 sec.

5. TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OF PT Rated primary Voltage 36 KV Type Single phase potential transformer Voltage/ Ratio(kV) 33KV Rated voltage factor 1.2 continuous, 1.5 30seconds One minute power freq. Withstand voltage for Primary Terminals 70 KV (rms) Secondary winding Min. Creepgae Distance Detail of secondaries Application Accuracy Burden (VA) Core I Metering 0.5 200 3 KV(rms) 25 mm./KV of Highest System Voltage Core II Protection 3P 100

Note: The ratings indicated for instrument transformer are tentative only and may be changed to meet the requirements. 118

6. PORCELAIN HOUSING It shall be single piece of homogeneous, vitreous porcelain of high mechanical & dielectric strength. It will be glazed with uniform Brown or Dark brown color with smooth surface finish. The clear height of porcelain housing shall be at least 430 mm. for 33KV class PT. The contractor shall clearly detail in his bid the details of attaching the metallic flange to porcelain, pressure release valve and also how primary & secondary terminals shall be brought out. 7. WINDING PRIMARY WINDING: It shall be made of insulated electrolytic copper wire. The neutral end of the winding shall be brought outside for earthing. The primary terminal shall be of standard size of 30 mm. dia x 80 mm. length of heavily tinned (min. thickness 15 micron) electrolytic copper of 99.9 % conductivity. SECONDARY WINDING: It shall be made of insulated copper wire of electrolytic grade. The terminal box shall be dust free & vermin proof. The size of the terminal box shall be big enough to enable easy access and working space with the use of normal tools. The secondary terminals studs shall be provided with at least 3 nuts and two plain washers. These shall be made of brass duly nickeled. The min. stud outer dia shall be 10 mm. & length 15 mm. The min spacing between the centers of the adjacent studs shall be 1.5 time the outer dia of the stud. POLARITY: The polarity shall be marked on each PT at the secondary terminals in the terminal box. 8. TANK & HARDWARES It shall be fabricated of MS steel sheet of min. 3.15 mm for sides & 5 mm for top & bottom. The tank will be finished with min. 2 coats of zinc rich epoxy paint externally. The inner surface shall be painted with oil resistance white enamel paint. All ferrous hardwares, exposed to atmosphere shall be hot dipped galvanized. 9. INSULATING OIL The first filling of oil in PT shall be in contractor s scope. The oil shall be as per IS 335.To ensure the prevention of oil, the contractor will give the details supported by drawings: 1. 2. 3. Location of emergence of Primary & Secondary terminals. Interface between porcelain & metal tanks. Cover of the secondary terminal box.

119

Any nut & bolt and screw used for fixation of the interfacing porcelain bushing for taking out the terminals shall be provided on flanges cemented to the bushings & not on the porcelain. If gasket joints are used, Nitrite Butyl Rubber gasket shall be used. The grooves shall be in machined with adequate space for accommodating gasket under pressure. The PT shall be vacuum filled with oil after processing. It will be properly sealed to eliminate breathing & to prevent air & moisture from entering the tank. The sealing methods/arrangement shall be described by the contractor & be approved by the purchaser. 10. OIL LEVEL INDICATOR The PT shall be fitted with prismatic type oil sight window at suitable location so that the oil level is clearly visible with naked eye to an observer standing at ground level. To compensate oil volume variation due to temperature variation, Nitrogen cushion or the stainless steel bellows shall be used. Rubber diaphragms are not permitted for this purpose. 11. EARTHING The earthing terminals shall be provided on the metallic tank of size 16 mm. dia & 30 mm. length each with one plain washer & one nut for connection to the station earth mat. 12. LIFTING & MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT The PT shall be provided with two lifting eyes to lift the PT. This shall be so positioned so as to avoid any damage to the PT during lifting for installation or transportation purpose. This shall be detailed in General Arrangement drawing. The PT shall be of pedestal mounting type suitable for outdoor installation on steel/cement concrete structures. All the clamps, bolts, nut and washers etc. required for mounting the lightning arresters on the structure shall be supplied along with the arresters and shall be galvanized. The contractor shall supply all the terminal connectors etc. required for connection to the PT. 13. TESTING The following test shall be conducted on PT 1. 2. 3. 4. Insulation Resistance. Ratio test on all cores. Polarity Test. Line connections as per connection diagram and other tests as per ISS.

120

E. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 33 KV AIR BREAK SWITCH 1. SCOPE This specification covers 33 KV, 50 Hz alternating current Load-Break Switches for outdoor installation for use at sectionalizing/tapping points of 33 kV lines. 2. APPLICABLE STANDARD Unless otherwise stipulated in this specification, the Load-Break Switch shall conform to IS: 9920 (Pt-I to IV). 3. RATED VOLTAGE The rated voltage shall be 36 KV. 4. RATED NORMAL CURRENT The rated normal current shall be 400 A. 5. i) ii) 6. i) ii) 7. RATED LIGHTNING IMPULSE WITHSTAND VOLTAGE (KV) To earth and between poles 170 KV (rms).

Across the isolating distance 195 KV (rms). RATED ONE MINUTE POWER FREQUENCY WITHSTAND VOLTAGE To earth and between poles 70 KV (rms).

Across the isolating distance 80 KV (rms). TEMPERATURE RISE

The temperature rise shall not exceed the maximum limits specified below: Temperature rise limit at Ambient Air Temp. Copper contacts (Silver faced in air) Terminals of switches to be connected to external conductors by bolts 8. not exceeding 40C. 65C. 50C.

RATED MAINL ACTIVE LOAD BREAKING CAPACITY

The rated mainly active load breaking capacity shall be 400A. 9. TRANSFORMER OFF-LOAD CURRENT BREAKING CAPACITY

The rated transformer off-load current breaking capacity shall be 10A. 10. RATED LINE CHARGING BREAKING CAPACITY

The rated line charging breaking capacity shall be 6.3 A (rms). 121

11.

RATED CABLE CHARGING BREAKING CAPACITY

The rated cable charging breaking capacity shall be 40A. 12. RATED SHORT-TIME CURRENT

The rated short-time current shall be 10 KA for 1 sec. 13. RATED PEAK WITHSTAND CURRENT

The rated peak withstand current shall be 25 KA (peak). 14. MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL ENDURANCE 1000 Operations.

Mechanical Endurance Electrical Endurance 15.

20 operations at 400A at 33 KV. 200 operations at 200 A at 33 KV. CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES

The load break switch shall be manually operated triple-pole type with doublebreak operation. The operation of the switch shall be through rotating motion of the post insulators. ii) The switch shall be fitted with a special interrupter unit to absorb the arc energy in an insulated chamber. The interrupter unit shall be easily replaceable. iii) The contacts shall be made of silver-faced bronze/copper. iv) The speed of breaking of load shall be independent of the speed of operation. iv) The incoming and outgoing terminals shall be such as to directly receive ACSR sizes 10-15 mm diameter without the use of lugs. The terminals shall be suitable for current ratings stipulated in clauses 4 and 12 of this specification and shall conform to all the test requirements of IS: 5561. The terminals shall be so designed as to avoid bimetallic corrosion. vi) The frame of each of switch shall be provided with a separate earthing terminal/for each phase for connection to an earthing conductor having a clamping bolt of not less than 12 mm dia. The terminal shall be marked with Earth symbol. vii) The switch shall have pad lock arrangement both for ON and OFF positions. ix) The vertical operating rod shall comprise of not less than 40 mm. (nominal bore) Galvanized Steel tube (medium class) as per IS: 1161-1979. The length of the operating rod shall depend upon the mounting position of the switch (exact length of the rod to be specified by purchaser). 122

ix) Provision shall be made for earthing of the operating handle. x) Tubes shall be galvanized in accordance with IS: 4736-1968 and other metal parts shall be hot dip galvanized. xi) Phase clearance i.e. center-to-centre distance between the insulators of adjacent phase in the assembled position of the switch shall not be less than 1200 mm. xii) The center-to-centre distance between insulators of the adjacent poles of the same phase in the assembled position of the switch shall not be less than 400 mm. xi) All similar materials and removable parts of similar equipment shall be interchangeable with each other. 16. TYPE TESTS The Switches must have following type tests passed certificate(not older than 5 years as on date of opening of tender) in accordance with IS: 9920: i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) 17. Dielectric test (Impulse and one minute wet power frequency withstand voltages). Temperature rise test (for contacts and terminals). Rated mainly Active Load Breaking Capacity. Rated transformer off-loads current breaking capacity. Rated line charging breaking capacity. Rated cable charging breaking capacity. Rated short-time current. Rated peak withstand current. Mechanical and Electrical Endurance. ROUTINE TESTS

The equipment shall be subjected to the following routine tests: i) Power-frequency voltage dry test. ii) Measurement of resistance of the main circuit. iii) Operating test. 18. INSPECTION i. All tests and inspection shall be made at the place of manufacture unless otherwise especially agreed upon by the manufacturer and the TSECL at the time of purchase. The manufacturer shall afford the inspector representing the TSECL all reasonable facilities, without charge, to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with this specification. ii. The TSECL has right to have the test carried out at his own cost by an independent agency whenever there is dispute regarding the quality of supply. 123

F. 33KV & 11 KV VOLTAGE CLASS LIGHTNING ARRESTORS A. 33 KV LA 1.0 SCOPE The specification covers the design, manufacture, shop & laboratory testing before dispatch, supply, delivery, erection, testing & commissioning of 30KV, 10 KA, Station class(class 3) heavy duty, gapless metal (zinc) oxide Surge Arrestors complete with insulating bases, Surge Monitor, clamps, complete fittings & accessories suitable for 33KV transformers/feeders, including arrestor s electrode earthing. In case of power transformer, the surge arrestors shall be mounted on the HV & LV sides of transformers which are without cable boxes. Suitable brackets shall be fabricated and mounted on the transformers for installing the surge arrestors. 2.0 STANDARDS The design, manufacture and performance of Surge/Lightning Arrestors shall comply with IS: 3070 Part-3 and other specific requirements stipulated in the specification. Unless otherwise specified, the equipment, material and processes shall conform to the latest applicable Indian/International Standards as listed hereunder: IS: 2071-1993 (Part-1) IS: 2071-1974 (Part-2) IS: 2629-1985 IS: 2633-1986 IS 3070-1993 (Part 3) IS: 4759-1996 IS: 5621-1980 IS: 6209-1982 IS: 6745 : Methods of High Voltage Testing General Definitions & Test Requirements. : Test Procedures. : Recommended Practice for hot dip galvanizing on Iron & Steel. : Method for Testing uniformity of coating of zinc coated Articles. : Specification for surge arrestor for alternating current systems Metal-Oxide Lightening Arrestors without gaps. : Specification for hot dip zinc coating on Structural Steel and Other allied products. : Hollow Insulators for use in Electrical Equipment. : Methods of Partial discharge measurement. : Method for determination of mass of zinc coating on zinc coated iron and steel articles.

ANSI/IEEE-C.62.11 : Metal oxide, Surge Arrestor for AC Power Circuits. (1982) IEE 99-4 : Surge Arrestors. The equipment complying with any other internationally accepted standards shall also be considered if it ensures performance equivalent to or superior to the Indian Standards. 3.0 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT The metal oxide gap less Surge Arrestor without any series or shunt gap shall be suitable for protection of 33 KV power transformers, associated equipment and 33 KV lines from voltage surges resulting from natural disturbance like lightning as well as system disturbances. The surge arrestor shall draw negligible current at operating voltage and at the same time offer least resistance during the flow of surge current.

3.2

124

3.3 3.4 3.5

The surge arrestor shall consist of non-linear resistor elements placed in series and housed in electrical grade porcelain housing / silicon polymeric of specified creepage distance. The assembly shall be hermetically sealed with suitable rubber gaskets with effective sealing system arrangement to prevent ingress of moisture. The surge arrestor shall be provided with line and earth terminals of suitable size. The ground side terminal of surge arrestor shall be connected with 25x6 mm. Galvanized strip, one end connected to the surge arrestor and second end to a separate ground electrode (Electrode type of earthing). The contractor shall also recommend the procedure which shall be followed in providing the earthing/system to the Surge Arrestor. The surge arrestor shall not operate under power frequency and temporary over voltage conditions but under surge conditions, the surge arrestor shall change over to the conducting mode. The surge arrestor shall be suitable for circuit breaker performing 0-0.3sec.-CO3min-CO- duty in the system. Surge arrestors shall have a suitable pressure relief system to avoid damage to the porcelain / silicon polymeric housing and providing path for flow of rated fault currents in the event of arrestor failure. The reference current of the arrestor shall be high enough to eliminate the influence of grading and stray capacitance on the measured reference voltage. The Surge Arrestor shall be thermally stable and the contractor shall furnish a copy of thermal stability test with the bid. The arrestors for 33 KV systems shall be suitable for mounting on transformers as well as in the yard for 33KV incoming / outgoing feeder. The supplier shall furnish the drawing indicating the dimensions, weights etc. of the surge arrestors for the design of mounting brackets. The arrestor shall be capable of handling terminal energy for high surges, external pollution and transient over voltage and have low losses at operating voltages. ARRESTOR HOUSING The arrestor housing shall be made up of porcelain/silicon polymeric housing and shall be homogenous, free from laminations, cavities and other flaws of imperfections that might affect the mechanical and dielectric quality. The housing shall be of uniform brown color, free from blisters, burrs and other similar defects. Arrestors shall be complete with insulating bases, fasteners for stacking units together, surge counters with leakage current meters and terminal connectors.

3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11

3.12

4.0 4.1

4.2

The housing shall be so coordinated that external flashover shall not occur due to application of any impulse or switching surge voltage up to the maximum design value for arrestor. The arrestors shall not fail due to contamination. The 33 KV arrestors housing shall be designed for pressure relief class as given in Technical Parameters of the specification. Sealed housings shall exhibit no measurable leakage. The arrestors shall be suitable for mounting on 4 pole/2 pole/gantry (incoming/outgoing) structure used for pole/plinth mounted transformer and for 125

4.3 4.4

incoming and outgoing lines. The arrestor shall be capable of handling energy from 33 KV lines of length ranging from 1 Km to 30 Km. 5.0 5.1 5.2 FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES The surge arrestor shall be complete with insulating bases, fasteners for stacking units together, surge counters with leakage current meters and terminal connectors. The terminals shall be non-magnetic, corrosion proof, robust and of adequate size and shall be so located that incoming and outgoing connections are made with minimum possible bends. The top metal cap and base of surge arrestor shall be galvanized. The line terminal shall have a built in clamping device which can be adjusted for both horizontal and vertical take off. Grading corona control rings if necessary shall be provided on each complete arrestor pole for proper stress distribution. TESTS Test on Surge Arrestors The Surge Arrestors offered shall be type tested for tests on identical unit and shall be subjected to routine and acceptance tests in accordance with IS : 3070 (Part-3)-1993. In addition, the suitability of the Surge Arrestors shall also be established for the following: Residual voltage test. Reference voltage test. Leakage current at M.C.O.V. P.D. test. Sealing test. Thermal stability test. Aging and Energy capability test. Watt loss test. Each metal oxide block shall be tested for guaranteed specific energy capability in addition to routine/acceptance test as per IEC / IS. 6.2 The maximum residual voltages corresponding to nominal discharge current of 10 KA for steep current, impulse residual voltage test, lightning impulse protection level and switching impulse level shall generally conform to Annex-K of IEC-99-4. The contractor shall furnish the copies of the type tests and the characteristics curves between the residual voltage and nominal discharge current of the offered surge arrestor and power frequency voltage v/s time characteristic of the surge arrestor subsequent to impulse energy consumption as per clause 6.6 of IS:3070 (Part-3) offered along with the bid.

5.3 6.0 6.1

6.3

126

6.4

All Ferrous parts exposed to atmospheric condition shall have passed the type tests and be subjected to routine and acceptance tests in accordance with IS:2633 & IS:6745. NAME PLATE The name plate attached to the arrestor shall carry the following information: Rated Voltage. Continuous Operation Voltage. Normal discharge current. Pressure relief rated current. Manufacturers Trade Mark. Name of Sub-station. Year of Manufacture. Name of the manufacturer. Name of the scheme: TSECL-Deposit work (Tripura Central University) . Name of Client. Purchase Order Number along with date.

7.0 7.1

8.0 8.1

INSPECTION All tests and inspection shall be made at the manufacturer' works unless s otherwise specifically agreed upon by the manufacturer and TSECL at the time of placement of purchase order. The manufacturer shall afford to the inspector representing the TSECL, all reasonable facilities, without charge to satisfy him that the material being furnished is in accordance with these specifications. The purchaser reserves the right to get any component/material being used by the manufacturer of the Surge Arrestor tested from any recognized test house. The inspection by the purchaser or his authorized representative shall not relieve the contractor of his obligation of furnishing equipment in accordance with the specification.

8.2

9.0 DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION MANUALS Within 15 days of receipt of the order, the successful tenderer shall furnish to the purchaser the following drawings and literature for approval: 127

(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii)

Outline dimensional drawings of Surge Arrestor and all accessories. Assembly drawings and weights of main component parts. Drawings of terminal clamps. Arrangement of earthing lead. Minimum air clearance to be maintained of line components to ground. Name plate. Insulating base.

(viii) Instructions manual. (ix) (x) (xi) Drawing showing details of pressure relief valve. Volt-time characteristics of surge arrestors. Detailed dimensional drawing of porcelain housing/Silicon polymeric i.e. internal diameter, external diameter, thickness, height, profile, creepage distance, dry arcing distance etc.

10.0 TECHNICAL PARTICULARS The surge arrestors shall conform to the following standard technical requirements. The Insulation values shall be enhanced considering the altitude of operation & other atmospheric conditions.

10.1

System Parameters Nominal system voltage Highest system voltage System earthing Frequency (Hz) Lightning Impulse withstand Voltage (KVP) vi) Power frequency withstand Voltage (KV rms) vii) Arrestor duty -- Connection to system -- Type of equipment to be protected i) ii) iii) iv) v) 33 KV. 36 KV. Effectively earthed system. 50. 170. 70. Phase to earth. 33 KV Transformers/Feeders. Gapless Metal oxide outdoor. 30. 25.

10.2

Surge Arrestors i) Type ii) Arrestor rating (KV rms) iii) Continuous Operating voltage (KV rms) 128

iv) v) vi) vii)

Nominal Discharge Current Rating (KA) (8x20 micro second impulse shape) Long Duration discharge class Degree of protection Maximum residual voltage (KV peak) a) at 5 KA b) at 10 KA

10. 2. IP 55 95. 95.

viii) ix)

Maximum switching surge residual voltage (KVp) at 1kA 85. Energy capability corresponding to -- Arrestor rating (Kj/Kv) -- COV (Kj/Kv) 4.5 4.9 100. 70. 170. 40. 900 mm.

x) 10.3

High current impulse withstand voltage at 10 KA (KVp)

Insulator Housing i) Power frequency withstand test voltage (wet) (KV rms) ii) Lightning impulse withstand/tests voltage (KVP) iii) Pressure Relief Class iv) Creepage distance not less than Galvanization i) Fabricated Steel Articles -- 5 mm thick cover -- Under 5 mm but not less than 2 mm thickness -- Under 2 mm but not less than 1.2 mm thickness ii) iii) Castings -- Grey Iron, malleable iron Threaded works other than tubes & tube fittings -- Under 10 mm dia -10 mm dia & above

10.4

610 g/m2 460 g/m2 340 g/m2 610 g/m2 300 g/m2 270 g/m2

B. 11KV Class Surge Arrestor 1.0 SCOPE The specification covers the design, manufacture, shop & laboratory testing before dispatch, supply, delivery, erection, testing & commissioning of 9KV, 5KA, static class heavy rating, gapless, metal(zinc) oxide surge arrestors complete along with clamps, complete fitting and accessories for installation on outdoor type 11KV switchgear, transmission lines, transformers etc. STANDARDS The design, manufacture and performance of Surge Arrestors shall comply with IS: 3070 Part-3 and other specific requirements stipulated in the specification. Unless 129

2.0

otherwise specified, the equipment, material and processes shall conform to the latest applicable Indian/International Standards as listed hereunder: IS: 2071-1993 (Part-1) IS: 2071-1974 (Part-2) IS: 2629-1985 IS: 2633-1986 IS 3070-1993 (Part 3) IS: 4759-1996 IS: 5621-1980 IS: 6209-1982 IS: 6745 ANSI/IEEE-C.62.11 (1982) IEE 99-4 : Methods of High Voltage Testing General Definitions & Test requirements. : Test Procedures : Recommended Practice for hot dip galvanizing on Iron Steel. : Method for Testing uniformity of coating of zinc coated Articles. : Specification for surge arrestor for alternating current systems. al-Oxide lightning Arrestors without gaps : Specification for hot dip zinc coating on Structural Steel and Other allied products. : Hollow Insulators for use in Electrical Equipment. : Methods of Partial discharge measurement. : Method for determination of mass of zinc coating on zinc coated iron and steel articles : Metal oxide, Surge Arrestor for AC Power Circuits. : Surge Arrestors.

The equipment complying with any other internationally accepted standards shall also be considered if it ensures performance equivalent to or superior to the Indian Standards. 3.0 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT The metal oxide gap less Surge Arrestor without any series or shunt gap shall be suitable for protection of 11KV sides of Power/Distribution Transformers, associated equipment and 11KV lines from voltage surges resulting from natural disturbance like lightning as well as system disturbances. The surge arrestor shall draw negligible current at operating voltage and at the same time offer least resistance during the flow of surge current. The surge arrestor shall consist of non-linear resistor elements placed in series and housed in electrical grade porcelain housing / silicon polymeric of specified creepage distance. 130

3.2 3.3

3.4 3.5

The assembly shall be hermetically sealed with suitable rubber gaskets with effective sealing system arrangement to prevent ingress of moisture. The surge arrestor shall be provided with line and earth terminals of suitable size. The ground side terminal of surge arrestor shall be connected with 25x6 mm. galvanized strip, one end connected to the surge arrestor and second end to a separate ground electrode. The contractor shall also recommend the procedure which shall be followed in providing the earthing/system to the Surge Arrestor. The surge arrestor shall not operate under power frequency and temporary over voltage conditions but under surge conditions, the surge arrestor shall change over to the conducting mode. The surge arrestor shall be suitable for circuit breaker performing 0-0.3 min-CO-3 min-CO- duty in the system. Surge arrestors shall have a suitable pressure relief system to avoid damage to the porcelain/ silicon polymeric housing and providing path for flow of rated fault currents in the event of arrestor failure. The reference current of the arrestor shall be high enough to eliminate the influence of grading and stray capacitance on the measured reference voltage. The Surge Arrestor shall be thermally stable and the contractor shall furnish a copy of thermal stability test with the bid. The arrestor shall be capable of handling terminal energy for high surges, external pollution and transient over voltage and have low losses at operating voltages.

3.6

3.7 3.8

3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12

The surge arrestor shall be provided with line and earth terminals of suitable size. The line side terminal shall be suitable for 100 mm.2 (code Name: Dog) Aluminum area, 6/4.72 mm. Aluminum + 7/1.75 mm. Steel SCA conductor. 4.0 ARRESTOR HOUSING The arrestor housing shall be made up of porcelain/silicon polymeric housing and shall be homogenous, free from laminations, cavities and other flaws of imperfections that might affect the mechanical and dielectric quality. The housing shall be of uniform brown color, free from blisters, burrs and other similar defects. Arrestors shall be complete with insulating bases, fasteners for stacking units together, surge counters with leakage current meters and terminal connectors.

4.1

4.2

The housing shall be so coordinated that external flashover shall not occur due to application of any impulse or switching surge voltage up to the maximum design value for arrestor. The arrestors shall not fail due to contamination. The 11KV arrestors housing shall be designed for pressure relief class as given in Technical Parameters of the specification. Sealed housings shall exhibit no measurable leakage.

4.3

131

5.0

ARRESTOR MOUNTING The arrestors shall be suitable for mounting on 4 pole/2 pole structure used for pole/plinth mounted transformer and for incoming and outgoing lines. The arrestor shall be capable of handling energy from 11 KV lines of length ranging from 1 Km to 30 Km.

6.0 6.1 6.2

FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES The surge arrestor shall be complete with insulating bases, fasteners for stacking units along with terminal connectors. The terminals shall be non-magnetic, corrosion proof, robust and of adequate size and shall be so located that incoming and outgoing connections are made with minimum possible bends. The top metal cap and base of surge arrestor shall be galvanized. The line terminal shall have a built in clamping device which can be adjusted for both horizontal and vertical take off. TESTS Test on Surge Arrestors The Surge Arrestors offered shall be type tested and shall be subjected to routine and acceptance tests in accordance with IS : 3070 (Part-3)-1993. In addition, the suitability of the Surge Arrestors shall also be established for the following: Residual voltage test. Reference voltage test. Leakage current at M.C.O.V. P.D. test. Sealing test. Thermal stability test. Aging and Energy capability test. Watt loss test. Each metal oxide block shall be tested for guaranteed specific energy capability in addition to routine/acceptance test as per IEC / IS.

7.0 7.1

7.2

The maximum residual voltages corresponding to nominal discharge current of 5 KA for steep current, impulse residual voltage test, lightning impulse protection level and switching impulse level shall generally conform to Annex-K of IEC-99-4. The contractor shall furnish the copies of the type tests and the characteristics curves between the residual voltage and nominal discharge current of the offered surge arrestor and power frequency voltage v/s time characteristic of the 132

7.3

surge arrestor subsequent to impulse energy consumption as per clause 6.6 of IS:3070 (Part-3) offered along with the bid. 7.4 7.5 The surge arrestor housing shall also be type tested and shall be subjected to routine and acceptance tests in accordance with IS: 2071. Galvanization Test. All Ferrous parts exposed to atmospheric condition shall have passed the type tests and be subjected to routine and acceptance tests in accordance with IS:2633 & IS:6745. Test on Surge Arrestor Disconnectors The test shall be performed on surge arrestors which are fitted with arrestor disconnector or on the disconnector assembly alone if its design is such as to be unaffected by the heating of adjacent parts of the arrestor in its normally installed portion in accordance with IS: 3070 (Part-3). NAME PLATE The name plate attached to the arrestor shall carry the following information: - Rated Voltage. - Continuous Operation Voltage. - Normal discharge current. - Pressure relief rated current. - Manufacturers Trade Mark. - Name of Sub-station. - Year of Manufacture. - Name of the manufacturer. - Name of Scheme : TSECL-Deposit work (Tripura Central University) . - Name of Client TSECL.

7.6

8.0 8.1

- Purchase Order Number along with date. 9. 9.1 INSPECTION All tests and inspection shall be made at the manufacturer' works unless s otherwise specifically agreed upon by the manufacturer and TSECL at the time of placement of purchase order. The manufacturer shall afford to the inspector representing the TSECL, all reasonable facilities, without charge to satisfy him that the material being furnished is in accordance with these specifications. The purchaser reserves the right to get any component/material being used by the manufacturer of the Surge Arrestor tested from any recognized test house. 133

9.2

The inspection by the purchaser or his authorized representative shall not relieve the contractor of his obligation of furnishing equipment in accordance with the specification. DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTION MANUALS Within 15 days of receipt of the order, the successful tenderer shall furnish to the TSECL the following drawings and literature for approval: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) Outline dimensional drawings of Surge Arrestor and all accessories. Assembly drawings and weights of main component parts. Drawings of terminal clamps. Arrangement of earthing lead. Minimum air clearance to be maintained of line components to ground. Name plate. Insulating base.

10.

(viii) Surge monitor. (ix) (x) (xi) (xii) Instructions manual. Drawing showing details of pressure relief valve. Volt-time characteristics of surge arrestors. Detailed dimensional drawing of porcelain housing/Silicon polymeric i.e. internal diameter, external diameter, thickness, height, profile, creepage distance, dry arcing distance etc.

11.0 11.1

TECHNICAL PARTICULARS The surge arrestors shall conform to the following standard technical requirements. The Insulation values shall be enhanced considering the altitude of operation & other atmospheric conditions. System Parameters i) ii) iii) iv) Nominal system voltage Highest system voltage System earthing Frequency (Hz) 134 11KV 12KV Effectively earthed system 50

vii) viii) vii)

Lightning Impulse withstand Voltage (KVP) Power frequency withstand Voltage (KV rms) Arrestor duty -- Connection to system -- Type of equipment to be protected

75 28

Phase to earth 33/11KV transformer & switchgear

11.2

Surge Arrestors i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) Type Arrestor rating (KV rms) Continuous Operating voltage (KV rms) Nominal Discharge Current Rating (kA) (8x20 micro impulse shape) Long Duration discharge class Degree of protection Maximum residual voltage (KV peak) a) at 5 KA b) at 10 KA viii) ix) x) 27 30 24 50 Gapless Metal oxide outdoor 9 7.65 10 2 IP 55

Maximum switching surge residual voltage (KVp) at 1KA Partial discharge at 1.05 COV not greater than (PC) Energy capability corresponding to -- Arrestor rating (Kj/Kv) -- COV (Kj/Kv)

4.5 4.9 100

xii) 11.3

High current impulse withstand voltage at 10 KA (KVp)

Insulator Housing i) Power frequency withstand test voltage (Wet) (KV rms) 135 28

ii) iii) iv) 11.4

Lightning impulse withstand/tests voltage (KVP) Creepage distance not less than Pressure relief class 40

75 300

Galvanisation i) Fabricated Steel Articles a) 5 mm thick cover b) Under 5 mm but not less than 2 mm thickness c) Under 2 mm but not less than 1.2 mm thickness ii) Castings Grey Iron, malleable iron iii) Threaded works other than tubes & tube fittings a) Under 10 mm dia b) 10 mm dia & above 300 g/m2 270 g/m2 610 g/m2 610 g/m2 460 g/m2 340 g/m2

G.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 110V BATTERY BANK AND BATTERY CHARGER GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS All materials/components used in battery chargers and batteries shall be free from flaws and defects and shall conform to the relevant Indian standards and good engineering practice.

1.0 1.1

1.2

The contractor shall submit the drawings and get the owner s approval before proceeding. BATTERY BANK. The Bank shall be consisting of 55 nos. each 2 Volt capacity Standby Sealed & Maintenance Free (SMF) Valve Regulated Lead Acid Cells. These Batteries shall be leak proof & there shall be no possibility of Electrolyte spillage i.e. the construction shall be spill proof and suitable for a long life under continuous operations at 2.15 to 2.21 volts per cell, and occasional discharges. The 110V DC system is - ve earth system. Heat sealing method to be employed shall be Double Sealing to avoid leakage. Cell Terminals: Terminal shall be of High Conductive Copper Inserts. Terminal welding shall maintain high integrity bonding with more depth of weld. All cell terminals shall have adequate current carrying capacity and shall be of lead alloy or lead alloy reinforced with copper core inserts. Cell terminal posts shall be equipped with connection bolts having acid resisting bolts and nuts. 136

2.0 2.1

2.2

2.3

Container: The Battery / Cell shall work on Oxygen recombination reaction principle resulting in no water loss and therefore will not arise any maintenance problems such as breakage or jamming up of floats. The batteries shall be fitted with explosion proof safety Valves and shall have arrangement for opening by a special Tool (to be supplied by the Manufacturer) only. The batteries shall come in filled and factory charged condition. Containers shall be made of Poly propylene co polymer robust with neat finish and leak proof. Vent Plugs: Vent plugs shall be provided in sealed type cells. They shall be of Low pressure self releasable explosion proof Safety valve. Plates: The plates shall be designed for maximum durability of 20 years lifetime during all service conditions including high rate of discharge and rapid fluctuations of load. The construction of plates shall conform to latest revisions of ISS as applicable. The Positive Plate shall be of Hybrid Alloy using Cadmium for withstanding deep discharge as well as float application. The Negative Plates shall be of Lead-Calcium alloy and shall be of low gas (H2) evolving alloy. The separators shall be of Microporous, highly absorbent spun glass matrix separator and maintain the electrical insulation between the plates. The positive and negative terminal posts shall be clearly marked. The Grid thickness shall be high enough to take care of long life. The capacity of Plates shall be optimized as high up to 95 AH @ C10. The orientation of plates shall be such that no abnormal load on any individual plate after installation and very less stratification effect. Compression of Groups shall be such to ensure good electrolyte contact to avoid thermal runaway. Cell Insulator: Each cell shall be separately supported on porcelain or hard rubber insulators fixed on to the racks with adequate clearance between adjacent cells. Electrolyte: The electrolyte shall be prepared from battery grade sulphuric acid conforming to IS: 226 and distilled water conforming to IS: 1069. The Acid quantity shall be maximum because of multi layer to avoid dry out / thermal run away. Manufacturers Identification System: The following information shall be indelibly marked on outside of each cell : Manufacturer s name and trade mark. Country and year of manufacture. Manufacturer s type designation. AH capacity at 10 Hr. discharge rate. Serial Number.

2.4 2.5

2.7 2.8

2.9

2.10

Connectors and Fasteners: Heavy duty Lead or lead plated copper connectors shall be used for connecting up adjacent cells, rows and end takes off. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be effectively lead plated to prevent corrosion. End take off connectors shall be provided for end connections from positive and negative poles of the batteries to the Power cables. More than one cable may be required to be connected to the battery terminals. Suitable arrangement for termination of multiple cables shall be provided so as to 137

avoid extra load on the battery terminals. The cable will be single core having stranded aluminum conductor and PVC insulation which will be arranged by the Owner separately. 2.11 Battery Racks: The Batteries shall be housed in Steel Trays. These batteries shall have very low self discharge of around 1.0% of capacity per week. The Batteries shall have very good discharge regulation, the average discharge voltage at C10 rate shall be 1.95 VPC.The Batteries shall have no possibility of ground currents. TESTS Batteries shall conform to all type tests as per the latest issue of IS: 1651 or IS: 1652 (whichever is applicable depending on type of Battery being offered).The Bidder is to produce type test certificate for tests carried out on identical unit not older than 5 years to TSECL. All Acceptance tests as required by the relevant Indian Standards shall be carried out at site after completion of installation. The capacity tests shall be carried out for 10 hr. discharge rating. The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary equipment, including the variable resistor, tools, tackles and instruments. If a Battery fails to meet the guaranteed requirements the OWNER shall have the option for asking the contractor to replace the same with appropriate batteries at no extra cost and without affecting the commissioning schedule of the Owner. If successful Contractor has not manufactured & commissioned the specified cell size, they must manufacture & test the prototype in advance and obtain Owner s approval for the same. Following document as to type test on identical unit shall be furnished by the Contractor for particular type of cell to TSECL s representative during routine test. i. Capacity tests. ii. Watt hour and AH efficiency tests. The Contractor shall give at least three (3) weeks advance notice of the date when the tests are to be carried out. Three (3) copies of Type test certificates shall be furnished to the TSECL for approval before the dispatch of the equipment from works. ACCESSORIES The following information shall be given on the instruction cards supplied with the Battery: a) Manufacturer s instruction. b) Maintenance instructions. c) Designation of cell in accordance with IS: 1651 or IS: 1652 (whichever applicable). d) Storing conditions of cells. A complete Set of all the accessories and devices for maintenance of Batteries shall be supplied along with each type of battery bank. The following items comprise the complete set of accessories: i) 2 Nos. of Cell testing voltmeter (3-0-3V) conforming to IS: 1248. 138

3.0 3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4.0 4.1

4.2

ii) H. i.

2 nos. Instructions cards.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR BATTERY CHARGER The DC system shall be of 110 Volt DC having -ve earthed. The Battery Chargers as well as their automatic regulators shall be of static type. All battery chargers shall be capable of continuous operation at the respective rated load in float charging mode, i.e. Float charging the associated DC Lead-Acid Batteries at 2.15 VPC to 2.23 (Charging Parameters at 27 degree Celsius.) VPC Volts per cell while supplying the DC load. The chargers shall also be capable of Boost charging the associated DC Battery at 2.30-2.7 volts per cell at the desired rate(C is the rated capacity @ 10 hour. : : 415 Volt with 10% tolerance (3 ph 4 wire, 50 Hz 5%). 110 V. : 1%, Digitally Controlled. : 105% continuous of rated load, Digitally Controlled. : Less than 2% rms (Standard), 1% optional. : Above 85%. : Battery U/V & O/V, Battery Over charge & Over load, Short circuit, Bridge protection fast acting fuses, Surge suppresser, AC & DC Circuit Protections, Filter Capacitor Fuse, Battery Input Fuses etc. as per Standard practice. Natural. 0 - 50C. Free standing Steel Cabinet of 2.0 mm. gauge sheet steel. IP- 4X in accordance with IS : 2147.

AC Input Voltage DC Output Voltage Regulation Current Limit Ripple Content Charger Efficiency Protections

Cooling Ambient Temperature of Operation Cabinet

: : :

ii.

All Battery Chargers shall be provided with facility for both automatic and manual control of output voltage and current. A selector switch shall be provided for selecting the mode of output voltage / current control, whether automatic or manual. When on automatic control mode during Float charging, the Charger output voltage shall remain within +1% of the set value, for AC input voltage variation of +10%, frequency variation of +5%, a combined voltage and frequency variation of +10%, and a DC load variation from zero to full load.

139

iii.

All battery chargers shall have constant voltage/potential characteristics throughout the range (from zero to full load) at the floating value of the voltage so as to keep the battery fully charged but without harmful overcharge. All chargers shall have load limiters having drooping characteristic, which shall cause, when the voltage control is in automatic mode, a gradual lowering of the output voltage when the DC load current exceeds the Load limiter setting of the Charger. The Load-limiter characteristics shall be such that any sustained overload or short circuit in DC System shall not damage the Charger, nor shall it cause blowing of any of the Charger fuses. The Charger shall not trip on overload or external short circuit. Uniform and step less adjustments of voltage setting (in both manual and automatic modes) shall be provided on the front of the Charger panel covering the entire float charging output range specified. Step less adjustments of the Load-limiter setting shall also be possible from 80% to 100% of the rated output current for Charging mode. During Boost Charging, the Battery Charger shall operate on constant current mode (when automatic regulator is in service). It shall be possible to adjust the Boost charging current continuously over a range of 50 to 100% of the rated output current for Boost charging mode. The Charger output voltage shall automatically go on rising, when it is operating on Boost mode, as the Battery charges up. For limiting the output voltage of the Charger, a potentiometer shall be provided on the front of the panel, whereby it shall be possible to set the upper limit of this voltage any where in the output range specified for Boost charging mode. The Charger manufacturer may offer an arrangement in which the voltage setting device for Float charging mode is also used as output voltage limit setting device for Boost charging mode and the Load-limiter of Float charging mode is used as current setting device in boost charging mode. Suitable filter circuits shall be provided in all the chargers to limit the ripple content (Peak to Peak) in the output voltage to 1%, irrespective of the DC load level, when they are not connected to a Battery. MCCB All Battery Chargers shall have 1 no. MCCB on the input side to receive cables from one source. It shall be suitable for continuous duty. MCCBs should have auxiliary contacts for annunciation/hooter.

iv.

v.

vi.

vii.

viii.

ix.

x.

xi.

RECTIFIER TRANSFORMER The rectifier transformer shall be continuously rated, dry air cooled (A.N) and of class F insulation type. The rating of the rectifier transformer shall have 10% overload capacity.

140

xii.

Rectifier Assembly The rectifier assembly shall be fully/half controlled bridge type and shall be designed to meet the duty as required by the respective Charger. The rectifier shall be provided with heat sink having their own heat dissipation arrangements with natural air-cooling. Necessary surge protection devices and rectifier type fast acting HRC fuses shall be provided in each arm of the rectifier connections. INSTRUMENTS One AC voltmeter and one AC ammeter along with selector switches shall be provided for all chargers. One DC voltmeter and DC ammeter (with shunt) shall also be provided for all Chargers. The instruments shall be flush type, dust proof and moisture resistant. The instruments shall have easily accessible means for zero adjustment. The instruments shall be of 1.5 accuracy classes. AIR BREAK SWITCHES One DC output switch shall be provided in all chargers. They shall be air break type suitable for 500 Volts AC/250 Volt DC. The contacts of the switches shall open and close with a snap action. The operating handle of the switch shall be fully insulated from circuit. ` ON and ` OFF position on the switch shall be clearly indicated. Rating of switches shall be suitable for their continuous load. Alternatively, MCCBs of suitable ratings shall also acceptable in place of Air Break Switch. FUSES All fuses shall be HRC Link type. Fuses shall be mounted on fuse carriers, which are in turn mounted on fuse bases. Wherever it is not possible to mount fuses on carriers, fuses shall be directly mounted on plug-in type base. In such case one insulated fuse pulling handle shall be supplied for each charger. The Contractor depending on the circuit requirement shall choose fuse rating. All fuses in the chargers shall be monitored. Fuse failure annunciation shall be provided on the failure of any fuse. BLOCKING DIODE Blocking diode shall be provided in the positive pole of the output circuit of each charger to prevent current flow from the DC Battery into the Charger. ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM Audio-visual indications through bright LED(s) shall be provided in all Chargers for the following abnormalities: a) b) c) d) e) AC power failure. Rectifier/chargers fuse blown. Over voltage across the battery when boost charging. Abnormal voltage (High/Low). Any other annunciation if required.

xiii.

xiv.

xv.

xvi.

xvii.

Potential free NO Contacts of above abnormal conditions shall also be provided for common remote indication CHARGER TROUBLE in TSECL s Control Board. 141

Indication for charger in float mode and boost mode through indication lamps shall be provided for chargers. A potential free contact for float/boost mode shall be provided for external interlocks. xviii. NAME PLATES AND MARKING The nameplates shall be white with black engraved letters. On top of each Charger, on front as well as rear sides, larger and bold nameplates shall be provided to identify the Charger. Nameplates with full and clear inscriptions shall also be provided on and inside of the panels for identification of the various equipments and ease of operation and maintenance.

xix. CHARGER CONSTRUCTION The Chargers shall be indoor, floor-mounted, self-supporting sheet metal enclosed cubicle type. The Contractor shall supply all necessary base frames, anchor bolts and hardware. The Chargers shall be fabricated from 2.0mm. cold rolled sheet steel and shall have folded type of construction. Removable gland plates for all cables and lugs for power cables shall be supplied by the Contractor. The lugs for power cables shall be made of electrolytic copper with tin coat. Power cable sizes shall be advised to the Contractor at a later date for provision of suitable lugs and drilling of gland plates. The Charger shall be tropicalised and vermin proof. Ventilation louvers, if provided shall be backed with screens. All doors and covers shall be fitted with synthetic rubber gaskets. The chargers shall have hinged double leaf doors provided on front and on backside for adequate access to the Charger s internals. All the charger cubicle doors shall be properly earthed. The degree of protection of Charger enclosure shall be at least IP-42 as per IS: 2147. xx. xxi. All indicating instruments, control switches and indicating lamps shall be mounted on the front side of the Charger. Each Charger shall be furnished completely wired upto power cable lugs and terminal blocks and ready for external connections. The control wiring shall be carried out with PVC insulated, 1.5 sq.mm. Stranded copper wires. Control terminals shall be suitable for connecting two wires, with 2.5 sq.mm. stranded copper conductors. All terminals shall be numbered for ease of connections and identification. Each wire shall bear a ferrule or tag on each end for identification. At least 20% spare terminals shall be provided for control circuits. The insulation of all circuits, except the low voltage electronic circuits shall withstand test voltage of 2 KV AC for one minute. An air clearance of at least ten (10) mm shall be maintained throughout for such circuits, right up to the terminal lugs. Whenever this clearance is not available, the live parts shall be insulated or shrouded. PAINTING All sheet steel work shall be pretreated, in tanks, in accordance with IS: 6005. Degreasing shall be done by alkaline cleaning. Rust and scale shall be removed by pickling with acid. After pickling, the parts shall be washed in running water. Then these shall be rinsed in slightly alkaline hot water and dried. The phosphate coating shall be ` Class-C as specified in IS: 6005. Welding shall not be done after phosphating. The phosphating surfaces shall be rinsed and passivated prior to application of stoved lead oxide primer coating. After 142

xxii.

xxiii.

primer application, two coats of finishing synthetic enamel paint of shade-692 (smoke grey) of IS: 5 shall be applied, unless required otherwise by the Employer. The inside of the chargers shall be glossy white. Each coat of finishing synthetic enamel paint shall be properly staved. The paint thickness shall not be less than fifty (50) microns. xxiv. xxv. TESTS Battery chargers shall conform to all type tests as per relevant Indian Standard. Performance test on Charger as per Specification shall be carried by the Contractor. Rectifier transformer shall conform to all type tests specified in IS: 4540 and short circuit test as per IS: 2026. Following type tests shall be carried for compliance of specification requirements: i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) xxvi. Voltage regulation test. Load limiter characteristics test. Efficiency tests. High voltage tests. Temperature rise test. Short circuit test at no load and full load at rated voltage for sustained shortcircuit. Degree of protection test. Measurement of ripple by oscilloscope. The Contractor may be required to demonstrate to the TSECL that the Chargers conform to the specification particularly regarding continuous rating, ripple free output, voltage regulation and load limiting characteristic, before dispatch as well as after installation at site. At site the following tests shall be carried out: Insulation resistance test. Checking of proper annunciation system operation. If the Charger fails to meet the specified requirements, the Contractor shall replace the same with appropriate Charger without affecting the commissioning schedule of the Sub-station, and without any extra cost to the owner. The Contractor shall present for inspection, the type and routine test certificates for the following components whenever required by the OWNER. (i) Switches. (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) Relays/MCCBs. Instruments. DC fuses. SCR. 143

i) ii) xxvii.

xxviii.

(vi)

Diodes.

(vii) Condensers. (viii) Potentiometers. (ix) (x) (xi) Semiconductor. Annunciator. Control wiring.

(xii) Push buttons for contactors. I. 1.0 1.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR D.C. DISTRIBUTION BOARD SCOPE This section of the specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at works, transport to site, insurance, erection and commissioning of D.C. Distribution Boards complete with all equipments and accessories as described below. CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES The D.C. Distribution Boards shall be indoor, floor mounting of self supporting, sheet metal clad, and cubicle type. The panels / boards shall be totally enclosed, dust tight and vermin proof. The boards shall have double leaf hinged doors at the back. All doors and covers shall be filled with rubber gaskets. The doors shall be provided with locks and duplicated keys. The boards shall be made of 3.0 mm. cold rolled sheet steel. All incoming and outgoing cables shall enter from bottom. Suitable cable terminal boards with cable lugs shall be provided inside each panel for incoming and outgoing cables. Suitable compression type cable glands shall provided to hold the cable so as to avoid any pressure or tension at the terminal board connection. The terminal boards shall be easily accessible for inspection and checking. AIR BREAK SWITCHES AND FUSES The series combination air break rotary switches and fuses shall conform to the provisions of IS 4064, IS 4047 and IS 2208. Fuses shall be HRC type. The rating of each unit shall be as specified later in this section. All switches shall be of rotary type double pole, double throw make before type with snap action and OFF position. BUS BARS The bus bars shall be of electrolytic copper of ample cross section. The bus bars shall be insulated from the structure by means of durable non-hygroscopic, noncombustible and non-tracking material.

2.0 2.1

2.2

3.0 3.1

3.2

4.0 4.1.

144

5.0 5.1.

TYPE OF D.C.DISTRIBUTION BOARD 110 Volts D.C. Distribution Board: The 110 volts D.C. distribution boards shall comprise the following :(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) One mains failure alarm relay. One earth fault alarm relay. One 110 volts D.C. bell to be operated by the mains failure alarm relay. One 110 volts D.C. buzzer to be operated by the earth fault alarm relay. One double pole Air-break Circuit Breaker of 100 Amp. Capacity with thermal overload tripping arrangement to act as incoming breaker of the load bus. One 0-150 volts D.C. moving coil voltmeter to measure the bus bar voltage. One pilot lamp to indicate D.C. ON conditions.

(viii) 250 volts, double pole, double throw make before break switch with HRC fuses of following ratings for outgoing feeders : (a) 30 Amps. (b) 15 Amps. (c) 10 Amps. (ix) (x) ------------------Two numbers. Four numbers. Eight numbers.

One terminal board/block for all feeder outlets including cable glands. A.C. / D.C. change over contacts Emergency Lighting Circuit shall be provided by the Contractor such that the lights normally burn on A.C. 240 Volts, 50 Hz but in case of failure of A.C. these come up on D.C. with the help of automatic change over contactors and again change over to A.C. with the restoration of A.C. supply. There shall be two numbers double pole ON/OFF switch with HRC fuses one each for A.C. and D.C.

6.0

Name Plate The equipments shall be provided with name plate covering, rating and other technical data and also name of the project shall be clearly mentioned TSECLDeposit work (Tripura Central University) .

J. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR L.T A.C. DISTRIBUTION BOARD 1.0 SCOPE This section of the specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at works, transport to site, insurance, storage, erection and commissioning of 415 Volts, A.C. 50 Hz A.C. Distribution Board complete with all equipments and accessories as described in subsequent clauses. 145

2.0 COSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES The L.T.A.C. panels shall be indoor, floor mounting, sheet metal clad type comprising of combination switch fuse units and busbar chambers and equipped with the circuits and equipments as specified later. The different circuits shall be mounted above and below the busbar chamber to form a suitable arrangement, except that the incomings will be located at the front and mounted below the busbar chambers. All equipments shall be suitable for the reception of the cables rising from the ground level. The switch boards shall be so designed as to be readily extensible. 3.0 COMBINATION SWITCH FUSE UNIT 3.1 Air-break switches shall be of double / triple pole rotary operated type and shall open and close with snap action. The fuses shall be of HRC type. The series combination air break rotary switches and HRC fuses shall conform to the provisions of latest issue of IS 4064, IS 4047 and IS-2208. 3.2 The air break switches and fuses shall be suitable for rated voltage of 415 volts A.C., 50 Hz. The rated current of each unit shall be as specified later. 4.0 BUS BARS The phase and neutral bus bars shall be of high conductivity (as per IS 5082) aluminum of adequate uniform cross section. The bus bars shall be insulated from the structure by means of durable non-hygroscopic, non-combustible and non-tracking materials. Bus bar joints shall be bolted type. The 415 Volts, L.T.A.C. switchgear shall have following circuits and equipment: a. INCOMING :- One number fitted with following : One 300 Amps. Triple and neutral switch fuse unit fitted with HRC fuses and cable glands suitable for 4 core PVC cable labelled Incoming . ii. One Voltmeter, 0-500 Volts. iii. One Ammeter, 0-500 Amps. iv. One KWH meter with connected CTs. b. OUTGOING :- Nos. 1 and 2 each comprising of: One 60 Amps. triple pole and neutral switch fuse unit fitted with 60 Amps. HRC fuses and complete with direct connected round protecting pattern ammeter, scaled 0-75 Amps. and cable gland suitable for 4 core PVC cable labelled as Transformer and Circuit Breaker Heaters . c. OUTGOING : Nos. 3 and 4 each comprising of : One 100 Amps, triple pole and neutral switch fuse unit, fitted with 100 Amps HRC fuses and cable gland suitable for 4 core PVC cable labeled as Spare and Filtration Sets . i.

146

d. OUTGOING : No. 5 comprising of One 60 Amps. Double pole switch fuse unit fitted with 20 Amps HRC fuses and cable gland suitable for 2 core PVC cable labelled as Carrier Telephone . e. OUTGOING :- Nos. 6,7 & 8 each comprising of : One 60 Amps D.P. switch fuse units, fitted with 15 Amps. and cable box suitable for 2 core PVC cable labeled as : No. 6 ----No. 7 ----No.8 ----Indoor lights & indicating lamps. Spare. Emergency lights.

f. OUTGOING :- Nos. 9.10 & 11 each comprising of : One 60 Amps. T.P. and neutral switch fuse units, fitted with 30 Amps, HRC fuses and cable box suitable for 4 core PVC cables labeled as : No. 9 ----No. 10 ----No. 11 ----Outdoor lights. Battery charger. Spare.

g. OUTGOING :- Nos. 12 and 13 each comprising of : One 60 Amps. T.P. and neutral switch fuse units fitted with 20 Amps. HRC fuses and cable box suitable for 4 core PVC cable labeled as : No. 12 ----- Water supply. No. 13 ----- Spare. h. OUTGOING :- No. 14 comprising of : One 60 Amps D.P. switch fuse unit fitted with 10 Amps HRC fuses and cable box suitable for 2 core PVC cable labeled as Station Power . 5.0 Name Plate The board shall be provided with nameplate covering all technical data and also name of the project shall be clearly mentioned TSECL-Deposit work (Tripura Central University). . K. 1.1 11 KV AIR BREAK SWITCH SCOPE This specification covers the Design, manufacture & testing at works and supply of air break isolators suitable for 11 KV system voltages. 1.2 SYSTEM VOLTAGES The system on which the isolators will be installed will be : 1) 11 KV 3 phase 50 Hz plus or minus 3% with solidly earthed neutral system. 147

1.3

APPLICABLE STANDARD Unless otherwise stipulated in this specification, the A.B. switches shall conform to IS: 9921 (Pt. I to IV) or its latest amendment. In case of difference, if any, between this specification and the IS: 9921, the provisions of ISS will hold good.

1.4 i) Current Carrying Capacity

The continuous current carrying capacity for the different system voltages shall be as under: System Voltage Current carrying capacity 11 KV 400 Amps.

ii) Rated short time current The rated short time current for 1 sec. shall be 16 KA. iii) Rated mainly active load breaking capacity: The rated mainly active load breaking capacity shall be 10A. iv) Rated transformer off-load breaking capacity: The rated transformer off-load breaking capacity shall be 6.3A (rms). v) Rated line-charging breaking capacity : The rated line-charging breaking capacity shall be 2.5A (rms). vi) Rated Cable charging Breaking Capacity : The rated cable charging breaking capacity shall be 10A (rms). 1.5 NUMBER OF POSTS Number of posts per phase for different system voltages shall be as under: 1) 11 KV three posts per phase. Each post having single insulator unit. 1.6 I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The A.B. switch shall be of outdoor type. They shall be of triple pole; gang operated type and shall be suitable for vertical installation. The A.B. switch should be with arcing horns. The sizes of rods used for arcing horns would be 8 mm. M.S. hot dip galvanized. The current carrying connectors should be of two-bolt type having nuts and bolts, with spring washer & plane washers. Connectors shall be of tinned copper. All ferrous parts shall be hot dip galvanized and copper parts heavily tinned. All current carrying parts should have current density less than 1.6 Amps/mm.sq. wherever not specified & the minimum cross section for fixed contact shall be 300 sq.mm. In case flexible copper breaded tape the weight of tape shall be not less than 47% grams/phase. All joints in current carrying path shall be of two bolt type. Each joint shall be provided with one plane and one spring washer on not less than 2 mm. thickness even it is not shown in the drawing.

148

II. POST INSULATORS Design and manufacture of post insulator should be such as avoid stress concentration due to direct engagement of the porcelain with the metal fittings and retention of water in it recesses of metal fittings. The post insulator unit shall be assembled in a suitable Jig, to ensure the correct positioning of the top and bottom metal fittings relative to one another. The faces of metal fittings shall be parallel and at right angle to the axis of insulator and corresponding holes on top and bottom metal fittings shall lie in a vertical plane containing the axis of the insulator. The cap and the pedestal must not become loose. The pedestal should be of malleable cast iron and cap should be of malleable cast iron or aluminum. The vertical alignment of post insulator must not vary after operations. The M.C.I./Al. Cap, the insulator and M.C.I. pedestal of post insulators shall bear the markings of original manufacturers like JSI, HTIF, BHEL, WSI, SIL etc. and their monograms. For any other equivalent make of post insulators, the bidders should submit the complete type test reports along with the offer for scrutiny and approval of the Board. However the post insulator used for A.B. switch shall be as per Boards choice. Each post insulator shall have minimum creepage of 320 mm. and should conform to the requirements of IS: 2544 of 1973. III. FIXED AND MOVABLE CONTACT SYSTEM The fixed & moving contacts material shall be electrolytic hard-drawn copper heavily tinned. The contact shall be of high pressure and self aligning type with positive wiping action and minimum contact pressure shall be lb. per Amp. of current carrying capacity. IV. MECHANICAL STRENGTH A.B. Switches shall withstand rated mechanical terminal load and electromagnetic forces without impairing their operational reliability or current carrying properties. V. SECURING POSITIONS Isolators inclusive of their operating mechanism should not come out of their open or closed positions by gravity, wind pressure, vibrations or reasonable shocks. Isolators shall be capable of resisting in closed position the dynamic and thermic effects of the maximum possible short circuit current at the installation point and should not open under the influence of short circuit current. VI. NAME PLATE Isolators shall be provided with a nameplate containing following information. a) b) c) d) e) Name of manufacturer. Order reference. Rated voltage - KV. Rated normal current in Amps. Rated one second short-time current in Amps. 149

Name of manufacturer should also be provided on the operating device. The nameplate should be riveted to the base channel at the centre of each pole and operating mechanism including parts. Sticker may be used for parts of operating mechanism. VII. PHASE TO PHASE CLEARANCE The phase to phase clearance shall be as under:System Voltage 11 KV 75 cm. VIII. ISOLATION DISTANCE The minimum distance between the fixed and the nearest part on the moving contact in the completely open position should not be less than the following for different system voltage. System Voltage Min. Isolating Distance

11 KV 31 cm. The withstand level across the break, shall be as specified under type test. IX. OPERATING MECHANISM This should comprise of B Class G.I. Operating pipe of 32 mm. outer diameter and 6 meter length in single piece without joint. The mechanism should give good mechanical leverage with minimum of loose/lost motion. There should be provision for pad-locking in both on and off position. 1.7 TESTING FACILITIES, TESTS & TEST CERTIFICATE The tenderer must clearly indicate what testing facilities are available in the works of manufacturers and whether the facilities are adequate to carry out all Routine, Acceptance as well as Type Tests. The facilities should be available to Boards engineers if deputed to carryout or witness the tests in the manufacturer s works. If any test can not be carried out at the manufacturer s works the reasons should be clearly stated. The A.B. Switch shall be tested in accordance with the procedures detailed in IS: 9921. 1.8 Routine Tests Every switch manufactured and to be supplied against the Corporations order will be subjected to routine test mentioned below: i) Power frequency voltage test (Dry) on isolators which are completely assembled at Manufacturer s works. The test should comply with the following : System Voltage: One minute Power Frequencies withstand voltage. To earth and between poles (Dry). 11 KV : 28 KV RMS as per ISI 9921. Measurement of resistance of the main circuit. This test should comply with clause No. 4.2 of IS: 9921 (Part-4). Tests to prove satisfactory operation. 150

ii) iii)

iv) v)

Manufacturers test certificate for Acceptance and Routine tests on post type insulators as per IS: 2544. Acceptance tests for complete Isolators : The following shall be acceptance tests for complete Isolators : a) b) c) d) e) f) Temperature rise test as per IS : 9921. Measurement of resistance of the Main Circuit. Power frequency voltage (Dry) test on Main circuit. Verification of dimensions. Mechanical test on post insulators as per latest recommendations in IS: 2544. Galvanizing test as per latest recommendations in IS: 2544.

The post insulator shall be inspected at the works of the original manufacturer of post insulators. The A.B. Switch shall be supplied duly assembled. 1.9 Type Tests The Contractor shall submit type test Certificate in accordance with IS: 9921 for test carried not older than 3 years. However, for guidance of the tenderer, different type tests are mentioned below. a) b) c) L. Temperature rise test. Measurement of Resistance of Main Circuit. Short Circuit current carrying capability for 1 second. The short time current rating for 1 second should be 16 KA.

STRUCTURAL STEEL: The steel for Conductor cross Arms and other requirement as specified in the schedule shall be M.S.Structural Steel conforming to IS: 2062 Gr ASK.

M. 3.1 3.2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF INSULATORS. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION General Requirements 3.2.1 All insulators for 11KV shall conform to Type B of latest version of IS: 731. Guy / strain insulators shall conform to designations A and C as per IS: 5300. 3.2.2 Pin insulator shall consist of a single piece of porcelain, intended to be mounted rigidly on a supporting structure by a pin, which passes up inside the insulator. The pin type insulator shall have a top groove and shall be threaded to take mild steel pins. The profile of threads shall be as per IS: 1445. 3.2.3 The strain insulators shall be of Ball and Socket type or as specified. 3.2.4 The string insulators shall only be of Ball and Socket type. 151

3.3

Materials 3.3.1 Porcelain The porcelain used in the manufacture of shells shall be sound, free from defects thoroughly vitrified and smoothly glazed. 3.3.2 Glaze The finished porcelain shall be glazed in brown colour. The glaze shall cover all exposed parts of the insulator and shall have a good lusture, smooth surface and good performance under the extreme weather conditions of a tropical climate. It shall not crack or chip by ageing under the normal service conditions. The glaze shall have the same co-efficient of expansion as of the porcelain body throughout the working temperature range. 3.3.3 Cement Cement used in the manufacture of the insulator shall not cause fracture by expansion or loosening by contraction. The cement shall not give rise to chemical reaction with metal fittings and its thickness shall be as small and uniform as possible. Proper care shall be taken to correctly centre and locate individual parts during cementing. 3.3.4 Creepage Distance Highest System Voltage KV 12

Heavily polluted atmosphere

Pin Insulator mm. 320

Strain Insulator mm. 430

3.4

Disc Insulators 3.4.1 Pin and Cap 3.4.2 Pins and Caps shall be made of drop forged steel and malleable cast iron/ spheroid graphite iron/drop forged steel respectively, duly hot dip galvanized and shall not be made by jointing, welding, shrink fitting or any other process from more than one piece of material. 3.4.3 Pin and Cap shall be designed to transmit the mechanical stresses to the shell by compression and develop uniform mechanical strength in the insulator. The cap shall be circular with the inner and outer surfaces concentric, of such design that it will not yield or distort under load conditions. 3.4.4 The pin ball shall move freely in the cap socket but without danger of accidental uncoupling during erection or in position. The design of the disc should be such that stresses due to expansion or contraction in any part of the insulator shall not lead to deterioration. 3.4.5 Security clip 3.4.6 Security clip for use with ball and socket coupling shall be of R-shaped hump type which shall provide positive locking of the coupling as per IS: 2486(Part-Ill)/ IEC:372. The legs of the security clips shall be spread after 152

installation to prevent complete withdrawal from the socket. The locking device should be resilient, corrosion resistant and of suitable mechanical strength. There shall be no risk of the locking device being displaced accidentally or being rotated when in position- under no circumstances shall locking device allow separation of insulator units or fittings. 3.4.7 Security clips shall be made of good quality stainless steel or phosphor bronze as per IS: 1385-1968. 2.5% extra Security clip shall be provided. 3.4.8 Parameters Disc Insulators Sl.No 1 2 3 4 11KV Ball & Socket. 255x145 70 KN 320

Description Type of Insulator Size of insulator units (mm.) Electromechanical Strength Creepage Distance of individual insulator units (Minimum and as required to meet total creepage distance) Markings Power frequency puncture withstand voltage

5 6

1.3 times the actual wet flash over voltage

Insulator String

Sl. No 1

Description Power frequency withstand voltage of the complete string (KV rms) Lightning impulse withstand voltage of string Total creepage distance of insulator string (mm.) Total no of discs per string

11KV

28 75 320 1

2 5 6

153

N. SPECIFICATION FOR 1.1 KV GRADE, ARMOURED, STRANDED COPPER, PVC INSULATED AND SHEATHED CONTROL CABLE 1.1 Scope:- This work covers supply , transportation , storing laying, termination , testing and commissioning of 2.5 sq.mm 1.1KV grade stranded copper PVC insulated and sheathed , armoured control cable of different cores as stipulated in the schedule of works conforming to ISS 1554 ( part I ) 1976 . 1.2 Installations: - All control cable shall be laid on cable supports of galvanized angle /M.S. channel from the wall of the cable channel to be executed by the successful bidder in the new bay of the switchyard. The top of the cable channel wherever necessary shall be covered by a precast RCC slab. The dimensions shall have to suit as per the site requirement. Each cable shall be provided with Aluminum tag bearing cable reference number as per the cable schedule to be prepared before laying by the bidder. Cable routing shall be done in such a way that all cables are accessible to maintenance and for easy identification. Cables are to be arranged neatly and properly dressed. Sharp bending of cables shall have to be avoided. Metal sheath/ Armour of the cable shall be bonded to the earthing system of the station. O. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 33 KV OUT DOOR VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER 1.1 SCOPE This specifications covers the design, engineering, manufacture, shop testing, transportation to site, installation, testing and commissioning of 33KV voltage level outdoor Vacuum Circuit Breaker complete with all accessories, special tools and spare parts as herein specified in detail. The bidder in the offer should include any other parts not specifically mentioned in this specification but otherwise required for proper functioning of the equipment. STANDARDS The design, manufacture and performance of all the equipment and material provided under these specifications shall generally conform to the following Indian Standards: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) (xii) IS-5 IS-375 IS-1248 IS-1554 IS-2147 IS-2705 IS-3156 IS-3231 IS-3842 IS-6005 IS-6867 IS-8686 - Colours For Ready Mixed Paints. - Marking And Arrangement For Switching, Bus-Bars, Main Connection & Auxiliary Wiring. - Indicating Instruments. - PVC Insulated Cables Upto And Including 1100 Volts. - Degree of Protection of Provided By Enclosures For LV Switchgear And Control Gear. - Current Transformers. - Voltage Transformers. - Electrical Relays For Power System Protection. - Application Guide For Protection Relays (Part I To Part VIII). - Code Of Practice For Phosphating Iron & Steel. - Control Switches. - Specification For Static Protection Relays. 154

1.2

(xiii) IS-13010 (xiv) IS-13118

- Energy Meters. - Vacuum Circuit Breaker.

Unless otherwise specified, all equipment and material shall conform to the latest applicable Indian Standards. Equipment complying with any other International Standards will also be considered if it ensures performance of equipment equal to or superior to Indian Standards. 1.3 33KV OUT DOOR VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER Vacuum circuit breaker, with three identical single pole units linked together for simultaneous operation, complete with supporting frames and tie-rods, conforming to IS: 13118 shall be offered. The interrupter of each phase shall be housed in separate porcelain insulator. The three identical poles shall be mounted on common base frame and the contact system of the three poles should be mechanically linked to provide three pole gang opening/closing for all type of faults. Vacuum circuit breakers shall be designed with low switching over voltage level and long switching life. The interrupter shall be leak free with a target value of vacuum life meeting the stipulations as specified in relevant Standards of specification of Electricity Rules.

i. Breaker Contacts Main contacts shall have ample area and contact pressure for carrying continuous rated and short circuit current without excessive temperature rise, which may cause pitting or wielding. ii. Operating Mechanism The breakers shall be provided with AC/DC motor operated spring charged mechanism. It shall be possible to charge the springs manually, if required. In case the limit switch fails to cut out the spring charging motor when the springs are fully charged, an annunciation for this shall be provided; Breakers shall be trip free and shall have an antipumping device. iii. Breaker Auxiliary Contacts The breakers shall have at least 10 normally open and 10 normally closed spare auxiliary contacts. All auxiliary contacts shall be wired to the terminal block. Auxiliary contacts and limit switches shall be in dust tight enclosures. The breaker shall be provided with closing solenoid/coil, tripping solenoid/coil and mechanical operation counter. Mechanical trip push buttons shall be provided for all breakers. Complete breaker assembly should have interchange- ability with identical rating of breaker. Each breaker shall be provided with an operation counter. iv. GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIRMENTS This section specifies the general requirement of the switchgear for outdoor 33 KV Sub-Stations. The details of the components of panels are given as under: One ammeter in each phase having accuracy of 1% or better of appropriate scale suitable for connection to CTs for incoming, outgoing feeders and station transformer.

155

The following meters shall be provided in addition to one indicated above. All indicating meters shall be of 1% accuracy or better. One volt meter of suitable range for operation with 110/3 V, PT secondary and volt meter selector switch marked with R-Y, Y-B, B-R and OFF position on 33 kV incoming panels on the transformer. One painted mimic bus equipped with symbols and indicators. The colour shall be as per IS specifications. One control switch for circuit breaker operation. Indication lamps for circuit breaker and isolator close & open position in red and green colour. Indication lamp for auto-trip in amber colour. Alarm and indication lamp for DC control supply failure of white in colour. Indication lamp blue colored for circuit breaker spring charged condition. Two O/C and one earth fault IDMTL (non-directional), electromechanical Relay and Differential Relay for Transformer panel on the 33 kV switchgear. The over current relays shall have high set instantaneous units also. Trip circuit healthy for ON/OFF position, using trip supervision relays. Test terminal block for testing of meters. Set of auxiliary relays and tripping relays required for completing the scheme and for interring tripping of 33 KV Transformer breakers with 11 KV side transformer breakers. Push buttons for alarm accept, auto trip alarm accept, auto trip reset & D.C. failure test etc. Necessary indicators for motor spring charging, breaker service/test etc. shall be provided. 230 Volt A.C. Operated spring charging motors for breaker closing shall be provided with necessary indicators. Trip coil supervision relay (pre closing and post closing). Any other indication, relay, alarm not indicated above, but required for completeness of scheme shall be provided. Note: Annunciation scheme for the board shall be approved during detailed engineering. v. Accessibility In case of outdoor switchgear, all the equipments shall be accessible easily from all sides and layout of the equipments shall be such that the T&P needed for carrying out maintenance shall have access to all equipments. Unused CT secondary terminals must be short-circuited. All terminals shall be covered with plastic covers to prevent accidental contact. vi. Bus bars Connections, Supports and Bus bar Sizing In case of outdoor switchgear, the strung conductor bus bar shall be erected. All bus bars, jumpers and droppers shall be so placed that the statutory clearances shall be maintained. The design of bus bar shall take care of the worst forces, which might occur including short circuit forces. vii. Power Connections In case of outdoor switchgear, all the connections shall be through aluminum conductor. All jumpers and droppers shall be so arranged so as to minimize the risk of fire and other accidents. viii. Auxiliary Wiring and Terminals 156

In case of outdoor switchgear, the necessary auxiliary wiring shall be done from each equipment to a common junction box. All interface connections between outdoor equipments and control panels in the control room shall be routed through the junction box and wiring shall be of 1.1 KV grade. 20 % spare terminal blocks shall be kept in the junction box. Each wire shall be identified at both the ends by correctly sized PVC ferrules. Shorting links shall be provided for all CT terminals. For CT circuits, 2.5 mm2 tinned copper conductor FRLS cables shall be used. All other control wiring shall be with 1.5 mm 2 copper conductor stranded (48 strands) cables. Control cables shall enter the switchgear from the bottom. It shall be possible to have the control cable entry from both the left and right side corners at the front portion of the switchgear without cutting any standard part of the switchgear. Cable lugs and requisite cable glands for these cables are also included in the scope of supply of the switchboard. The cable glands shall be compression type, supporting facilities shall be provided for clamping the control cables. All internal control wiring/inter panel wiring shall be taken through PVC sleeves or suitable grommets. All the CT terminals shall have socket type terminals, which can short and Isolate the CTs without disturbing the external CT leads. ix. Control and Indication Breaker tripping and closing devices offered shall be suitable for operation at 110 V DC, (or as existing at the Sub-station) 230V AC may be needed for feeding space heater, lamps & internal panel lighting and spring charging motor. Breaker/Isolators positions (ON/OFF, spring charged/test position/service position) shall be indicated mechanically. Electrical indications with colours as below shall also be provided. Breaker/Isolator ON/Closed Breaker/Isolator OFF/Open Breaker Auto Trip Trip ckt healthy DC fail Spring charge x. Red Lamp. Green Lamp. Amber Lamp. Yellow Lamp. White Lamp. Blue Lamp.

NAME PLATES A nameplate with the switchgear designation shall be fixed at the bottom of control panel of outdoor switchgear. A separate nameplate giving details shall be provided at front and rear of panel also. The nameplates should be bold and large in size especially at the rear. Nameplates shall be provided for each equipment mounted on the switchboard. Special warning plates shall be provided on all removable covers or doors giving access to high voltage cables/busbars. Special warning labels shall be provided inside the switchboard also, wherever considered necessary. Identification tags shall be provided inside the panels matching with those shown on the circuit diagram.

157

Engraved nameplates shall preferably be of 2-ply (Red-White-Red or Black-WhiteBlack) lamicold sheets or anodized aluminum. However, black-engraved Perspex sheet nameplates will also be acceptable. Engraving shall be done with square groove cutters. Hard paper nameplates will not be acceptable. Nameplates shall be fastened by Screws and not by adhesives. The label designation and size of the lettering on the labels shall be typically with letter height of 4mm. and lying 0.3 mm. thick shall be subjected to approval of the TSECL. Further the switchgear shall have inscription of TSECL-Deposit work (Tripura Central University) and Purchase order & date. xi. PAINTING All sheet steel work shall be phosphated in accordance with IS: 6005 Code of practice for phosphating iron and steel, through seven tank process. Oil, grease, dirt shall be thoroughly removed by emulsion cleaning. Rust and scale shall be removed by pickling with dilute acid followed by washing with running water, rinsing with slightly alkaline hot water and drying. After phosphating, thorough rinsing shall be carried out with clean water followed by final rinsing with dilute dichromate solution and oven drying. The phosphate coating shall be sealed with the application of two coats of ready mixed stoving type zinc chromate primer. The first coat may be air dried while the second coat shall be stove dried. After application of the primer, two coats of finishing synthetic enamel, paints shall be applied, each coat followed by stoving. The second finishing coat shall be applied after completion of tests. The colour for finishing paint shall be light grey as per shade no. 631 of IS: 5. Unless otherwise desired by the TSECL and the same shall be got confirmed from the owner before taking up painting. Each coat of primer and finishing paint shall be of slightly different shade to enable inspection of the painting. The finished painted surface of panels shall present aesthetically pleasing appearance free form dents and uneven surfaces. A small quantity (one litre per board) of finishing paint shall be supplied for minor touching up required at site after installation of the panel.

xii. SPACE HEATERS All junction boxes and cubicles shall be provided with space heaters to prevent moisture condensation and maintain cubical temperature 5oC above the ambient. The space heaters shall be located at the bottom of the panels and shall be controlled through a thermostat with an adjustable setting and a MCB. xiii. BASE FRAME For outdoor equipments, the base frame can be of pipe support or lattice structure. xiv. MIMIC DIAGRAM Painted mimic diagram shall be provided on panels. The width of the mimic bus shall preferably be 10 mm. for bus bars and 7 mm. for other connections. The colour scheme of the mimic diagram shall be got approved from the TSECL before taking up fabrication of panels. 158

xv. MEASURING INSTRUMENTS In case of outdoor switchgear, all measuring instruments shall be installed in the control room. The cabling from the individual equipment to the control room shall be routed through junction box. xvi. Ammeters, Voltmeters, KW, KVA, Power factor meters & KWH meter Ammeters & Voltmeters shall be of moving iron type, however for KW, KVA, P.F, these shall be of Electronic type. There shall be Static TRI-VECTOR meter for the purpose of Energy Parameters and all other related parameters as per relevant provisions of IS Specifications and as per engineering requirement. The accuracy class especially of KW and KWH meters shall be 0.5 as per IS: 1248. The range for the ratings for which instruments required shall be indicated in the bid. The meter should have provision to measure power factor of load. The KW meter shall be suitable to measure unbalanced loads on a 3 phase, 3-wire system, The KW and the voltmeter shall be suitable for operation on voltages given in the technical parameters. Test terminals blocks shall be provided so that the meters can be calibrated without disconnecting the CT/PT wires. xvii. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT (a) Auxiliary Contactors Auxiliary contactor shall generally be used for interlocking and multiplying contacts. Auxiliary contacts shall be capable of carrying the maximum estimated current. In any case their rating must not be less than 5A-for 230V A.C. at a power factor between 0.3 and 1, and 5A for 110V DC (Inductive load).

(b) Switches & Fuses Each control panel shall be provided with necessary arrangement for receiving, distribution & isolation of DC and AC supplies for various control, signaling, lighting and space heater circuits. The incoming and sub circuit shall be separately provided with the separate MCB. Selection of the main and sub circuit MCB rating shall be such as to ensure selective clearance of sub-circuit faults. Potential circuits for relaying and metering shall be protected by MCB. (c) Terminal Blocks Terminal blocks shall be 1100V, grade 10 Amps. rated, one piece moulded complete with insulated barriers stud type terminals, washers, nuts and lock nuts and identifications strips. Separate stud shall be provided for incoming and outgoing wires. Marking on the terminal strip shall correspond to wire number on the wiring diagrams. Terminal blocks for CT and PT secondary leads shall be provided with test links and isolating facilities providing additional terminal for each CT core shall also provide CT secondary leads with short-circuiting and earthing facilities. The terminal blocks shall have marking strips and all terminals shall be clearly marked with identifications numbers or letters to facilitate connection to the external wiring. At least 20% spare terminals shall be provided on each panel and these spare terminals shall be uniformly distributed on all terminal blocks. All spare contacts and terminals of the panel shall be wired to terminal blocks. Unless otherwise specified terminal blocks shall be suitable for connecting the following cables on each side: (a) All circuit except CT circuit of 1.5 mm. sq. copper stranded with not less than 48 strands. 159

(b) CT circuit-minimum of 2.5 mm.sq. copper. There shall be a minimum clearance of 250 mm. between the first row of terminal blocks and associated cable gland plate. Also the clearance between two rows of terminal blocks shall be a minimum of 150 mm. (d) Push Buttons Push button colours shall be as follows: Stop, Open, Emergency Red. Start-Close Green. Trip circuit Healthy check Black. Red push buttons shall be on the left side and Green push buttons on the right side. Push button ratings shall be 5A at 230V AC & 0.25 pf and 5A at 110V DC (Inductive Load). (e) Control switches All control switches shall be rotary, back connected type having a cam operated contact mechanism, and phosphorus bronze contacts shall be used on the control switches. Unless otherwise stated, circuit breaker control switches shall be 3-position spring return to neutral from both ON and OFF positions. They shall have Pistol Grip handle. Number of ways, locking system, lost motion device, if required etc. shall be shown on the relevant schematic drawings. Two Spare ways shall be provided on these switches. The voltmeter selector switch shall also have four positions. Three shall be used to measure phase to phase voltages and the fourth shall be OFF position. (f) Indicating Lamps Switchboard type low power consumption indicating lamps (LED type) shall be used. Indicating lamps shall be suitable for the voltage indicated in technical parameters. Lamps shall be provided with translucent lamp covers to diffuse light and duly tested for its rating. Bulbs and lenses shall be interchangeable and easily replaceable from the front of the panel. Tools if any required for replacing the bulbs and lenses shall supply with the panels and included in the scope of supply. (g) Annunciation System The annunciators of visual and audible type shall be provided on the panels to draw the attention of the operator to abnormal operating condition or the operation of some protective devices to indicate emergency and or warning situation. The annunciators shall be suitable for operation from DC specified. Annunciator shall be of facia type translucent plastic window for each alarm point. Annunciator facia plates shall be engraved in block lettering with respective alarm inscriptions which will be furnished to the tenderer by the purchaser. Alarm inscriptions shall be engraved on each window, in not more than 3 lines and the size of the lettering shall not be less than 5 mm. The annunciator shall be suitable for normally open fault contacts which shall close on a fault. However, where required some of the annunciator points shall be suitable for operation with normally closed fault contacts which open on a fault. It shall be possible to change the contact if required later. 160

Annunciators shall be compact self contained units with associated relays mounted behind the facia units. Alarm relays and facia units shall be interchangeable. Annunciator facia units shall be suitable for flush mounting on panels. Replacement of individual facia inscription plates and lamps shall be possible from the front of the panels without any special tools. One alarm buzzer and push buttons for sound cancel, acknowledge and test common to annunciators of all the panels shall be provided. Lamp test push buttons shall be provided on each panel. The annunciation scheme shall be provided for operation of the required number of signals simultaneously as required. Suitable monitoring of annunciation supply shall be incorporated with testing facility. Also monitoring of the annunciation supply failure circuit shall be provided with testing facility. Provision shall also be made to monitor the failure of associated annunciator relays. Trip and non-trip facia shall be differentiated. All the trip facia shall preferably have red colour and all non-trip facia shall have white colour. In case of static annunciator scheme, precaution shall be taken to ensure that spurious alarm conditions do not appear due to influence of external electromagnetic / electrostatic interference. Different annunciator window shall be provided with two lamps in parallel to provide safety against lamps failure. Lamp circuit shall include series resistor of adequate ratings. Sequences of operation of annunciator shall be as follows: Condition Normal Abnormal Sound Cancel Acknowledge Back to normal Lamp test Audible alarm Off On Off Off Off Off Visual alarm Off Flashing Flashing Steady on Off Steady on

(h) RELAYS All relays shall be mounted in a separate chamber & totally segregated from the high voltage chamber in case of metal clad switchgear panel. All relays shall be mounted at a convenient height preferable not exceeding 2000 mm. All relays shall conform to the requirement of IS: 3231 or equivalent. Relays shall be suitable for semi flush mounting with only flanges projection on the front with connections from the rear. Relays shall be rectangular in shape and have dust tight transparent covers removable from the front. All protective relays shall be in draw out cases or plug in type/modular cases with proper testing facilities. Necessary test plugs shall be provided and shall be supplied loose and included in scope of supply. Test plug and switches shall be located immediately below each relay for testing. Unless otherwise specified auxiliary relays and timers shall be supplied in non-draw out cases/plus type. All AC relays shall be suitable for operation on 50 cycles AC. Voltage operated relay shall be suitable for 110/ 3 Volts secondaries and auxiliary relays and timer shall be designed for 110V 161

DC and current operated relays 1A CT secondaries as specified in this specification. DC auxiliary relays and timer shall be designed for 110V DC and shall operate satisfactorily between 70% and 110% of the rated voltage. Voltage operated relays shall have adequate thermal capacity for continuous operation. Any other mounting arrangement can also be offered. All protective relays shall be provided with at east two pairs of potential free contacts. Auxiliary relays and timers shall have pairs of contacts as required to complete the scheme. Contacts shall be silver faced with spring action on the silver contact with wiping action. Relays cases shall have adequate no. of terminals for making potential free connections to the relay coils and contacts including spare contacts. Relay limitation on the use of available contacts of the relay due to inadequacy of terminals, paralleling of contacts, if any shall be done at the terminals on the casing of relay. All protective relays, trip relays and timer shall be provided with externally hand reset positive action operation indicators. Inscription of the operation indicator shall be subject to purchaser approval. Timer shall be electro magnetic/electronic/digital or software base. Pneumatic timers are not acceptable. No control relay shall trip the power circuit breaker when the relay is de-energised. Cooper slug on auxiliary relays may be used for obtaining short time delays. Use of external capacitor resistor combination is not preferred and shall be avoided. All relays shall be self reset type unless otherwise specified as electrically/hand-reset type in the respective cases. Provision shall be made for easy isolation of the trip circuit for each relay for the purpose of testing and maintenance. All relays shall withstand a voltage of 3.0 KV, 50 Hz voltages dry for one Minute. Auxiliary seal in units provided on the protective relays shall be shunt-reinforcement type. All protective relays and alarm relays shall be provided with extra contact wired to terminate exclusively for purchaser use. All devices required for correct operation of each relay shall be provided. The supplier shall ensure that all terminals and the contacts of the relays are readily brought out for connections as required in the final approval scheme. The type of the relay case size offered shall not create any restrictions on the availability of contact terminals for wiring connections. (i) PROTECTIVE SCHEME PERFORMANCE The protective devices shall be fast in operation so as to maintain system stability under fault conditions. The scheme shall provide suitable protection for line and individual equipment and ensure proper operation of the entire protective system as a co-ordinate unit. The various protective schemes shall be designed to isolate only the faulty circuit and to avoid indiscriminate tripping of healthy circuit. The scheme shall not be susceptible to incorrect operation as a result of a transient phenomenon, which may arise during disturbances in the system. The scheme shall provide for a reliable and high speed earth fault protection and the phase faults should also be cleared in the minimum possible time in order to minimize fault damage and maintain system stability.

162

(j) IDMT type over current protection The over current protection scheme shall use induction type relays with inverse definite minimum time characteristics and shall:(a) Be single pole or three poles type and suitable for 1 amp CT secondary having high set element for transformer incomer feeders. (b) Have IDMT characteristics with a definite minimum time of 3 seconds at 10 times setting. (c) Over current relay shall have a setting range of 50% to 200% of the rated current and the earth fault relay shall have a setting range of 20% to 80%. (d) Have a time setting multiplier with a continuously variable setting range of 0 to 1. (k) Static Differential Protection Relay for Power Transformer (Secondary CT Rating 1 Amp) (l) Trip Supervisions The trip circuit shall be supervised by means of relays. The scheme shall continuously monitor the trip circuit before closing and after closing of the breaker. The scheme shall detect (i) Failure of trip supply. (ii) Open circuit in the trip coil or trip circuit wiring and (iii) Failure of mechanism to complete the tripping operation. The required number of contacts for alarm bell and annunciation shall be provided. (m) Earthing (i) All panels shall be equipped with an earth bus securely fixed along inside base of the panel. The material and the size of the bus bar shall be at least 25x6 mm. copper strip when several panels are mounted adjoining each other. The earth bus bar shall also be suitable for connection to future adjoining panels on either side. Provisions shall be made on the earth bus bar on end panels for connecting purchaser s earthing grid. Necessary terminal clamps and connectors of adequate size and current carrying capacity for this purpose shall be included in the scope of supply. (ii) All outdoors switchgear s metallic bases shall be connected to the switchyard earthing through suitable size earthing strips. (iii) It should be possible to earth the connected cables by putting the VCB in the test position. (iv) All metallic cases of relays, instruments and other panels mounted equipment shall be connected to earth bus by independent copper wires of size not less than 2.5 sq. mm. The colour code of the earth wire shall be green. Earthing wire shall be connected on terminals with suitable clamp connectors and soldering shall not be permitted. The PT and CT secondary neutrals or common lead shall be earthed at one place only at the terminals blocks where they enter the panels. Such earthing shall be made through links so that earthing may be removed from one group without disturbing continuity of earth to other groups.

163

(n) TECHNICAL PARTICULARS 33 KV Switchgear Panels (i) (ii) Highest system voltage (KV) Basic Insulation level - Lightning Impulse withstand voltage (KVp) - Power Frequency 1 minute withstand voltage (KVrms) Frequency (Hz) Rated normal current (A) Rated short time current (KA) Rated & peak short time making current (KA) Degree of Protection Operating duty (O-0.3 Sec-CO-3 min-CO) 36 170 70 50 1000 25 62.5 IP 55

(iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) (xii) (xiii) (xiv) Note:

Anodised Aluminum Paint thickness Not less than 60 Micron Total break time for current upto the Not more than rated breaking current(in cycle) 3 cycles. Closing time Not more than 10 cycles Rated duration of short circuit current 3 sec. only

Number of Break per phase

Nameplate material

The above values are for standard altitude of 1000 m. If the equipment is used at higher altitude above values shall be increased as per IEC.

(o) TESTS The Contractor shall submit the type test reports of following type tests for approval of the TSECL for circuit breaker, circuit breaker panels. 1 Short circuit duty test on circuit breaker. 2 Short time withstand test- on circuit breaker. 3 Power frequency withstand test. 4 Lightning impulse withstand. 5 Temperature rise test on breaker and panel together for indoor panel. 6 Test to verify pressure relief devices operation of the panel. This shall be done on one indoor panel of each voltage class. 7 Switching over-voltage test on each rating of breaker 8 Measurement of resistance of main circuit. 9 Mechanical endurance test on breaker. 10 Mechanical operation test. 11 Test of degree of protection for enclosures. For all important components like instrument transformers, relays, instruments, switches, bushings, wires, insulators, timers, annunciations, terminal blocks and fuses etc. the contractor shall furnish satisfactory type test reports for TSECLs approval. Such reports 164

shall cover all applicable type tests listed in relevant Indian Standards, for all components of type and rating being supplied. (p) COMMISSIONING CHECKS/TESTS After installation of panels, power and Control wiring and connection, Contractor shall perform commissioning checks as listed below to proper operation of switchgear/panels and correctness of all respects. In addition the Contractor shall carry out all other checks and tests recommended by the manufacturers. i. General 1. Check nameplate details according to specification. 2. Check for physical damage 3. Check tightness of all bolts, clamps and connecting terminal 4. Check earth connections. 5. Check cleanliness of insulators and bushings. 6. Check heaters are provided. 7. Check all moving Parts are properly lubricated. 8. Check for alignment of bus bars with the insulators to ensure alignment and fitness of insulators. 9. Checks for inter changeability of breakers. 10. Check continuity and IR value of space heater. 11. Check earth continuity of the complete switchgear board. ii. 1. 2. 3. 4. Circuit Breaker Check alignment of trucks for free movement. Check correct operation of shutters. Check control wiring for correctness of connections, continuity and IR values. Manual operation of breakers completely assembled. Power closing/opening operation, manually and electrically at extreme condition of control supply voltage. Closing and tripping time. Trip free and anti-pumping operation. IR values, resistance and minimum pick up voltage of coils. Simultaneous closing of all the three phases. Check electrical and mechanical inter locks provided. Checks on spring charging motor, correct operation of limit switches and time of charging. Check vacuum (as applicable). All functional checks.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. iii. 1. 2. 3.

Current Transformers Megger between windings and winding terminals to body. Polarity tests. Ratio identification checking of all ratios on all cores by primary injection of current. 4. Magnetization characteristics & secondary winding resistance. 5. Spare CT cores, if any to be shorted and earthed.

165

iv.

1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Voltage Transformers Insulation resistance Ratio test on all cores. Polarity test Line connections as per connection diagram. Cubicle Wiring Check all switch developments. It should be ensured that the wiring is as per relevant drawings. All interconnections between panels shall similarly be checked. All the wires shall be meggered to earth. Functional checking of all control circuit e.g. closing, tripping, interlock, supervision and alarm circuit including proper functioning of component/ equipment . Check terminations and connections. To check wiring related to CT and PT circuits, carryout primary injection and then check for secondary value at relay and metering instrument terminals. Wire ducting. Gap sealing and cable bunching. Relays Check internal wiring. Megger all terminal body. Megger AC to DC terminals Check operating characteristics by secondary injection. Check minimum pick up voltage of DC coils. Check operation of electrical/ mechanical targets. Check CT connections with particular reference to their polarities for differential type relays. Relay settings. Meters Megger all insulated portions. Check CT & PT connections with particular reference to their polarities for power type meter. OF

v.

vi.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

vii.

(q) GURANTEED TECHNICAL AND OTHER PARTICULARS SWITCHGEAR (TO BE FILLD BY TENDERER) 33 KV VOLTAGE LEVEL OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR (Note: All technical particulars must be at the altitude of operation) 1. 1.1 1.2 36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL Tenderer s name and address: Manufacturer s name & address for i) Switchgear ii) Circuit Breakers iii) Current Transformers iv) Voltage Transformers 166 33 KV

1.

1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.

3.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33 KV 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL v) Relays vi) Instruments vii) D.C. Timers viii) Wires ix) Other accessories Tenderer s proposal no. & date: Name and address of Tenderer s representative from whom technical clarifications can be obtained: Altitude Operation Guaranteed delivery schedule: BUS-BARS i) Conductor material ii) Conductor cross-section iii) Bare/Painted/PVC sleeves/Epoxy encapsulated iv) Rated short time current and its duration v) One minute power frequency withstand voltage vi) Impulse withstand voltage vii) Rated continuous current at specified ambient temperature. viii) Maximum temperature rise over ambient temperature for current rating as per 3 (vii). ix) Minimum clearances in air a) Between phases b) Phases to earth x) Applicable standard xi) Calculation establishing adequacy of cross section and supports for short circuit and thermal currents. xii) Bus joints silver plated: Yes/No xiii) Material for phase barrier xiv) Material for busbar supports. xv) Voltage class of support and through bushing xvi) Standard to which busbar supports conforms CIRCUIT BREAKERS i) Type of circuit breaker ii) Rated voltage and frequency iii) Rated short time withstand current and its duration with breaker as housed in the panel. iv) Making current (Peak) 167

1.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33 KV 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL v) One minute power frequency withstand voltage vi) Impulse withstand voltage vii) Maximum temperature rise over ambient specified. viii) Interchangeability of similar equipment ix) Duty cycle x) Whether horizontal drawout Yes/No xi) Standard applicable xii) Whether anti pumping device Yes/No provided xiii) Whether control circuitry suitable for Yes No monitoring of closing and tripping circuit xiv) Maximum design voltage xv) a) Symmerical breaking capacity for various breakers (in KA) b) Asymmeterical breaking capacity for various breakers (in KA). xvi) a) Rated continuous current rating for various breakers & corresponding temperature b) Rated continuous current rating for various breakers at the specified ambient temperature. xvii) Number of breaks/phases xviii) Type of material of contacts: a) Main b) Arcing xix) Whether contacts silver are plated and thickness of plating xx) Whether breaker designed to close and latch on making or fitted with making current release? xxi) Whether trip free or fixed trip mechanically and electrically. xxii) Type of closing xxiii) Type of tripping xxiv) Normal voltage of a) Closing/tripping mechanism b) Spring charging motor. xxv) Allowable variation of voltage for above

168

1.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33 KV 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL xxvi) Power required at normal voltage for a) Trip coil b) Closing coil c) Spring charging motor xxvii) Weight of circuit breaker with arc extinguishing medium xxviii) Opening time in cycles xxix) Making time in cycles xxx) Opening time at: a) 10% of rated short circuit current. b) 50% of rated short circuit current. c) 100% of rated short circuit current. xxxi) Heat dissipation at normal current (KW) xxxii) Whether 12 Nos. adjustable (either in NO or NC ) auxiliary contacts over and above those required for breaker operation/annunciation have been provided or not. xxxiii) Current carrying capacity of auxiliary switches. xxxiv) No. of breaker operations necessary (before inspection and maintenance) of : a) Switching at rated load b) Faults of 100% capacity c) Faults of 50% capacity d) Making under fault conditions xxxv) Accessibility of line connection Front/rear xxxvi) Whether terminals suitable for XLPE Yes/No cable xxxvii) Minimum value of pick up current for a) Closing coil b) Tripping coil xxxviii) Schematic control diagram of circuit Yes/No breaker enclosed xxxix) Vacuum circuit breaker (make) a) Make of interrupter

169

1.

4.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL xxxx) Vacuum Breakers (Technical details) a) Pressure inside the interrupter b) Contact wear indication provided c) Mechanical facility for checking loss of vacuum provided d) Vacuum monitoring relay provided e) Adequate shielding against X-Ray radiations provided xxxxi) Switching over voltages generated by the circuit breakers with and without surge suppressors. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS i) Type ii) Manufacturer iii) Destination iii) Rated voltage and frequency iv) Rated short time current and its duration v) Dynamic current rating (Peak) vi) Rated primary current vii) Rated secondary current viii) No. of cores ix) Rated thermal primary current x) Ratio correction factor curve enclosed (Yes/No) a) Ratio & phase angle curve enclosed (Yes/No) b) Magnetisation curve enclosed (Yes/No) c) Reactive correction factor curve xi) One minute power frequency withstand voltage of primary and secondary winding(Dry & wet both) xii) Impulse withstand voltage xiii) Maximum temperature rise over ambient xiv) Class of insulation xv) Standard applicable xvi) Metering core(core-1) a) Ratios in line with BPS b) Rated VA burden c) Accuracy class d) Instrument security factor.

33 KV Mm Hg Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No

170

1.

7.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL xvii) Protection core(core-2) a) Ratios in line with b) Rated VA burden c) Accuracy class d) Accuracy limit factor xviii) Max CT secondary winding resistance at 750 C Core 1 Core 2 xix) Maxm. Excitation current Core 1 Core 2 Knee point voltage Core I Core II Secondary limiting voltage Core I Core II RELAYS (CURRENT/VOLTAGE RELAYS) i) Type ii) a) Rated current/voltage b) Current/voltage settings range in percentage of rated current voltage at taps provided c) Continuous rating d) Error on different setting e) Sensitivity iii) Resetting ratio iv) Rated short-time thermal current/voltage for 1 sec. at different taps. v) One minute power frequency withstands test voltage. vi) a) No. of type of contacts (normally closed or normally open) b) Rating of contacts vii) Operating time of instantaneous / current voltage relays. viii) Time settings of inverse or definite time current / voltage relays ix) Current time characteristics for inverse or definite time current voltage relays. x) Resetting time xi) Rated burden at lowest and highest settings

33 KV

171

1.

8.

9.

10.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33 KV 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL xii) Details of series or shunt seal in units if provided. xiii) Hand reset flag indicating provided or not xiv) Detailed literature furnished with reference xv) Details of testing facilities D.C. TIMERS i) Type ii) Rated operating voltage iii) Permissible operation voltage a) Minimum b) Maximum c) Error on the time to (iii) (a) (iii) (b) iv) Rated burden v) Setting range and taps vi) One minute power frequency withstand voltage vii) No. and type of contacts viii) Rating of contacts (current and voltage) ix) Detailed literature furnished with Yes/No reference x) Details of testing facilities provided. AUXILIARY RELAYS i) Type ii) Rated current/voltage and permissible variation iii) Rated burden iv) No. and type of contacts (whether NO or NC ) v) Rating of contacts vi) Total operating time of relays vii) One minute power frequency withstand voltage viii) Detailed literature furnished with Yes/No reference ix) Details of testing facilities provided. INDICATING LAMP i) Make ii) Type iii) Rated voltage iv) Rated power consumption (watts) v) Series resistor provided Yes/No

172

1. 11.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL

33 KV

INDICATING METERS
a) Ammeter i) Make ii) Type of movement iii) Size (square mm) iv) Scale size in degree v) Accuracy vi) Range offered in line with specification vii) VA burden viii) Applicable standard (b) Voltmeter i) Make ii) Type of movement iii) Size (square mm) iv) Scale size in degree v) Accuracy vi) Range offered in line with specification vii) VA burden viii) Applicable standard (c) MW-Meter i) Make ii) Type iii) Range iv) Detailed literature furnished Yes/No v) Standard to which it conform to vi) Rated current vii) Rated voltage and frequency viii) Draw out/non draw out ix) Class of accuracy x) Rated VA burden a) current coil VA b) voltage coil VA xi) Test plug/test blocks/testing terminals with links. (d) MVA-Meter i) Make ii) Type iii) Range iv) Detailed literature furnished Yes/No v) Standard to which it conform to vi) Rated current vii) Rated voltage and frequency viii) Draw out/non draw out 173

1.

12.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33 KV 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL ix) Class of accuracy x) Rated VA burden a) current coil VA b) voltage coil VA xi) Test plug/test blocks/testing terminals with links. (e) Power Factor Meter i) Make ii) Type iii) Range iv) Detailed literature furnished Yes/No v) Standard to which it conform to vi) Rated current vii) Rated voltage and frequency viii) Draw out/non draw out ix) Class of accuracy x) Rated VA burden a) current coil VA b) voltage coil VA xi) Test plug/test blocks/testing terminals with links. (f) Frequency Meter i) Make & type ii) Rating iii) Range iv) Scale v) Size

ENERGY METERS
i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi) Make Type Range Detailed literature furnished Yes/No Standard to which it conform to Rated current Rated voltage and frequency Drawout/non-drawout Class of accuracy Rated VA burden a) current coil VA b) voltage coil VA Test plug/test blocks/testing terminals with links.

13.

ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM
i) Size of facia 174

1.

14.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL ii) Background of facia iii) Number of window per facia iv) Size of each window v) Size of character on each window vi) Number of lines per window vii) Number of characters of above sizes that can be accommodated per line viii) Colour of characters on facia ix) Two lamps per facia provided. x) Test facility for annunciation system provided xi) The sequence of annunciation system type to be furnished

33 KV

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) Make Rated voltage Rated current Rupturing capacity Setting for short circuit Setting range for overload Operating time Number of auxiliary contacts Rating for auxiliary contacts Operating characteristics furnished

Yes/No

15.

CONTROL WIRING
i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) Material and size of conductor a) For CT circuit b) For other circuit Number of stranded in conductor Tinned/untinned Material of insulation and sheath Voltage grade of control wiring Colour coding of wires a) For AC metering circuit b) For DC control circuit c) AC auxiliary power circuit like panel space heater d) Earthing Numbered ferrules at both ends Yes/No Insulator sleeves provided at both ends Yes/No

vii) viii)

175

1.

36 KV OUTDOOR SWITCHGEAR FOR 33KV VOLTAGE LEVEL ix) Terminals Make Current rating Clamp type or bolt type Maximum conductor size and number of conductor which it can receive. Disconnecting type of CT circuit. Terminal making facility provided Crimp type connectors provided at the terminals Spare terminals

33 KV

Signature ____________________ Printed Name__________________ Date ____________________ Place _________________ 3.5 4.0 Designation ___________________ COMMON SEAL

5.0

6.0 6.1

6.2 6.3 6.4

6.5

Ball and Socket Designation The dimensions of the balls and sockets shall be of 16 mm. designation in accordance with the standard dimensions stated in IS: 2486 - (Part - II). Interchangeability The disc insulators inclusive of fittings shall be of standard design suitable for use with the hardware fittings of any make conforming to relevant Indian/International Standards. Maintenance The insulators offered shall be suitable for employment of hot line maintenance techniques so that the usual hot line operations can be carried out with ease, speed and safety. Workmanship All the material shall be of the latest design and conform to the best modern practices adopted in the distribution voltage field. Contractors shall offer only such insulators as are guaranteed by him to be satisfactory and suitable for specified voltage level lines and will give continued good service. The design, manufacturing process and material control at various stages shall be such as to give maximum working load, highest mobility, best resistance to corrosion, good finish and elimination of sharp edges and corners. The design of the insulators shall be such that stresses due to expansion and contraction in any part of the insulator shall not lead to deterioration. In disc insulators, metal caps shall be free from cracks, seams, shrinks, air holes, burrs and rough edges. All surfaces of the metal parts shall be perfectly smooth with no projecting points or irregularities. All load bearing surfaces shall be smooth and uniform so as to distribute the loading stresses uniformly. All ferrous parts shall be hot dip galvanized to give a minimum average coating of Zinc equivalent to 600 gm/sq.m. and shall be in accordance with the requirement of 176

6.6 6.7

6.8 7.0 7.1

7.2 8.0 8.1 8.2

8.3

IS:2629-1985 and shall satisfy the tests mentioned in IS:2633 1986. The zinc used for galvanizing shall be of Grade Zn 99.95 as per IS: 209-1979. The zinc coating shall be uniform, adherent, smooth, reasonably bright, continuous and free from imperfections such as flux, ash, rust stains, bulky white deposits and blisters. The galvanized metal parts shall be guaranteed to withstand at least six successive dips each lasting for one (1) minute duration under the standard preece test. Before ball fittings are galvanized, all die flashing on the shank surface of the ball shall be carefully removed without reducing the dimensions below the design requirements. In disc insulators, the design of the insulators shall be such that the shell shall not engage directly with hard metal. The design shall also be such that when units are coupled together there is no contact between the shell of one unit and metal of the next adjacent unit. The design of the shell ribs shall be such that the security clip of the insulator can be engaged and disengaged easily with hot stick without damaging the shell ribs. Insulator units after assembly shall be concentric and co-axial within limits as permitted by the relevant Indian Standards. Equipment Marking Each insulator shall be legibly and indelibly marked with the trademark of the manufacturer and month & year of manufacture. Additionally, TSECL-Deposit work (Tripura Central University) shall be marked on porcelain of each insulator. The guaranteed combined mechanical and electrical strength shall be indicated in Kilo Newton followed by the word KN to facilitate easy identification and to ensure proper use. The marking shall be on porcelain, and shall be printed, not impressed and shall be applied before firing. Bid Drawings The Bidder shall furnish full description and illustration of the material offered. The Bidder shall furnish along with the bid the outline drawing of each insulator unit including a cross sectional view of the insulator shell. The drawing shall include but not limited to the following information: Dimensions with manufacturing tolerances. Minimum Creepage distance with positive tolerance. Protected creepage distance. Eccentricity of the disc. (i) Axial run out. (ii) Radial run out. Unit mechanical and electrical characteristics Size and weight of Pin Ball Shank / ball and socket parts. Weight of unit insulator disc. Materials. Identification mark. Manufacturer' catalogue number. s After placement of award, the Contractor shall submit fully dimensioned insulator drawings containing all the details as given in above.

177

9.0 TESTS AND STANDARDS 9.1 Tests The following type, acceptance, routine tests and tests during manufacture shall be carried out on the insulator individually and along with hardware fittings. For the purpose of this clause: 9.1.1 Type tests shall mean those tests which are to be carried out to prove the design process of manufacture and general conformity of the material to this specification. These tests shall be carried out on samples prior to commencement of commercial production against the specification. The Bidder shall indicate this schedule for carrying out these tests in the activity schedule. 9.1.2 Acceptance tests shall mean those tests which are to be carried out on samples taken from each lot offered for pre-dispatch inspection for the purpose of acceptance of that lot. 9.1.3 Routine tests shall mean those tests, which are to be carried out on each insulator/hardware fitting to check requirements which are likely to vary during production. 9.1.4 Tests during manufacture shall mean those tests which are to be carried out during the process of manufacture and end inspection by the Supplier to ensure the desired quality of the end product to be supplied by him. 9.1.5 The norms and procedure of sampling for these tests will be as per the Quality Assurance Programme to be mutually agreed to by the Supplier and Owner. 9.1.6 The standards and norms to which these tests will be carried out are listed against them. Where a particular test is a specific requirement of this specification, the norms and procedure of these shall be as specified in Annexure-A of this Section or as mutually agreed to between the Supplier and the Owner in the Quality Assurance Programme. 9.1.7 For all types and acceptance tests, the acceptance values shall be the values guaranteed by the Bidder in the Guaranteed Technical Particulars of this proposal or the acceptance value specified in this specification whichever is more stringent for that particular test. 9.1.8 For all type and acceptance tests, the Bidder shall guarantee only minimum values in the Guaranteed Technical Particulars. Bidder shall be required to achieve the same or higher values, as guaranteed, during testing for all type and acceptance tests. 9.2 Type Tests The Contractor shall produce documents of following type tests not older than 3 years conducted on a suitable number of individual insulator unit, components, materials or complete strings as per requirement of TSECL: (a) Verification of dimensions. (b) Thermal mechanical performance test. (c) Power frequency voltage withstand and flashover test (i) dry (ii) wet. (d) Impulse voltage withstand and flashover test (dry). (e) Visible Discharge test (dry). (f) RIV test (dry). (g) Mechanical failing Load Test (for pin insulator only). (h) 24 hr mechanical strength test (for strain / string insulator only).

178

9.3

Acceptance Tests (a) Visual examination. (b) Verification of dimensions. (c) Temperature cycle test. (d) Galvanizing test. (e) Mechanical performance test. (f) Test on locking device for ball and socket coupling. (g) Eccentricity test. (h) Metallurgical Test. (i) Grain size ) ) (ii) Inclusion rating ) For Metal fittings ) only (iii) Chemical analysis ) (in Black condition) (iv) Microstructure ) (i) Mechanical Failing Load test (for Pin Insulator only). (j) Electro-mechanical strength test (for Strain Insulator only). (k) Porosity test. (l) Puncture test (for Strain Insulator only). Routine Tests (a) Visual Inspection. (b) Mechanical routine test (for Strain Insulator only). (c) Electrical routine test (for strain insulator only). Test Voltages 9.5.1 The test voltages of insulators shall be as under : Highest Visible Wet Power Power Frequency puncture System Discharge Frequency withstand test Voltage Test withstand Test Pin Insulator Strain/string Insulators KV (rms) 12 KV (rms) 9 KV (rms) 35 KV (rms) 110 KV (rms) 1.3 times the actual dry flash over voltage of the insulator

9.4

9.5

Impulse voltage withstand Test KV (rms) +(ve), Kvp=110 & -(ve), Kvp=115

9.5.2 For guy strain insulators, test voltages shall be: 9.5.3 9.6 The withstand and flashover voltages are referred to the Reference Atmospheric Conditions as per Indian Standards.

Failing Load 9.6.1 Mechanical Failing Load (For Pin Insulators only) The insulators shall be suitable for a minimum failing load of 10 KN (for 11KV) applied in transverse direction. 9.6.2 Electro-Mechanical Failing Load (For String Insulator Units) The insulators shall be suitable for a minimum failing load of 70 KN for 33 KV Lines applied axially. 179

9.7

Testing Expenses 9.7.1 Testing charges for the Routine / type test specified and as the case may be shall be included in the bid price and no separate payment shall be made in this account. 9.7.2 In case of failure of any type test, the Contractor is either required to modify design of the material and successfully carryout all the type tests as has been detailed out in this specification or to repeat that particular type test at least three times successfully at his own expenses. 9.7.3 Contractor shall indicate the laboratories in which they propose to conduct the type tests. They shall ensure that adequate facilities are available in the laboratory and the tests can be completed in these laboratories within the time schedule guaranteed by them in the appropriate schedule. 9.7.4 The entire cost of testing for acceptance and routine tests and tests during manufacture specified herein shall be treated as included in the quoted Ex-works Price. 9.7.5 In case of failure in any type test, if repeat type tests are required to be conducted, then all the expenses for deputation of Inspector / Owner' s representative shall be deducted from the contract price. Also if on receipt of the Contractor' notice of testing, the Owner' representative does s s not find ' PLANT' be ready for testing the expenses incurred by the Owner to for re-deputation shall be deducted from contract price. 9.7.6 The Contractor shall intimate the Owner about carrying out of the type tests along with detailed testing programme at least 3 weeks in advance of the scheduled date of testing during which the Owner will arrange to depute his representative to be present at the time of carrying out the tests. Schedule of Testing and Additional Tests 9.8.1 The Bidder has to indicate the schedule of following activities in their bids (a) Submission of drawings for approval. (b) Submission of Quality Assurance programme for approval. (c) Offering of material for sample selection for type tests. (d) Additional Tests 9.8.2 The Owner reserves the right of having at his own expense any other test(s) of reasonable nature carried out at Contractor s premises, at site, or in any other place in addition to the aforesaid type, acceptance and routine tests to satisfy himself that the material comply with the Specifications. 9.8.3 The Owner also reserves the right to conduct all the tests mentioned in this specification at his own expense on the samples drawn from the site at Contractor s premises or at any other test centre. In case of evidence of non compliance, it shall be binding on the part of the Contractor to prove the compliance of the items to the technical specifications by repeat tests or correction of deficiencies, or replacement of defective items, all without any extra cost to the Owner. Co-ordination for testing The Contractor shall have to co-ordinate testing of insulators with hardware fittings to be supplied by other Contractor and shall have to also guarantee overall satisfactory performance of the insulators with the hardware fittings. 180

9.8

9.9

9.10 Guarantee The Contractor of insulators shall guarantee overall satisfactory performance of the insulators with the hardware fittings. 9.11 Test Reports 9.11.1 Copies of test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6) copies along with one original. One copy shall be returned duly certified by the Owner only after which the commercial production of the concerned material shall start. 9.11.2 Copies of acceptance test reports shall be furnished in at least six (6) copies. One copy shall be returned duly certified by the Owner, only after which the material shall be dispatched. 9.11.3 Record of routine test reports shall be maintained by the Contractor at his works for periodic inspection by the Owner s representative. 9.11.4 Test certificates of test during manufacture shall be maintained by the Contractor. These shall be produced for verification as and when desired by the Owner. 9.12 Inspection 9.12.1 TSECL s representative shall at all times be entitled to have access to the works and all places of manufacture, where insulator, and its component parts shall be manufactured and the representatives shall have full facilities for unrestricted inspection of the Contractor s and sub-Contractor s works, raw materials, manufacture of the material and for conducting necessary test as detailed herein. 9.12.2 The material for final inspection shall be offered by the Contractor only under packed condition as detailed in the specification. The TSECL s representative shall select samples at random from the packed lot for carrying out acceptance tests. Insulators shall normally be offered for inspection in lots. The lot should be homogeneous and should contain insulators manufactured in the span of not more than 3-4 consecutive weeks. 9.12.3 The Contractor shall keep the TSECL/Owner informed in advance of the time of starting and the progress of manufacture of material in their various stages so that arrangements could be made for inspection. 9.12.4 No material shall be dispatched from its point of manufacture before it has been satisfactorily inspected and tested unless the inspection is waived off by the Owner in writing. In the latter case also the material shall be dispatched only after satisfactory testing for all tests specified herein have been completed. 9.12.5 The acceptance of any quantity of material shall be no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for meeting all the requirements of the specification and shall not prevent subsequent rejection, if such material are later found to be defective. 9.13 Packing and Marking 9.13.1 All insulators shall be packed in strong seasoned wooden crates. The gross weight of the crates along with the material shall not normally exceed 200 Kg to avoid handling problem. For marine transportation, crates shall be paletted. 9.13.2 The packing shall be of sufficient strength to withstand rough handling during transit, storage at site and subsequent handling in the field. 181

9.13.3 9.13.4

Suitable cushioning, protective padding, or dunnage or spacers shall be provided to prevent damage or deformation during transit and handling. Insulator: Brown glazed porcelain disc insulator (B & S type) for 11 KV system (45 KN) & 33 KV system (70 KN) with porcelain complete with cap, ball and "W clip conforming to IS: 731-1971 or as amended latest.

P.

Tension Clamp: Single insulator tension fittings (Ball & socket type) for 11 KV disc insulator 70 KN to accommodate ACSR conductor (DOG) or AASC (DOG equivalent) as per specification, drawing and conforming to relevant IS. All M.S. nuts, bolts etc. shall conform to IS: 1363 / 1960 or relevant IS applicable. Danger notice board sizes 250 X 200 mm. from mild steel sheet 1.66 mm. thick and vitreous enameled white with letters / figures (both in English & Bengali) and the conventional skull and bones in single red colors (IS: 5 / 1961). The corners of the plates should be rounded off. The danger plates should be as per IS: 2551 / 1963. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PVC INSULATED LT POWER CABLE. PVC Insulated Aluminum Conductor as specified in the BIDDING SCHEDULE shall be of Single Core (1Core) 1100 Volts grade and as per IS: 1554(Part-I)1988. The various electrical properties of such CABLES are specified below: Short Circuit rating of cable for 1 sec. (KA) 70 0.443 0.104 1.14 5.322 95 0.320 0.101 1.17 7.223 120 0.253 0.0956 1.30 9.124 185 0.164 0.0919 1.33 14.07 240 0.125 0.0899 1.40 18.25 Routine Tests of cables shall have to be conducted at manufacturers works as per provisions of the relevant ISS. Nominal Conductor area. Sq.mm. DC Resistance of conductor at 20 degree Centigrade (Ohm/Km.) Reactance Of cable at 50 Hz. (Ohm/Km.) Capacitance Of cable. (Microfarad/K m.)

Q. R.

S.

T.

1.1

1.2

Structure, Insulators and Other Sundry Materials: Scope: This work shall be on turn key nature, as such while quoting rates Contractor should take in to account all sorts of auxiliary materials required for erection and commissioning of the transformer and other equipments. Structure: The steel for structures for Substation Gantry towers, Shielding Tower, Equipment Support and Post Insulator etc. shall conform to IS: 2062 and galvanizing shall be made as per IS: 2633 / 1972, 6745 / 1972 and 4759 / 1968. The Contractor shall furnish necessary design, drawing and bill of materials. The structure shall be completed with GI nuts, bolts, washer and striper bolts etc. Testing shall be done as per IS: 2633 / 1972. 182

1.3

Post Insulators: The post insulators shall be of out door type and shall conform to IS: 2544 / 1963. The minimum power frequency and impulse withstand value shall be as follows: i. Rated voltage : - 36 KV. ii. Dry one minute power frequency withstand value : - 95 KV. iii. Wet one minute power frequency withstand value : - 75 KV. iv. Impulse voltage withstands value 270 KV. The minimum creepage distance for 33 KV insulators shall be 550 mm. The insulators are subjected to routine, type and sample tests. Hardware of Insulators: The insulators shall be provided with clamp of suitable size for connection of ACSRDOG / AASC (DOG equivalent) conductor including necessary nuts, bolts and washers etc. All nuts, bolts and washers shall be galvanized steel in accordance with IS: 2633 / 1964. Busbar & Busbar materials: The contractor shall quote the unit rate for each of the individual Busbar materials i.e. (i) Conductor (ACSR DOG), (ii) 7/ 3.15 mm. earth wire, (iii) Post insulators, (iv) Disc insulators, (v) T-connectors, (vi) Bi-metallic clamp etc. as indicated in the work schedule & as required for total completion of the work. 11 KV INDOOR VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (INCOMER): Scope: The specification covers 3 pole, 50 HZ, type 11 KV, 350 MVA rupturing capacity 800A rated current, vacuum circuit breaker having motor operated spring charging mechanism and electrical as well as Manual closing facility for indoor installation including all meters such as Ammeter, Voltmeter, Static KWH meter and relays. Alarm arranges should be provided for fault trip.

1.4

1.5

U. 1.1

1.2

Standard: The circuit breaker shall comply with the following Indian standard as amended from time to time. IS: 13118 (Vacuum Circuit Breaker). IS: 3156 (Voltage Transformer). IS: 2785 (Current Transformer). Rated Voltage: Rated voltage for the circuit breakers shall be 12 KV. This represents the highest system voltage corresponding to the nominal system voltage of 11 KV. Rated Current: Rated current of the equipment shall be 800A. Rated Short Circuit Current: The R.M.S. value of the over current component of the short circuit breaking current shall be 12.5 KA (350 MVA approximately). 183

1.3

1.4 1.5

1.6

Incoming Panel: The incoming breaker panel shall be provided with: i) 1 no. 3-phase potential transformer of ratio 11000/ 3 / 110/ 3 Volt with suitable burden. The test shall be conformed in relevant IS: 3156 (Part I)/1978. ii) Current transformer of ratio 300-150/1-1-0.577 A with suitable VA burden and class of accuracy shall be installed for metering, protection and differential relay. The test shall conform as per relevant IS: 2705 (P I) / 1981 or amended latest. iii) 3(three) nos. Ammeter (144 X 144 mm.) range 0 500 Amp. iv) Voltmeter with selector switch of size (144 X 144 mm.), range 0 12 KV. v) C.T. operated 3-Ph. Static KWH meter of suitable accuracy. vi) Relay: a) Over current = 2 nos. & Earth fault combined relay = 1 no. b) Differential relay = 1 no. c) Auxiliary relays to suit the purpose. d) Master trip relay. Guaranteed Technical Particulars: The tenderer shall submit guaranteed technical particulars along with their bid.\

1.7

V. 1.1

11 KV VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (OUTGOING)): Scope: This specification covers supply and installation of 3 pole, 50 HZ type 11 KV, 250 MVA rupturing capacity, 630A rated current Vacuum Circuit Breaker having, motor operated spring charging mechanism and electrical as well as Manual closing facility for indoor installation including all necessary instruments such as CT, Ammeter, Voltmeter & static KWH meters and relays as follows. i) ii) iii) 2 Core CT of ratio 100 / 1-1 A of suitable VA burden and class accuracy. 3 (three) nos. Ammeter of size (144 X 144 mm.) of range 0 100 Amp. shall be fitted with each panel. Relay: a) Over current = 2 nos. & earth fault = 1 no. combined relay. b) Auxiliary relays to suit the purpose. c) C.T. operated static KWH meter = 1 (one) no. each per panel.

1.2 1.3

Standards: The VCB shall comply with IS: 2316 as amended up to date. Ratings: The VCB shall comply with the following requirements: i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. Nominal system voltage Maximum system voltage Rated current Rupturing capacity Rated short time current Frequency 184 : - 11 KV : - 12 KV : - 630 A. : - 250 MVA : - 12.5 KA for 1 Sec. : - 50 HZ.

1.4 W. 1.1

Guaranteed Technical Particulars: The tenderer shall submit guaranteed technical particulars along with their bid. Earthing System: The earthing of the Sub-station Switchyard shall form an earth mat to achieve resistance of 1.50 . There shall be sufficient numbers of risers for connection to different equipments, structures, fencing etc. The tenderer shall supply all the materials such as: i. 50 X 6 mm. G.I. flat. ii. Perforated 40 mm. dia. Hot Dip G.I. pipe of length 3.0 mtr. each. All joints of G.I. flat shall be welded. The earthing shall be done as per IS: 3043 / 1966. iii. Minimum no. of earth pit will be 12 (twelve) nos. and minimum G.I. flat run for underground earth mat will be as per final layout of the Sub-station. Tenderer shall quote unit rate for each of the said items. CONTROL CABLE The control cables shall conform to IS: 1554 (Part-I) / 1976. All control cables shall be of copper and armored type. The tenderer(s) may furnish cable schedule after finalization of Sub-station lay out, associated cable connector shall be of latest IS specification. The control cable shall be of stranded type. FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENTS: The following fire fighting equipments shall be supplied with wooden stand / suitable fitting arrangement. i. CO2 type fire extinguisher 5 (five) Kg. capacity : - 4 nos. ii. G. I. bucket (15 Kg. capacity) : - 4 nos. iii. ABC Powder fire extinguisher with Mono ammonium phosphate . a) 5 Kg 2 Nos. b) 2 Kg. 2 Nos.

X.

Y.

SAFETY CHART / MATERIALS: i) Shock treatment Chart duly laminated and fitted in a frame:- 2 Nos. (One in English and one in Bengali). ii) Artificial Respirator : - 2 Nos. iii) Rubber insulating mat (1 mtr. X 2 mtr. X 12.5 mm.) : - 3 Nos. iv) First Aid Box : - 2 Nos. 11 KV BUSBAR OUTDOOR TYPE: i. The existing 11 KV outdoor Busbar (for termination of Feeders) requires Renovation. The work mainly includes providing of at least 4 nos. 11 KV by-pass arrangements for 5 nos. 11 KV Feeders with reorientation of existing Bus-Bar Structure including supply of Steel Sections as per site requirement, replacement of Conductor, Installation of 11 KV L.A., 11 KV, 45 KN Ball & Socket type Disc Insulators with fittings, 11 KV G.O. Switch etc. including supply of materials. The Schedule of work has considered all the requirements including painting of entire 11 KV Busbar structure. The work may require grouting / re-grouting of Steel Tubular Poles of the 11 KV existing Gantry Structure However, anything required beyond the scope 185

Z.

considered in the schedule shall be done by the contractor for successful completion of the work. AA. STEEL MATERIALS FOR 11 KV BUS This scope covers supply, fabrication and erection of SAIL / TISCO / IISCO make 100 X 50 X 50 X 6 mm. / 75 X 40 X 6 mm. M.S. channel, 65 X 65 X 6 mm. / 50 X 50 X 6 mm. angle and 50 X 6 mm. M.S. flat as per renovation requirement of the 11 KV bus approved by the owner. TENSION CLAMP: Single insulator tension fittings (Ball & socket type) for 11 KV 70 KN disc insulator to accommodate ACSR conductor (DOG) in the 33 KV Switchyard Bus as per specification, drawing and conforming to relevant IS. ACSR DOG (Steel-7/1.57, Aluminium-6/4.72), RABBIT (6 / 1 / 3.35 mm.), / AASC (DOG Equivalent)/ 7/4.26 mm. The Conductor (ACSR/AASC) shall be subjected to all routine tests as per relevant ISS at the MANUFACTURERS WORKS. EARTHING: The earthing shall be done as per IS: 3043 / 1966 Sub-Clause 7.1. The earthing shall be done with single piece galvanized pipe of dia 40 mm. and length not less than 3.00 mtrs. as per drawing & design of REC as may be had from the concerned Division Office. by the Contractor. EE. FF. All nuts, bolts etc. shall conform to IS: 1363 / 1960. Danger notice board of sizes 250 X 200 mm. from mild steel sheet 1.66 mm thick and vitreous enameled white with letters / figures (both in English & Bengali) and the conventional skull and bones in single red colors (IS: 5 / 1961). The corners of the plates should be rounded off. The danger plates should be as per IS: 2551/1963. SWITCHYARD LIGHTING: Scope of this work covers supply, installation & commissioning of of 250 Watt, 230 Volt HPSV Lamp complete with supply & Erection of G.I. Bracket / Support, 40 mm. dia. G.I. bracket, switchgears, wiring etc.as per requirement and direction of the Engineer-In-charge. The length and diameter of bottom section of the 3.0 Mtr. G.I. Support will be 1.0 Mtr. and 40 mm. respectively while same for top section of the G.I. support will be 2.0 Mtr. and 40 mm. respectively. In case above proposed arrangement does not work in site then the Lamp fittings shall be on 7.5 meter long G.I.Pipe Support. The length and diameter of bottom section of the 7.5 Mtr. G.I. Support will be 4.5 Mtr. and 63 mm. respectively while same for top section of the G.I. support will be 3.0 Mtr. and 40 mm. respectively. Then the G.I. supports shall be grouted in cement concrete. The Contractor may quote rates accordingly after site verification.

BB.

CC.

DD.

GG.

186

HH. 1.0

OUTDOOR TYPE THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER (100 KVA) SCOPE

11KV/433-250V

DISTRIBUTION

This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at works, supply/ delivery & transportation of oil immersed, naturally cooled, three-phase, 50 Hz, natural cooled double-wound, outdoor type Distribution Transformers of capacities 100 KVA F.O.R. TCU Agartala. The specification covers oil immersed, naturally air cooled (type ONAN), outdoor type, three phases, 50 Hz, 11/.433 KV step down distribution transformers of capacities 100 KVA. 1.1 TYPE i. The transformers shall be double wound, three phase, oil immersed, oil natural air natural cooled (type ' ONAN' core type suitable for outdoor installation ), and shall be insulated with DPC insulation on HV & LV windings. Insulation should be of temperature class as per the temperature rise stipulated in this specification. ii. 1.2 The neutral point of the secondary (LV winding) is intended for solidly earthed system and should be brought out to a separate insulated terminal.

STANDARD RATINGS Primary voltage - 11 KV Secondary voltage - 0.433 KV The windings of the transformers shall be connected in delta on primary side and star on the secondary side. The neutral of the L T winding shall be brought out to a separate terminal. The vector group shall be Dy-11.

2.0

STANDARDS The transformer / materials shall conform in all respect to the relevant Indian/International Standard Specification, with latest amendments thereof; some of them are listed below: Indian Standard International & Title Internationally recognized standard Specification for Power Transformer/ IEC- 76 Distribution Transformers.

IS-2026:1977-81 IS1866/10593/9 434/6792/2362 & other relevant IS. IS- 335/1983 Specification for Oil IS-3639:1968 IS-2099:1986

BS 148

Fittings & Accessories for Power ASTM D-1275 transformer High Voltage Porcelain Bushings 187

IS- 7421-1988 IS-3347 IS-12444

Low Voltage Porcelain Bushings Dimensions for Outdoor Bushings Specification for Copper wire rods Specification for Aluminum wire rods

IS-5484
IS-5/1961,No. 632 IS-6600/1972

DIN 42531 to 33 ASTM B-49 ASTM B-233

REC Specification 39, 1993 CBI&P Manual on transformer Publication, No.275 3.0 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS:

Specification for colours for ready mixed paints Guide for loading of oil immersed Transformers D-1473, D-1533-1934 ASTM D-1275 IEC 296-1969

The Distribution Transformers to be supplied against this Specification shall be suitable for satisfactory continuous operation under the following climatic conditions as per IS:2026 (Part - I) or latest revision. i. ii. iii. iv. 4.0 Location: Max. ambient air temperature (Deg0 C): Maximum relative humidity Max. Altitude above mean sea level(Meters): At various locations in Tripura. 500C 95% (sometime approaches Saturation point) 1000 M.

TEMPERATURE RISE: Temperature rise for top oil over an ambient of 50 C should be 450C max. (Measured by thermometer as per IS-2026).Temperature rise for windings over an ambient of 50 C should be 50 C max (measured by resistance in accordance with IS:2026)

5.0

NO LOAD VOLTAGE RATING: The No Load Voltage ratio shall be 11000/433-250 Volts for all capacities.

6.0

Taps No tapings shall be provided for transformers of 100 KVA ratings.

188

7.0 7.1

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION Core:

7.1.1 Material:- CRGO Sheet 7.1.2 The core shall be of high grade cold rolled grain oriented annealed steel laminations having low loss and good grain properties, coated with hot oil proof insulation, bolted together and to the frames firmly to prevent vibration or noise. All core clamping bolts shall be effectively insulated by zinc chromate and paper. The complete design of core must ensure permanency of the core losses with continuous working of the transformers. The value of the flux density allowed in the design and grade of lamination used shall be clearly stated in the offer. 7.1.3 The transformer core shall not be saturated for any value of V/f ratio to the extent of 112.5% of the rated value of V/f ratio (i.e. 11 KV/50 due to combined effect of voltage and frequency) upto 112.5% on any tapping without injurious heating at full load condition and will not get saturated. The supplier shall furnish necessary design data in support of this situation 7.1.4 Flux Density- Flux density at rated voltage and frequency shall not exceed 1.55 Webers per sq. meter. No load current at rated voltage and at 112.5% of rated voltage shall not exceed the values given below: KVA Rating 100 Percentage of rated full load current At 100 % rated voltage At 112.5 % rated voltage 2.5 5

Test for magnetic balance by connecting the LV phase by phase to rated phase voltage and measurement of an, bn, cn voltages will be carried out. 7.1.5 Details of Core Particulars i) ii) iii) _ iv) v No.of steps(min) Diameter of core (min) mm Effective core area mm2 Core clamping a)Channel size b)Bolt dia mm/Nos Tie bolts Rating in KVA 100 5 115 92 ------------12mm/2Nos 75 x 40mm high tensile bolts shall be used in parallel. ----4 Nos 12mm dia M.S. Rod.

i) Rods to be painted with zinc chromate and effectively insulated. ii) Top & bottom yoke should be constructed in single piece of CRGO laminations.

189

iii) The top yoke channels to be reinforced by MS Flat of 50x6 mm at equal distance if holes cutting are done for L T leads so as to avoid bending of channel. iv) Core Base and bottom yoke shall be supported with 75mmx40mm MS channel properly bolted together. In no case, Flat or cut channels shall be accepted. v) All channels, top and bottom yoke Nut Bolts; Tie rods shall be painted with oil and corrosion resistant paint before use. vi) Core should be properly earthed through copper strip. One end of copper strip should be inserted deeply into core laminations and other end bolted with the core clamping channel. 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 Windings: Materials---Double paper covered Aluminum Conductor shall be used for ratings of 100 KV A. Current Density for HV & LV should not be more than 2.8 A/mm2 for copper and 1.6 Ampere per mm2 for Aluminum Conductor. Cross section - shall not be less than:Sl.No 1 Rating in KVA 100 CROSS-SECTION in mm2 not less than HV LV 2.27 86.00

NOTE: LV Winding shall be in even layers so that the neutral formation will be at top. 7.3 Losses and Impedance: The losses and impedance for various ratings of transformers should be as shown below and shall be calculated at 75 degrees C as per limits specified. For transformers upto 100 KVA, no tolerance shall be permissible on NO load, load losses & % impedance. Sl.No 1 7.4 7.4.1 Rating in KVA 100 No. load loss(Watts) 260 Load Impedence loss(Watts)at750C (%) 1760 4.5

Insulation material and Clearance: Materials: Electrical grade insulating craft paper of Trivenil/Ballarpur or equivalent make subject to approval of the purchaser. Press board of Senapaty, Whitelay or Raman make or equivalent subject to approval of purchaser. Permawood or Haldiwood blocks shall be used for top and bottom yoke insulation. Radial clearance of LV coil to core (bare conductor) shall not be less than: 1. 100 KVA 4.0 mm 190

7.4.2

7.4.3 7.4.4

Radial clearance between HV & LV shall not be less than 10 mm for ratings upto 100 KV A. Phase to phase clearance between HV conductors shall not be less than 10 mm for 25, 63 & 100 KVA with the minimum of 2x 1 mm press board to cover the rods. Minimum electrical clearance between the winding and body of the tank (between inside surface of the tank and outside edge of the windings) should be 30mm. Minimum end insulation to earth shall be 25 mm. No. of coils HV/phase (minimum) (i) For 100 KV A - 4 Nos,

7.4.5

7.4.6 7.4.7 . 7.4.8 7.4.9 7.4.10

Thickness of locking spacers between HV coils 10mm (minimum) No.of axial wedges between LV and HV winding equal-spaced around LV - 8 for 100 KVA. Minimum external clearances of Bushing terminals: Phase to Phase HV LV 255 mm 75 mm Phase to earth 140 mm 40 mm

7.5

TANK- The transformers tank shall be of robust construction and shall be built of electrically welded M.S. Plates. All joints of tank and fittings shall be oil tight and no bulging shall occur during service. The tank design shall be such that the core and windings can be lifted freely. The tank plate shall be of such strength that the complete transformer when filled with oil may be lifted easily by means of the lifting lugs provided. Tank inside shall be painted by varnish/zinc chromate. Top cover shall be slightly sloping (difference of heights should be 20mm 10% towards H.V. bushing). Ends of cover plate should be bent to 90 degrees to avoid entry of water through cover plate gaskets and cover the top with end walls. Shape of the tank shall be rectangular only. No other shape will be accepted. The tank shall be fabricated by welding at corners. No Horizontal or vertical joints in tank side and its bottom or top cover will be allowed. (a) (i) Side wall plate thickness : 3.15 mm upto 100 KVA 5.0 mm upto 100 KVA

(ii) Top and bottom plate thickness :

(b) Reinforced by welded angle of size 50x50x6mm on all the outside walls on the edge of tank to form three equal compartments for above 100 KVA rating. One 191

face of reinforcement angle should be continuous welded with the tank surface *such that other side of the angle forms inverted "L". The permanent deflection is not more than 5 mm upto 750 mm length & 6 mm upto 1250 mm Length, when transformer tank without oil is subjected to a vacuum of 760 mm. of mercury. c) Lifting Lugs: 4 Nos. welded heavy duty lifting lugs of M.S.Plate 8 mm. thick suitably reinforced by vertical supporting flat welded edgewise below the lug on the side wall, upto the reinforcing angle, for transformers upto 100 KVA rating. (d) Pulling Lug: 4 Nos. of welded heavy duty pulling lugs of M.S. Plates of 8 mm thick shall be provided on width side for 100 KVA. (e) Top cover Gasket & Bolts: (i) The Gasket provided in between Top Cover Plate and Tank shall be of 5 mm thick Neoprene Rubberised Corksheet conforming to IS: 4352, Part -II for ratings upto 100 KV A. ii) GI Nuts, Bolts shall be of size 3/8 x 1.5 with one plain and one spring washer suitabley spaced to press the cover for ratings upto 100 KVA. (iii)The height of the tank shall be such that the minimum clear height upto the Top Cover Plate of 120 mm. clearance is achieved from the tap. Top Yoke in case of transformer upto 100 KVA. 7.6 (a) Heat dissipation by tank walls excluding top and bottom should be 500W/m2. (b) Heat Dissipation by fin type radiator 1.25 mm thick will be worked out on the basis of manufacturers' data sheet. Tenderer should submit the calculation sheet. (c) For transformers upto 100 KVA, radiators shall be provided only on LV side and shall be fin type. They should be fixed at right angle to the sides and not diagonally. 7.7 Total minimum Oil Volume: Sl.No 1 KVA Rating 100 Oil in Litres(inclusive of oil absorbed in core coil Assembly) 190 Permissible Oil absorption(litres) 7

NOTE:- If the absorption of oil in core and winding Assembly is more than permissible value, first filling of oil volume should be increased accordingly. Detail calculation of absorption should be submitted.

192

7.8

Conservator: (a) The total volume of conservator shall be such as to contain 10 % quantity of the oil. Normally 3% quantity of the total oil will be contain in the conservator. Dimension of conservator shall be indicated on General arrangement drawing. (b) Die Cast Oil level indicator shall be provided on the neutral side which will be with fully covered detachable flange with single gasket and tightened with M.S. Nut -Bolt and will be fixed on the side of rating plate and drain valve. (c) The pipe from the conservator tank connecting to main tank shall be of 30mm internal dia and shall have a sloping flap so that the oil falling from the pipe shall not fall directly on the active job and shall fall on the side walls only. The pipe should project in the conservator so that its end is approximately 20 mm above the bottom of the conservator. (d) The conservator shall be provided with the drain plug and a filling hole with cover. In addition, the cover of- the main tank shall be provided with an air release plug.

7.9

Breather: Breather joints will be screwed type. It shall have die-cast Aluminum body. Inside container for silica gel will be of tin sheet. Make of breathers shall be subject to purchaser' approval. Volume of breather shall be suitable for 500 gms s of silica gel for transformers upto 100 KVA. Terminals & Connectors: (a) Brass rods 12mm dia for H.T. & LT with necessary Nuts, check nuts and plain thick tinned washers for rating of 100 KVA. b) The LV and HV bushing stems shall be provided with suitable terminal connectors as per IS 5082 so as to connect the jumper without disturbing the bushing stem. Connectors shall be with eye bolts so as to receive conductor for HV. Terminal connectors shall be type tested as per IS 5561.

7.10

7.11.

Bushings: (i) For 11 KV- 12 KV Bushing will be used and for 433 volts 1.1 KV terminal bushing will be used. Bushings of the same voltage class shall be interchangeable. Bushings with plain sheds as per IS - 3347 shall be mounted on side of the tank and not on the top cover. Only continuous sheet metal pocket shall be provided for mounting of all H.V/L.V. bushings and the same shall not be fixed on pipes. Sheet metal pocket shall be designed in such a way that all HT bushings shall remain parallel and equidistance all through and inside connections of winding to bushings shall remain within the pocket. Bushings having been type tested as per IS-3347 shall only be acceptable. (ii) Internal Connections: - In case of HV winding, all jumpers from windings to bushing shall have cross section larger than the winding conductor (normally, 1.5 times). For copper winding, joints will be made by using silver brazing 193

alloy. For Aluminium winding, L&T Alkapee Aluminium brazing rods with suitable flux will be used or alternatively joints wi1I be made by using tubular connectors properly crimped at three spots. Aluminium brazing rods to be used ring formed on other end and nut bolting on HV bushing stu LT star connection will be made by using Aluminum/Copper Flat and properly brazed or bolted with crimped lugs on winding by means of plain or spring washers and lock nuts to the flat. Other end of the conductor is brazed on OIL" shape Aluminium/copper flat and flat nut bolted with neutral bushing Stud. The star connection should be wrapped with cotton/paper tape. Firm connection for LV winding to bushings shall be made by adequate size of OIL" shape flat, nut bolted with LV Bushing stud. SRBP tube/insulation paper should be used for delta connection and on the portion of HV winding joining to HV bushing. 7.12 Tank Base Channel: To be fitted across the length of the transformer. (ii)For 100 KVA Transformer 8. - Two channels of 75mmx40mm.

TERMINAL MARKING PLATES AND RATING PLATES: The transformers shall be provided with a plate showing the relative physical position of the terminal and their markings engraved on it. The transformers shall be provided with non-detachable rating plate of Aluminum anodized material fitted in a visible position, furnishing the information s as specified in IS: 2026. The rating plate shall be embossed /engraved type. The relative position of tapping switch and corresponding voltages may also be shown on the rating plate. Further M.S. plate of size 125mm x 125mm be got welded on width side of transformer on stiffener angle. On this plate, name of firm, order no. and date, rating, serial no. and date of dispatch should be engraved.

9.

FITTINGS: The fittings on the transformers shall be as under: (i) Rating and diagram plate (ii) Earthing terminals with lugs (iii)Lifting lugs 8 mm thick (iv) Oil filling hole with cap on conservator (v)Drain cum sampling valve is 20 mm dia for 100 KV A and above (It shall be covered with metallic cover by spot welding) 194 1 No. 2 No. 2 nos upto 100 KVA. 1 No. 1 No.

(vi) Conservator with drain plug (vii) Thermometer pocket (viii) Aluminium die cast Silicagel breather (500 gms. capacity upto.100 KVA) (ix) Platform mounting channel x) Die cast Oil level gauge indicating three position of oil marked as below: Minimum (-) 5 degrees 30 degrees Maximum 98 degrees (xi) Bushings: With brass stem and metal parts for: H.T. L.T. 3 Nos. 4 Nos.

1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 2 No. 1 No.

Each bushing should be provided with 3 Nos. of brass nuts and 2 plain brass washers for connecting terminal. (xii) Radiator: Details shall be given as per drawing (to be provided only on LV side upto 100 KVA) 6 Nos. 4 Nos.

(xiii) Arcing horn for H.T. bushings (xiv) Pulling lugs

(xv) Metallic cover spot welded to tank for drain valve shall be provided. 10. TRANSFORMER OIL: The transformer shall be supplied complete with first filling of oil and the same shall comply with IS: 335 -1983 with latest version thereof and ageing characteristics specified. . These characteristics6 are shown in Annexure- A. Type test certificate of oil being used shall be produced at the time of inspection.

195

ANNEXURE-A TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF TRANSFORMER OIL Sl. No A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Characteristics NEW OIL Flash Point Pensky Marten(Closed) Neutralisation value a)Total acidity, Max b)Inorganic acidity Corrosive Sulphur Electric Strength(breakdown voltage Min) a) New Unfiltered Oil b) New oil after filtration Dielectric dissipation factor (tan delta) at 90 c Specific resistance (resistivity) a) at 90C Min. b) at 27C Min Oxidation stability a) Neutralisation value after oxidation, Max b) Total sludge after oxidation Max c) S.K. Value AGEING CHARACTERISTICS Ageing characteristics after accelerated ageing(open breaker method with copper catalyst) a) Specific resistance (resistivity) i)at 27C ii)at 90C b) Dielectric dissipation factor(Tan Delta) c) Total acidity in mg KgH/g d) Total sludge value B CHARACTERISTICS OF OIL IN THE TRANSFORMER The important characteristics of the transformer oil after it is filled in the transformer (within 3 months of filling) shall be as follows :Electric strength (breakdown voltage) Dielectric dissipation factor Tan.Delta at 900C Specific resistance (Resistivity)at 270 C(Ohm-cm) Flash point ,PM.(closed) Interfacial tension at 270C Neutralisation value (total acidity) Water content Requirements 140U a)0.03 mg KQH/g b)NIL Non-corrosive 30 KV (rms) 60 KV (rms) 0.002 35xl0 12 Ohm-cm 1500xlO 12 Ohm-cm 0.40 mg KQH/g 0.10% by weight 4% to 8%

2.5xl012 Ohm-em (Min) 0.2xl012 0h-cm(Min) 0.20 Max 0.05 Max 0.05% by weight(Max)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

40 KV(Min.) 0.01 (Max.) 10 xl012 Ohm-cm 1400 C (Min) 0.03 N/m (Min.) 0.05 mg KQH/g(Max.) 35 PPM (Max.)

196

11.

FINISHING: The exterior of the transformer and other ferrous fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned, scraped and given primary coat and two finishing coats of durable oil and weather resistant paint on enamel. The colour of the finishing coats shall conform to IS:5 of 1961 (colours for ready mixed paints).Purchaser may specify colour.

12.

TEST AND TEST CERTIFICATES: The following routine tests and type tests are required to be carried out on the transformers:

12.1

Routine Tests:- Before despatch each of completely assembled transformer shall be subjected at the manufacturers works to the following routine tests in accordance with the details specified in IS:2026: (a) Measurement of winding resistance. (b) Ratio, polarity and phase relationships. c) Impedance voltage. (d) No load losses and no load current. (e) Load losses. (f) Insulation resistance. (g) Separate source voltage withstands. h) Induced over voltage with stand. (i) Air pressure test. j) Vaccum test.

12.2

Type Tests: In addition to the routine tests, the following tests may be considered if needed in accordance with ISS:2026/1977 as amended from time to time: (a) to (j) as indicated under Routine Tests: (k) Lightning impulse test. (I) Temperature rise test. (m) Short circuit test. (n) Unbalanced current tests: The value of zero sequence current in the star winding shall not be more than two percent of the full load current. (0) Pressure and vaccum test: The tank shall be fixed with a dummy cover with all fittings including bushings in position and shall be subjected to following pressure/vaccum created inside the tank: (i) 0.8 Kg./ sq. cm above atmospheric pressure for 30 minutes. 197

(ii) A vaccum corresponding to (-)0.7 Kg/sq. cm for 30 minutes. Permanent deflection of flat plate, after pressure has been released shall not exceed the values given below: Length of plate Deflection -----------------------------------------------------Upto 750mm 5mm 750 to 1250mm 6mm 1250 to 1750mm 8mm --.----------------------------------------------------ACCEPTANCE TEST:- The following tests shall be witnessed by the Purchaser s Representative at the works of manufacturer : (i) All the routine tests as mentioned in clause 12.1 shall be performed on minimum 10 % quantity of offered lot. (ii) Heat run test - One unit of the ordered quantity. (iii) Verification of active parts on one unit of each rating of ordered quantity along with weighment of unit. (iv) Further, the Purchaser' Inspector reserves the right to get the Spill Current s Measurement Test and also the Pressure Test performed on any tank during his inspection. 15. TESTING FACILITIES:- The tenderer should have adequate testing facilities for all routine and acceptance tests and also arrangement for measurement of losses, resistance etc. TEST AND INSPECTION Stage Inspection: Transformer plays a crucial role in the Power Distribution network and any failure creates disruption of power supply to consumers and the extent of effect depends upon the quality during manufacturing process. To maintain the quality of manufacturing process, the purchaser reserves the right to conduct stage inspection during manufacturing at works. Unless and until stage inspection is being conducted or waiver of stage inspection is being cleared, the pre-despatch inspection call shall not be taken into consideration. To ensure about the quality of transformers, the inspection shall be carried out by the Purchaser' representative at following two stages: s (i) When raw material is received, and the assembly is in process in the shop floor. (ii) At finished stage i.e. transformers are fully assembled and are ready for dispatch.

14.

16.0

198

The manufacturer should give prior importance on the following details before the process of assembling and the same shall be verified at the time of stage inspection. The matter should be treated as essential criteria during stage inspection. a) After the main raw materials i.e. core and coil materials and tanks are arranged and transformers are taken for production on shop floor and a few assemblies have been completed, the firm shall intimate in this regard, so that inspector(s) for carrying out such inspection could be deputed, as far as possible within 15 days from the date of intimation. During the stage inspection a few assembled core shall be dismantled to ensure that the CRGO laminations used are of good quality. Further, as and when the transformers are ready for dispatch, an offer intimating about the readiness of transformers, for final inspection' carrying out tests as for per relevant I.S.S. and as in clause 12 & 15, shall be sent by the firm along with Routine Test Certificates. The inspection shall normally be arranged at the earliest after receipt of offer for pre-delivery inspection. b) In case of any defect/defective workmanship observed at any stage by the Inspecting Officer, the same shall be pointed out to the firm in writing for taking remedial measures. Further processing should only be done after clearance from the Inspecting Officer/Purchaser. c) All tests and inspection shall be conducted out at the place of manufacture unless otherwise specifically agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser at the time of purchase. The manufacturer shall offer the Inspector representing the Purchaser all reasonable facilities, without charges, to satisfy him that the material is being supplied in accordance with this specification. This will include Stage Inspection during manufacturing stage as well as Active Part Inspection during Acceptance Tests. (e) Random sample checking and testing of the transformer selected at random from the supplies made to the Stores, shall be done for verification of technical details, design and losses as per approved drawings and technical particulars and specification of the order. In case of variations, the lot shall be rejected. 17. INSPECTION & TESTING OF TRANSFORMER OIL: To ascertain the quality of the transformer oil, the original manufacturer' test s report should be submitted at the time of inspection. Also arrangements should be made for testing of transformer oil, after taking out the sample from the manufactured transformers and tested in the presence of purchaser' s representative. 18. TEST REPORTS ON THE ANALYSIS OF RAW MATERIAL: The supplier shall furnish details of source(s) of raw materials, test certificates and report on the analysis of electrolytic copper/Aluminum used for the winding and the steel used for core, insulation material and also other bought out items from sub-suppliers.

199

19.

DRAWINGS: The General Arrangement dimensional drawing and Core Coil Assembly Drawing showing internal construction of each rating of transformer shall be submitted with the tender. Guaranteed and other technical particulars of the transformers should also be submitted in A-4 size for approval.

20.

PACKING Transformer shall be delivered suitably packed. Although the method of packing is left to the discretion of the manufacturer it should be robust enough for rough handling that is occasioned during transportation by road. All accessories shall be dispatched in boxes or cases. They shall be securely bound with wire and shall have all descriptive marking stamped thereon.

21.

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS The guaranteed technical particulars of the distribution transformer offered, shall be given by the bidder in the schedule annexed (for 100 KVA DT) in the bid document by the bidder along with the tender.

II. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 12M AND 11M LONG STEEL TUBULAR POLE 1.0 SCOPE

This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at works, supply / delivery & transportation of 12mtr and 11mtr long Steel tubular Pole conforming to IS:2713 (P-I & II)/1980 and as amended latest with cast iron base plate. 2.0 STANDARDS

2.1 The 12mtr and 11mtr long Steel tubular Pole shall conform in all respect to the relevant Indian/ International Standard Specification, with latest amendments. SPECIFICATION FOR 12MTR AND 11MTR LONG STEEL TUBULAR POLES AS PER ISS:2713 (P-I & II)/1980 AND AS AMENDED LATEST. 1) Type of Poles:- 12mtr and 11mtr long Steel tubular Pole of swaged and welded type. 2) Designation of Pole :i) 12mter = 410:SP-60 ii) 11mter = 410:SP-54 3) Outside Diameter of Sections :Items Top(mm) Middle(mm) Bottom(mm) 410:SP-54 114.3 139.7 165.1 410:SP-60 114.3 139.7 165.1

4) Thickness of Sections :Items Top(mm) Middle(mm) Bottom(mm) 410:SP-54 3.65 4.50 5.40 200 410:SP-60 3.65 4.50 5.40

5) Tolerances:i) Outside Diameter:- The outside diameters of the poles shall not vary from the appropriate value, except at the joint, by more than 1.0 percent. ii) Thickness :- Thickness shall not fall below the thickness specified by more than 10 percent. iii) Length :- The tolerance on the length shall be as follows: On the length of any section 40mm. On the overall length of pole 25mm. :- Mean weight for bulk supplies shall be not more than 5 percent below the calculated value. The weight of any single pole shall not fall below the calculated weight by more than 7.5 percent.

iv) Weight

6. Protection against corrosion:The poles shall be coated with black bituminous paint (conforming to IS:158/1968) of two coats throughout, internally and externally, up to the level which goes inside the earth including 1m above the earth level. The working portion of the exterior shall be painted with two coat of red oxide primer (conforming to IS:2074/1979)./ 7. Earthing arrangements:Poles shall be provided with earthing arrangement with a thorough hole of 14 mm dia. which shall be provided at a height of 300mm above the planting depth. 8. M.S. Base Plate:M.S. base plate as per drawing shall have to be welded to bottom portion of the pole. Both planes of the plate to be welded along the circumference of the bottom portion of the pole.

Two coats of bituminous paint (conforming to ISS: 158/1968) shall be provided on all surface of the M.S. Plate. 9. Top cap :Canopy shaped plate of thickness same as that of top section of the pole shall be provided at the top of the pole with proper welding. 10. The poles shall be made of welded tube of suitable length ( indicated in the relevant ISS and enclosed drawing) swaged together and conforming to chemical composition and physical requirement of the specification. The material to be used for the poles shall be of minimum tensile strength of 42 kgt per Sqmm.

201

11. Chemical Composition:- As per IS:228(P-III)/1972 andIS:228(P-IX)/1975 or as amended latest. 12. Minimum Tensile Strength :- 42Kgt/mm (For all sizes of steel Tubular Poles) 13. Approx. Weight of each pole :- i) 11 mtr =194 Kg ii) 12 mtr =208 Kg. 14. Breaking load of each pole (in N/kgf) i) 11 mtr =5030/513 ii) 12 mtr =4600/469 15. Crippling load of each pole (in N/kgf) i) 11 mtr =3570/364 ii) 12 mtr =3270/333

(Out side Dia of Bottom Plate)

Details of Base Plate C B 20 45

A 400

165.1

All Dimensions are in mm Fig- 1 Mild Steel Base Plate

202

Items 1. h1 h2 h3 J1 J2 H L

410: SP-54 2. 2.70 m 2.70 m 5.60 m 0.30 m 0.35 m 9.20m 11.00 m

410: SP-60 3. 3.10 m 3.10 m 5.80 m 0.30 m 0.35 m 10.00m 12.00 m

Fig- 2 Steel Pole SERVICE CONDITIONS The 12mtr and 11mtr long Steel tubular Pole to be supplied against this section shall be suitable for satisfactory continuous operation under the flowing climatic conditions as per ISS: 2713(P-I & II)/1980 and as amended latest. i. Location : ii. Max. ambient air temperature (Deg C): iii. Min. ambient air temperature (Deg C): iv. Max. yearly daily ambient air temperature (Deg C): v. Max average weighed average ambient temperature (Deg C): vi. Max. Altitude above mean sea level (meters): At various locations in Tripura. 45 4 40 32 1000 m. 3.0

4.0 TEST AND INSPECTION 4.1 Following tests shall be carried out at the works of the manufacturer as per relevant ISS before delivery of each lot in presence of the representative of purchaser: A. Acceptance Tests: (a) Deflection test, (b) Permanent set test, and (c) Drop test. (d) Physical verification of dimensions. 203

B. Routine Tests: (a) Deflection test, (b) Permanent set test, and (c) Drop test. (d) Physical verification of dimensions. C. Type Tests: Type test shall be carried out as per ISS:2713(Part I)-1980 and as amended latest number of poles selected for conducting the above test shall be as follows: Lot size Up to 500 501 to 1000 1001 to 2000 2001 to 3000 3001 and above No. of poles 5 8 13 18 20

Sample at random will be selected from the offered lot for the above testing and the lot will be accepted subject to permissible limit of failure as per IS. Note :- Purchaser reserves the right to get all or any test carried out on one sample per 20 nos. of Steel Tubular Poles at the cost of supplier from any recognized laboratory / government test house. 4.2 The supplier shall furnish the type test / the routine test certificate as part of the condition for supply of 12mtr and 11mtr long Steel tubular Pole in bulk quantity at the discretion of the purchaser. 4.3.0 INSPECTION

4.3.1 All test and inspection shall be made at the place of manufacture unless otherwise especially agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser at the time of purchase. The manufacturer shall afford the inspector representing the purchaser all reasonable facilities without charge to satisfy him that the material is being furnished in accordance with specification. 4.3.2 The purchaser reserves the right to have the test carried at the cost of the supplier by an independent agency whenever there is dispute regarding the quality of supply. 5.0 5.1 PACKING & MARKING PACKING Poles shall be well finished, clean and free from harmful surface defects.

The steel Tubular Poles shall be so transported that the poles are adequately protected against damage in ordinary handling and transit. To avoid damage of the Steel Poles, transshipment in between the road transportation must be avoided i.e. each consignment should be transported from factory to DGM Electrical Division No. III, Agartala through a single carrier. 204

5.2

MARKING

A. Each pole shall bear the following permanent marking on a place just at the beginning of the middle section of the pole from bottom along the axis of the pole: a). Manufacturer s Name b). Manufacturer s Trade mark c) Designation of the pole d) TSECL e) Year of manufacture f) 6.0 ISI certification mark if any.

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS

The guaranteed technical particulars of 12mtr and 11mtr long Steel Tubular Pole offered shall be given by the bidder along with the tender. JJ. SPECIFICATION AND REQUIRED GURANTEED PARTICULARS FOR AASC CONDUCTOR (7/4.26mm) 1. Manufacturing Specification for: (a) (b) 2. Aluminum Alloy Rot AAS Conductors : : ISS: 9997:1981 as amended IS 398(Part 4):1994 as amended : TECHNICAL

Particulars of Aluminum Alloy strands (a) Diameter (i) (ii) (iii) (b) (c) : : : : Standard Maximum Minimum

4.26 mm 4.30 mm 4.22 mm : : 4.40 KN 4.18 KN : : : : : 714.26 mm 100 sq.mm 12.78 mm 10 14.25 sq.mm

Standard Gross sectional Area Minimum Breaking load for wire (i) (ii) Before stranding After stranding : :

3.

Particulars of All Alloy Aluminum conductors (a) (b) (c) (d) Stranding and wire Area of cross-section of the conductors Nominal over all diameter Lay ratio (i) Minimum 205

(ii) (e) (f) (g)

Maximum

: : : : : :

14 2.345 Ohms/Km 272.86 Kg/Km

Calculated resistance per K.M. of Conductor at 200C Approx mass of the conductor per K.M. actual stress strain test

Modulus of Elasticity (Arranged Values from

(A) Initial (i) (ii) (B) Final All Alloy Aluminum Conductor (h) Co-efficient of liner expansion 22. CIVIL WORKS: Civil works covers the followings: i) Construction of foundation bases for electrical equipments with R.C.C. / Cement Concrete work etc. as per approved drawing and design. ii) Construction of cable trench wherever necessary for laying of cables for electrical equipments and providing R.C.C. slabs on cable trenches as required. iii) Providing grouting of steel tubular poles and yard light support in R.C.C. work 1: 3: 6 (1 Cement: 3 river sand: 6 First class jhama brick aggregate). iv) Chain link fencing / painting on Steel tubular pole/Steel works etc., earth excavation wherever necessary and as applicable according to Bidding Schedule as per design of TSECL & specification of PWD. : : As per ISS 23.0X10-6 / 0c Aluminum Alloy Strands All Alloy Aluminum Conductor As per ISS As per ISS

N: B: - The Bidder(s) shall have to furnish Guaranteed Technical Particulars of Equipment / Cable / Materials as per requirement in the Formats annexed with the Bidding Document.

206

SECTION VI
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER(S) i) The Bidder(s), before submitting of Bid(s), are advised to invariably visit the site of the work and satisfy himself about physical volume of works to be carried out, acquaint himself with the environment, take into consideration details of all minor & major Technical requirement so as to ensure successful completion of the work with ease & comfort on award. The work is a Turnkey assignment in Nature. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for total commissioning of all Equipment & associated controls as per standard & requirement of TSECL.Therefore the Contractor shall give due importance to each & every details of the work. He shall be liable to take care of and arrange for even any petty but integral component (not considered in the scope of the work) for total completion of the work. The Bidder(s) shall have to furnish Guaranteed Technical Particulars of each item of Equipment/Switchgear/Spares/others as per Technical Particulars sought in FORMAT(s) appended in the Bidding Document. Furnishing of Technical Particulars of such item(s), which have not been sought through formal FORMAT in the Document, shall be the responsibility of the Bidder(s) as per guaranteed particulars of the related Manufacturer(s). The Bidder(s) shall have to furnish Manufacturers Literature on product Specification of all Major equipment with Bidding Document. The Bidder(s) shall also furnish Technical Particulars of all sub-item(s) of Main Item, for example, Tri-vector Energy meter of Control & relay Panel. List of MAKE for Equipment / Switchgear and all other items have been furnished in the Bidding Document. For any Left-Out item, the Bidder(s) shall have to supply item of such MAKE acceptable as Standard Product and to be authenticated by supporting Document as to utilization by any State Electricity board/Power utility/Power corporation of the Country. The Successful Bidder shall have to submit Design, drawing and dimensional details of all equipments, Switchgears, Structures, Construction Standards and Bill of materials etc. within 15 days from the date of issue of L.O.A. for approval of the Owner. The work shall be based strictly on such approved drawing.

ii)

iii)

iv) v) vi)

vii)

207

viii)

The Spares and Tools & Plants as specified in the Schedule shall be of the particular MAKE. All such spares and T & P shall be supplied along with related Literature / Manual / Catalogue of concerned Manufacturer. Specification of All Civil Works shall be guided by the Standards of TRIPURA PWD (Public Works Department).The Successful Bidder shall have to submit Design and drawing of Sub-station layout, Foundation of Equipments and Structures, Cable Trench Details, Repair to Boundary Wall and Internal wiring of Control Room Building etc. within 15 days from the date of issue of L.O.A. for approval of the Owner. The work shall be based strictly on such approved drawing.

ix)

208

LIST OF NAME(S) OF MANUFACTURER SL. NO. 1. 2. 3. ITEM 33/11 KV, 3.15 MVA POWER TRANSFORMER 11 KV DISC INSULATORS, 11 KV / 33 KV PIN INSULATOR, G.I. WIRE 8 S.W.G., 7/3.15 mm. STRANDED STAY WIRE. 33 KV & 11 KV LIGHTNING ARRESTER STRUCTURAL STEEL 33 KV & 11 KV XLPE CABLE / PVC INSULATED ARMOURED CONTROL CABLE. 33 KV & 11 KV G.O. & 11 KV D.O. FUSE UNITS 40 mm. / 100 mm. DIA G.I. PIPE NUTS & BOLTS AND OTHER HARDWARES. 33 KV OUTDOOR & 11 KV INDOOR VACCUM CIRCUIT BREAKER. 33 KV & 11 KV CT & PT 33 KV CONTROL & RELAY PANEL COMPLETE. TRI-VECTOR ENERGY METER. ACSR / AASC. 110 VOLT BATTERY BANK. 110 VOLT BATTERY CHARGER. STEEL TUBULAR POLE MANUFACTURER CROMPTON / AREVA T&D / NGEF / BHARAT BIJLEE / KIRLOSKAR / TELK / ANDREW YULE. BHEL / BIRALA NGK (FORMERLY JSI) / AGARWAL SALT / BIKANER SALT. CEEBUILD / RAMSWAROOP / MANUFACTURER HAVING EXPERIENCE OF SUPPLYING TO DIFFERENT POWER UTILITIES OR SIMILAR ORGANISATIONS. OBLUM / ALSTHOM / IGE / CGL / ELPRO. SAIL /TISCO / ESSAR / BHUSAN / SRMB NICCO / HAVELS / CRYSTAL / CCI / POLYCAB / RALLISION. CROMPTON / L& T / PEI / REPUTED MANUFACTURER HAVING EXPERIENCE OF SUPPLYING TO DIFFERENT POWER UTILITIES. TATA / BANSAL / BMW / JINDAL. GKW / OTHER REPUTED MANUFACTURER HAVING CREDENTIAL. AREVA T&D / CROMPTON / MEI / ABB / SIEMENS / KIRLOSKAR / BIECCO LAWRIE/ ANDREW YULE. AREVA T&D / CROMPTON / ABB / SIEMENS / MEHRU / PERFECT / BHEL / LAKSHMI ELELCTRIC. AREVA T&D / CROMPTON / ABB / SIEMENS / MEHRU / PERFECT / BHEL / BIECCO LAWRIE / ANDREW YULE. SECURE / L&T. LOCAL SSI UNITS / OTHER MANUFACTURER HAVING CREDENTIALS OF SUPPLYING TO STATE / CENTRAL SECTOR POWER UTILITY. EXIDE / STANDARD / AMARA RAJA / AMCO. AUXILIARY UNITS OF AMARA RAJA / EXIDE / STANDARD / CALDYNE . LOCAL SSI UNITS / UTKARSH / BANSAL / BHUSAN / OTHER MANUFACTURER HAVING CREDENTIALS OF SUPPLYING TO STATE / CENTRAL SECTOR POWER UTILITY. LOCAL SSI UNITS / OTHER MANUFACTURER HAVING CREDENTIALS OF SUPPLYING TO STATE / CENTRAL SECTOR POWER UTILITY.

4. 5. 6. 7.

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

18.

STAY SET FOR 11 & 33 KV LINE

209

SCHEDULE
Name of work:- Supply, installation & commissioning of 2 X 3.15 MVA, 33 / 11KV Substation at Tripura University, Surjyamaninagar, Agartala, including Construction of 5.1 KM. 33 KV S/C Connecting line from Badharghat 66 KV Sub-Station / upcoming 400 KV Surjyamaninagar Sub-Station). SCHEDULE - A (Supply , installation & commissioning of Sub-station equipments, control gear and structures)
Sl No. 1 1. Description of item 2 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 3.15 MVA, 33 / 11 KV Delta Star, copper wound, oil immersed, ONAN cooled outdoor type, 3Phase, 50Hz, step down power transformer with OFF load tap changer with taps ranging from +10% to -10% in steps of 2.5% each on HV winding with first filling of EHV grade insulating oil & complete with conservator tank, Buchholz relay, breather, winding & oil temperature meters housed in outdoor panel attached with the transformer. Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 33 KV, 1000A, 750 MVA rupturing capacity, outdoor Vacuum Circuit Breaker complete with motor operated spring closing (Local / Remote) arrangement with all accessories complete operative on 110V DC. Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 33 KV, 400A, manually operated horizontal rotating type double break, triple pole Gang operated isolator complete with post insulator, arching horns, mechanical interlocking arrangement etc. a) With earth switch. 2 No. 2 No. Quantity 3 Unit 4 Supply Rate 5 Amount 6 Quantity Unit 7 8 Erection Rate 9 Amount 10

No.

No.

2.

No.

No.

3.

Page 210

b) Without earth switch. 4. Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 33 KV Single Phase, outdoor type 2 Core C.T of ratio 200 / 11 Amp with suitable burden & class of accuracy complete with associated terminal box connecting link etc. ( for Bhadharghat & S.M Nagar 33 KV line) Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 33 KV Single Phase, outdoor type 3 Core C.T of ratio 100 / 11-1 Amp with suitable burden & class of accuracy complete with associated terminal box connecting link etc. ( for transformer) Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 33 KV Single Phase , outdoor type P.T of ratio 33000V / 3 / 110V / 3 having suitable burden & class of accuracy.
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 10KA, 30 KV, Valve type heavy duty L.A suitable for operation on 33KV Sytem conforming to ISI : 3070 (P-1) / 1974. Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 33 KV control & relay panel, simplex type complete with differential relay, 2-over current and 1- Earth fault combine relay, Auxiliary relay, 1- voltmeter, 3- ammeter, CT operated static trivector meter, internal panel wiring, simaphore for Vacuum Circuit breaker & isolator, Mimic bus diagram (Metal size 4mm thick X 10mm width).

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

15

No.

12

No.

a) 3.15 MVA, 33 / 11 KV transformer C/R panel.

No.

No.

Page 211

9
Sypply & erection of 11 KV vaccum Circuit breaker, Control & relay panel simplex type, 350 MVA rupturing capacity complete with electrical closing mechanism with internal wiring, differencial relay, 2- overcurrent & 1- earth fault combine relay, auxilliary relays, 1- volt meter with selector switch, 3- ammeter, C.T. operated static trivector meter, 1CT operated static KWH meter. Breaker capacity 800 Amps continuous current CTR- 300 / 1-1-0.57 A with P.T. of PTR 11KV / 3 / 110V / 3 with integral earthing facility and internal arc tested for transformer pannel.

No.

No.

10
Supply & erection of 11 KV vaccum Circuit breaker , Control & relay panel simplex type, 630A continuous current 250MVA rupturring capacity complete with electrical closing mechanism with internal wiring 2- overcurrent & 1earth fault combine relay,. auxilliary relays,3- ammeter, 1Volt Meter, C.T. operated static trivector meter. 1- CT operated static KWH meter of C.T. R 100 / 1-1 A with integral earthing facility and internal arc tested for out going feeders.

No.

No.

11

Supply and Erection of Galvanised steel structure and Nuts, Bolts, spring washer etc. as required for 33 KV tower, grantry, post insulator and equpments. a) Steel structure b) Nuts & bolts, spring washer and foundation bolts etc.

15 1.5

MT MT

15 1.5

MT MT

12

Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of sub- station busbar & stringing materials for 33 KV bus.

Page 212

a) AASC 7/4.26 mm (DOG Equivalant) conductor. b) 40mm dia. Al. pipe for equipments bus current carrying capacity 400Amps. c) 7/3.15mm earth wire for substation shielding. d) Ball & socket type 45 KN, 11KV disc Insulator. e) Al. tension clamps. 3 -U bolt type, ball& socket type, suitable for 45KN Disc Insulator and ACSR DOG conductor. f) 33 KV post insulator

0.3 500 300 100

KM Mtr. Kg No.

0.3 500 300 100

KM Mtr. Kg No.

24

No.

24

No.

3 12 18 18 24

No. No. No. No. No.

3 12 18 18 24

No. No. No. No. No.

g ) Suspension Clamp suitable for ACSR, DOG Conductor. h)"T" Clamp suitable for ACSR DOG Conductor. i)"T" Clamp suitable for ACSR DOG Conductor in one end & 40mm dia. Al. tube in other ends. j) Bimetalic clamps suitable for isolator, C.T, P.T., breaker, transformer& L.A. etc.

13

11 / 6.35(E) XLPE power cable a) 240 mm Sq. single core (for 3.15 MVA transformer connection). b) 95 mm Sq. 3- core(for out going feeder) 0.5 1.00 Km. Km. 0.5 1.00 Km Km

Page 213

14

Outdoor type heat shrink joint kit for 11 KV XLPE cable of size :a) 240 mm sq. single core b) 95 mm sq. 3- core 7 7 No. No. 7 7 No. No.

15

Indoor type heat shrink joint kit for II KV XLPE cable of size :a ) 240 mm sq. single core b ) 95 mm sq. 3- core 7 7 No. No. 7 7 No. No.

16 17

1100 V grade PVC insulated & PVC sheathed armoured Al. cable of size, 70mm sq. 3 Core cable. Supply, laying, termination etc. of control cable 1100V, PVC insulated, PVC sheathed 2.5 mm sq copper conductor. a) 12-Core b) 7-Core c) 4-Core d) 2-Core

0.05

Km

0.05

Km

200 200 400 200

Mtr. Mtr. Mtr. Mtr.

200 200 400 200

Mtr. Mtr. Mtr. Mtr.

18

Supply of 40mm dia hot Dip perforated G.I pipe of length 3 mtr and providing earthing as per latest ISS: at 33 KV & 11KV switch yard.

18

No.

18

No.

Page 214

19

Supply and laying of GI flat 50 X 6 mm size for inter connection of earth electrodes and earthing terminals of equipments, structures including welding in joints as required for mesh earthing. Supply & erection of 90lb rail for transformer rail track. Supply,Installation & commissioning of 110V, 200 AH capacity Sealed & Maintenance Free (SMF) Battery Bank comprising of 55 Nos.'Standby Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) Cells' of 2 Volt each (Average Discharge Voltage 1.90 VPC) as per specification in the Bidding / Tender Document. Battery Charger with 1% Digitally Controlled Regulation suitable for above 110 Volt VRLA Battery Bank with Float and Boost (FC & BC) charging arrangement with all Standard protections housed in free Standing Cabinet of 2.0 mm. gauge as per specification detailed in the Bidding / Tender Document. Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 110V D.C distribution panel made of sheet steel (14 SWG) and suitable for floor mounting. The distribution panel shall incorporate the following :a) 1-No, 32 Amp. 110V Air break circuit breaker, Double pole for the battary incomming supply with red & green indicating lamps. b) 1-No earth leakage indicating lamp. c) 1-No ammeter (range 0-50 A). d) 1-No volt meter (Range 0-150 V).

300

Mtr.

300

MT

20 21

1.5

MT.

MT.

Unit

Unit

22

Unit

Unit

23

Unit

Unit

Page 215

e) 4-Nos 16 Amps 110V double pole miniature Circuit breaker with over load protection for DC outgoing circuit . The unit will be complete with necessary internals wiring. Input & outgoing terminals, earthing, points & rating plate.

24

Supply, Erection, testing & commissioning of 450V, 3 Ph. 4 wire 50 Hz, AC distribution board enclosed in sheet steel (14 SWG) floor mounting type (vertical) comprising the following:a) 200 Amp 3-Ph 4-wire , 415 V TPN switch fuse unit (HRC type) as incomming switch. b) 200 Amp 3-Ph. 4-wire , 415 V Al. bus bar having the following outgoing switch facilities. i) 100 Amp 415 V 3 ph. 4 wire switch (HRC- type): - 1 No. ii) 63 Amp 415 V 3 ph. 4 wire switch (rewireable type): - 2 Nos. iii) 32Amp 250 V 1 ph.2 wire switch (rewireable type): - 2 Nos. iv) 16Amp 250 V 1 ph.2 wire switch (rewireable type): - 3 Nos. c) AC voltmeter (Range 0- 500 V) with selector switch (RYB): - 1No. d) AC Ammeter (Range 0- 300 V) for (RYB) phase : 3Nos.

Unit

Unit

25

Supplr & erection 11 KV outgoing bus bar materials a) 9 KV, 5 KA, single pole, Metal oxide gapless surge type LA suitable for nominal system voltage of 11 KV, 3-Ph., 50 Hz AC supply, creepage distance 600 mm. conforming to ISS: 3070 / 1985.

21

No.

21

No.

Page 216

b) 9 Mtr. Long steel tubular pole of designation 410SP-31 conforming to ISS: 2713 / 1980 with base plate complete. c ) Steel materials (Angles & channels). d) 45 KN, 11KV disc insulator with disc fittings. e ) 11 KV, 10 KN pin insulator including G.I. pin. f) 11 KV 3 pole GOS ( Air break type ) -400A. g) 11KV 3 pole DOF for station transformer 200A. h) Nuts & bolts assorted size i) 50X6 mm M.S flat for clamp j) AASC (DOG Equivalant) 7 /4.26 mm. 26 Supply & erection of fire fighting equipments with complete accessories . a) G.I bucket - 10 ltrs capacity with wooden / iron stand. b) Portable fire extinguisher using CO2 with pressure indicator: -5Kg. c) ABC powder fire extinguisher "Mono Ammonium phosphate". i) 5- Kg

20 1.2

No. MT

20 1.2

No. MT

81 81 20 1 200 250 0.3

No. No. No. Set Kg Kg Km

81 81 20 1 200 250 0.3

No. No. No. Set Kg Kg Km

6 3

No. No.

6 3

No. No.

No.

No.

Page 217

ii) 2- Kg 27 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 100 KVA, 11/0.43 KV, DY- 11 distribution transformer for station load. Supply & erection of 7.5 Mtr long GI support (heavy duty type) having bottom length 4 mtr. of dia 65 mm and upper length of 3 mtr. and 40 mm. dia. Supply & erection of Switchyard lighting complete with 250W, 230V, HPSV luminaries with switchgear complete. Supply ofShock treatment chart (Laminated ) 31 Supply of Artificial respirator 32 Supply Rubber insulating mat at 15 KV tested of size (1X2) mtr. Supply of Oill filtration plant of capacity 250 G.P.H. (NIRMAL BRAND / John Fowler). Supply of Hand driven Insulation Tester 5KV (WACO make),10000 Mohm minimum. Supply of Hand driven Insulation Tester 2.5KV (WACO make),10000 Mohm minimum. Supply of Chain pully block ( 5 ton capacity )

No.

No.

No.

No.

28

16

No.

16

No.

29

10

Unit

10

Unit

30 2 No.

No.

No.

33

No.

34

No.

35 36

1 1

No. No.

Page 218

37 38

Pulling & lifting machine ( TIRFOR ) 5 ton / capacity. Supply of Digital clamp meter capable of measuring Various parameters(RMS values for Voltage & Current):AC Current 40/400Amps.AC Voltage: 600V, DC Voltage 600V, Resistance 40MegaOhm with LCD Display.Data Hold, Audible continuity, Diode Test, Over Range Indication,Low Battery Indication,etc. shall be avilable in the meter.etc.as per standard specification and perovisions. Supply of Complete Tool Box with Box Spanner (1 each of TAPARIA make product no. 1720, 1722, 1725, 1728 and 17301. Supply of 15 KV grade hand gloves.

No.

No.

39

Set

40 5 Pair 41

Supply of Taparia make Allen key set of 2 different range . Supply of Oil testing set with input volt 230 , 50 Hz single phase out put 0-100 KV I/C necessary accessories conforming releveant IS. Supply of TAPARIA make double ended spanner.

Set

42

No.

43 1 Set.

44 Supply of TAPARIA make ring rances. 45 Supply of TAPARIA make insulating screw driver. 1 Set. 1 Set.

Page 219

46 47

Supply of 4-Point earth tester. Supply of 33 KV discharge Rod of 3 section made of fibre glass tube complete with all accessaries as per specification. Supply of Crimping tool AAKASH-100 Capacity 6 mmsqr- 400 mm sqr. Weight 5.8 Kg. Supply of Digital Earth Clamp Tester- Motwance Model DECT-2( The instrument is suitable for measurment of Earth registance and heathy connectivity of the G.I flats on clamp on method) Supply of Digital AC Leakage Clamp meter- Motwance model DCM ( The instrument has 3% digit display, scale 0.01 mA - 300 Amps, jaw size 40 mm, data hold, Auto power off, Low batt & over range indication)

No.

Set

48

No.

49

No.

50 1 No.

51

Supply of High Voltage detector- Used as a safety device for detection of LIVE lines at sub-stations elsewhere. Thedevice is a non contact type and emits audio-visual singnals when the circuit is LIVE. The HV detector is clearly identified by unique color and supplyed with telescopic rod. carry case etc. a) as above- Motwance model - HV 50 suitable for voltage 11/33 KV 1 No.

52

Supply of Digital Insulation Tester- Motwance Model D2 KM( voltage 100-250-500-1000 , Registance range upto 2000 M Ohms.

No.

Page 220

53 Supply of Tinsley Group Ltd. Make Cable Fault Locator. 1 No.

SCHEDULE - B (EQUIPMENT FOUNDATION) 1. Earth work in excavation in foundation trenches not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 Sqm on plan or drains not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 Sqm on plan i/c dressing of sides and ramming of bottom lift upto 1.5 m i/c getting out the excavated soil and disposal of surplus excavated soil as directed with in a lead of 50 m. a) All kinds of soil (Excluding rock) 2. R.C.C works 1:2:4 (1 Cement : 2 river sand : 4 jhama brick aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) excluding the cost of centring, shuttering and reinforcement in : a) Raft, footing, bases of column etc. mass concrete in foundation and plinth. 3 Cold twisted steel reinforcement for RCC works i/c bending, binding and placeing in position complete. 80.00 Cum 300.00 Cum

9250

Kg.

Page 221

First class brick work in foundation & plinth in cement morter1:6 (1 Cement : 6 river sand). Providing & laying cement concreate 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 river : 6 jhama brick aggregate 40 mm. nominal size) i/c the cost of centering & shuttering in. a) Foundation and plinth. 12 mm cement plaster work 1:6 (1 cement : 6 river sand). Filling in plinth with sand under floors i/c watering, ramming consolidating & dressing complete. Steel work in single section i/c cutting, hoisting, fixing in position & applying a priming coat a red lead paint.

56.00

Cum

30.00

Cum

6 7

160.00

Sqm

20.00

Cum

1.00 a ) In tees angles, channels

Qtl.

Page 222

Providing1.8 mtr. height chain link fencing around S/S areas with M.S angle post of 65X65X6 mm. placed every 2.5 mtr apart ambeded in cement concrete block of 30X25X60 cm. of 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 river : 6 jhama brick aggregate of 20mm nominal size) & every 12th post & corner post to be strutted and ambeded in cement concreate block 45X45X60 mm. of same mix including 2(two) no. gates made of 50 mm. dia G.I. pipe and chain link of size 4m X 1.8 m and second one of 1.2 m X 1.8 m. All M.S angles are to be connected with M.S flat of size 50X6mm at top & bottom by welded joints. The chain link should be fitted with the frame by welding i/c fitting of vertical strip of 50X6mm MS flat on the erected angles by welding. Supply ans spreading stone gravel of 40 mm nominal size over the Sub-station switchyard area.

160.00 Mtrs.

10 145.00 Cum

11

Neat cement punning including cost of materials required as per clauses of chapter 13 of CPWD specification.

450.00

Sqm

SCHEDULE-C (Internal electrification of control room building) Supplying and fixing of PVC casing and capping in/c. all accessories as required (Make : - Presto - plast / Precision) 1 a) 25 mm X 10 mm. 180 Mtr.

Page 223

b) 40 mm X 20 mm. Supplying and drawing of PVC insulated copper conductor cable in existing PVC casing -capping / conduit in/c. necessary connection as required. (Make: - Havell's / National / Plaza.) a) 2 X 1.5 Sq. mm. 2 b) 2 X 4 Sq. mm.

60

Mtr.

300

Mtr.

100

Mtr.

c) 2 X 6 Sq. mm. Supplying and fixing of accessories for PVC casing and capping in/c. necessary connection as required. Make: - Anchor / Precision / Cona (Nice) / SSK / J.J. Deluxe (Fancy). a) Ceiling rose.

50

Mtr.

20

No.

b) Angle lamp holder.

20

No.

c) 5/6 Amp. piano switch.

50

No.

Page 224

3 d) 5/6 Amp. socket. 8 No.

e) 15/16 Amp.piano switch.

No.

f) 15/16 Amp. 5 pin socket.

No.

g) Ding dong call bell. Supplying and fixing of 415 volt, 63 amp. TPN main switch (Rewireable) front handle in/c. drilling holes on wooden board and connection as required. (Make: Havells / HPL / Standard).
Supplying and fixing of 6 ways metal enclosure for 240/415 Volts MCB (SP/SPN/DP/FP) complete with necessary bus bar, earth bar, neutral link etc. including connection as required. (Make: - Havells / HPL / Standard). Supplying and fixing of 5 to 32 Amps. rating 240 Volts 'G' Series MCB of single pole in the existing MCB DB complete with connection etc. as required. (Make: - Havells / HPL / Standard). Providing earthing with 40 mm dia. GI perforated pipe of 4.5 mtr. long with masonary enclosure on top etc. as required.

No.

No.

No.

10

No.

No.

Page 225

Extra for using salt and charcoal for pipe earth elctrode as required.

Set.

Providing and fixing 8 swg GI wire on surface or in conduit pipe for loop earthing. Providing and laying earth connection from earth electrode with 8 swg GI wire / copper wire in 15 mm dia. G.I. pipe from earth electrode as required. Supplying and drawing of 4 sq. mm. aluminium conductor wire for loop earthing including connection as required.
Supplying and fixing of single box type FTL fittings complete with 1 no. 40 / 36 watt copper ballast, 40/36 watt flurosent tube, starter, holder, pf improving capacitor etc. in/c. connection as required. (Make: - Phillips / Crompton / Bajaj). Supplying and fixing of double box type T 5 rated energy efficent FTL fittings complete with 2 nos. 40 / 36 watt copper ballast, 2 nos. 40/36 watt flurosent tube, starter, holder, pf improving capacitor etc. in/c. connection as required. (Make: - Phillips / Crompton / Bajaj). Supplying and fixing of ceilling luminaries with 2 nos. PLS 11 Watt lamp and mirror optics including necessary connection as required. (Make: - Phillips, Cat no.-FCS - 31 / 211).

10

Mtr.

10

12

Mtr.

11

150

Mtr.

12

10

No.

13

No.

14

No.

Supplying and fixing of accessories for PVC casing and capping in/c. necessary connection as required.

Page 226

a) 102 mm X 102 mm, size wooden formica board with bakelite cover. b) 102 mm X 178 mm, size wooden formica board with bakelite cover. c) 152 mm X 203 mm, size wooden formica board with bakelite cover. d) 203 mm X 300 mm, size wooden formica board with bakelite cover. e) 254 mm X 300 mm, size wooden formica board with bakelite cover. 16 Supplying and fixing of 300 mm sweep exhaust fan including necessary connection as required. (Make: Crompton / Khaitan / USHA / Orient). Supplying and fixing of necessary shutter for 300 mm exhaust fan in the existing whole including necessary painting etc. as required.
Supplying and fixing of 1200 mm sweep ceilling fan including fixing of regulator and wiring in down rod of standard length etc. as required. (Make: - Crompton / Khaitan / Orient / USHA). Supplying and fixing of 18 watt CFL in the existing angle holder. (Make: - Phillips / Bajaj / Orpat.

30

No.

No.

15

4 6 4

No. No. No.

No.

17

No.

18

12

No.

19

10

No.

SCHEDULE - D ( 33 KV OVER HEAD LINE) Sl. No Description of the materials. Qnty Unit Supply Rate(in Rs.) Amount (in Rs) Qnty Unit Erection Rate(in Rs.) Amount (in Rs)

Page 227

Supply and erection of steel tubular pole conforming to ISS 2713 (P-I & II) 1980 with base plate direct in earth including excavation, refilling and ramming etc. as required complete (1 /6th of the length of the pole to be embedded in earth). a) 12 mtr long steel tubular pole. 410 SP -60

60

Nos

60

Nos

b) 11 mtr long steel tubular pole 410-SP-54. 126 2 Supply and erection of painted stay set complete direct in earth with 16 mm. dia. 1.8 mtr. long painted stay rod, anchor plate of size 300 X 300 X 8 mm. thick, turn buckle of length 356 mm. with 300 mm. long threaded adjustable 16 mm. dia. MS rod and thimble including supply & erection of 33 KV guy insulator as per IS specification, hot dip (heavy duty) galvanized stay stranded wire of size 7/2.5 mm. grade - IV as per ISS:2141/1979 having minimum tensile strength 700N mmsq. with Zinc coating (heavy type coating conforming to IS:4826/1979, weight 260 Kg. 1 Km.) fastened with stay clamps as required. Supply of 33 KV Stay insulator. 3 4 46 Supply of galvanized Stay stranded wire of size 7/2.50 mm Nos Nos 126 Nos

46

set

46

Set

230

Kg

Page 228

Supply,Erection, fitting & fixing of 2.8 m long fabricated Cross arm for four pole structure made up of (100x50x50x6)mm M.S. channel on Pole with 4 machine made holes for its fixing on poles and 3 machine made holes for fixing on it 3 nos.for strings of disc insulator comprising 3 Discs in each string with the support of Back clamp and nuts & Bolts etc. as required and as per design and drawing to be specified by TSECL as per REC Standards.( for 4 Pole Locations & Double pole) for pin. Supply,Erection, fitting & fixing of 1.8m long fabricated 4 Pole Cross arm made up of (100x50x50x6)mm M.S. channel for pin insulator. Supply, Erection, fitting & fixing of fabricated Double Pole" / "four pole"Guard bracket made of 3.1 mtr (65x65x6)mm M.S.Angle and machine drilled holes on brackets ( 4 Nos. of holes for double pole bracket) for fixing to poles with Clamp and another 2 holes at both ends of such brackets to hold continued G.I. earth Wire as per design,drawing and engineering requirement of TSECL as per REC Standards as follows: Supply, Erection, fitting & fixing of fabricated Double Pole" / "four pole"cross basing bracket made of 2.54 mtr (65x65x6)mm M.S.Angle and machine drilled holes on brackets ( 4 Nos. of holes for double pole bracket) for fixing to poles with Clamp and another 2 holes at both ends of such brackets to hold continued G.I. earth Wire as per design,drawing and engineering requirement of TSECL as per REC Standards as follows:

108

Nos

108

Nos

30

Nos

30

Nos

93

Nos

93

Nos

246

Nos

246

Nos

Page 229

Supply, Erection, fitting & fixing of fabricated Double Pole" / "four pole"cross basing bracket made of 1.8 mtr (65x65x6)mm M.S.Angle and machine drilled holes on brackets ( 4 Nos. of holes for double pole bracket) for fixing to poles with Clamp and another 2 holes at both ends of such brackets to hold continued G.I. earth Wire as per design,drawing and engineering requirement of TSECL as per REC Standards as follows: Supply,fitting & fixing of 70 KN,11 KV ball & socket type disc insulator with cap, pin bolt & W clips (phosphor bronze; etc complete as per latest ISS 7311971 and related latest amendments.(3 nos.Disc Insulator in 1 Set) Supply,fitting & fixing of accessories suitable for 11KV Ball & socket type 70KN Disc insulator and AASC conductor (7/ 4.26mm) "DOG equivalent"as per ISS and latest amendment for tension insulator string comprising following & all other accessories necessary. Ball Clevis. Tension clamp 3 U Bolt Type . Galvanised "U" bolts & nuts. Galvanised Spring washer. Flat washer. Split pin mild steel Phosphor bronze"U" Clip Supply & erection of hot dip galvanised MS forged 33 KV pin ( L-230P) suitable for 33 KV pin insulator complete with galvanized hexagonal nuts, G.I flat washer & G.I spring washer conforming to ISS: 2486 (P-II)/1974. The shunk length shall be 100 mm.

246

Nos

246

Nos

10

396

Nos

396

Nos

11

132

set

a b c d e f g 12

234

set

234

Set

Page 230

13

Supply & erection of brown glazed porcelain pin insulator for 33 KV system with minimum creeapage 580 mm with mechanical strength 10 KN conforming to ISS: 731 /1971 to mach with 33 KV G.I pin ( L230P).as per ISS: 2486 (P-II)/1974 Supply,laying,hoisting & stringing of DOG equivalent AASC conductor of size (7/4.26mm.) conforming to IS 398(Part-IV) I974 including binding jumpering etc with P.G.Clamp as required. Supply,hoisting, erection& stringing of 8 SWG GI wire(4mm dia) conforming to ISS:280/1978 and latest related amendments with heavy coating Zinc conforming to ISS:4826/1979 i/c laying, hoisting,binding & jumpering etc as reqd. Supply, fitting fixing of fabricated M.S. clamp with necessary machine mads hole for fixing of different type of cross arm with poles /Stay sets made up of 50x6 mm M.S. flate with 2 coats of red oxide primer paint and 1 coat of Al. paint of approved quality Supplyof machine made full threaded M.S. nuts & bolts of assorted size (16x50 mm to 12x300 mm) conforming to ISS 1363 of 1960 and latest amendments. Supply,fitting & fixing of 2 bolted type parallel grooved clamp suitable for DOG Equivalent conductor (AASC 7/ 4.26 mm) size as per ISS-2121 of 1962 with latest amendments. Supply,fitting & fixing of 33 KV Danger plate as per ISS - 2551 of 1963 and latest amendments with the help of 12 SWG G.I.wire..

234

set

14

10.5

Km

9.9

Km

15

831

Kg

6.6

Km

16

1523

nos

17

597

Kg

18

140

nos

19

186

nos

186

Page 231

20

Supply & erection of 12 SWG. G.I barbed wire, 2-ply, 4 points a 3 " part for generating Engineering purpose having zinc contain as per ISS: 4826/1968 Providing cradle guards by 8 SWG G.I. wire between earth wire across road crossing,river crossing etc. Grouting of steel tubular poles / stay sets in 1 : 3 : 6 (1 cement : 3 River Sand : 6 brick aggregate with 20 mm nominal size) i/c. supply of cement ,sand & brick aggregate , excavation, masionry work, back filling of earth,carrying etc. as required along with the cost of centering and shuttering (0.273cum/pole & 0.027cum/stay) Coil earthing with G.I wire 8 SWG including excavation , refilling with alternate layer of salt & charcoal as per direction of Engg- in -charge (in /c supply of salt & charcoal etc as reqd), Painting one or more coats with superior ready mixed paint for steel work of approved quality in all shades on new work to give an even shade including priming coat. Detailed survey of 33KV proposed line including 33 KV UG cable route from Badharghat 66 KV Sub-Station to Surjyamaninagar proposed 33/11KV , 2X 3.15 MVA Sub-Station, submission of route alignment, submission of profile and then final survey with profile in detail indicating 33KV, LT line. other details as necessary. Providing of Vehicle with valid registration and driver with Licence (MARUTI OMNI) for conveyance of Supervisiory staff/ officers including supply of Fuel & Lubricants as required time to time.

279

Kg

186

21

314

22

52.02

Cum

23

30

Nos

24

1460

Sq m.

25

3.3

Km

26

120

Days

Page 232

SCHEDULE - E (UG CABLE) Sl. No. 1 1. Description of item 2 Quantity 3 Unit 4 Supply Rate 5 Amount 6 Quantity Unit 7 8 Erection Rate 9 Amount 10

Supply of 3-phase 3-Core, 33 KV 185 mm2 XLPE insulated, conductor & insulation screened AI. 2000 conductor UG Cable as per IS 7098/11/985 & latest amendments. Supply of out door type Heat shrink joining kit suitable for 33 KV, 3-Ph 3 Core, 185 mm2 cable. Supply of Straight through type Heat shrink joining kit suitable for 33 KV, 3-Ph 3 Core, 185 mm2 cable. Laying of 33 KV 3 - phase, 3 core 185 mm2 XLPE insulated AI. conductor UG Cable in trenches (Dimension width 50 mm & minimum depth 1250 mm) including(a) Formation of trench by excavation of soil. (b) Spreading of sand in two layers each of 150 mm thick one on trench bed and other over cable laid including supply of sand. (c) Docketing / covering with U shaped pre-cast RCC cover including supply of U shaped RCC cover each of length 0.6 Mtr. d) Refilling of excavated earth over U shaped RCC cover up to the ground level & to make good as original. 5

Mtr.

-------

-------

2.

No.

-------

-------

No.

-------

-------

Page 233

185 mm2 cable 5 Laying of 33 KV 3 core 185 sq mm XLPE insulated Almunium conductor UG cable below the road surface through GI pipe pipe by all terrain horizontal direction drilling / digging machine / manual boring across the road crossing without effecting the existing road surface at a depth of minimum 1100 mm as per site requirement. Supply & laying of 150 mm dia TATA / JINDAL / BANSAL make best quality GI pipe as per ISS : 1239 of different length as per engineering requirement for using at road crossing (s) at crossing (s) of water supply points / pipe line, Telephone line etc.

-------

-------

1550

Mtr.

250

Mtr.

250

Mtr.

250

Mtr.

Making of joints for jointing 33 KV, 3-Ph 3-Core 185 mm2 cable using 185 mm2 outdoor type Heat shrink ------joining kit. Making of joints for jointing 33 KV, 3-Ph 3-Core 185 mm2 cable using 185 mm2 Straight through type Heat ------shrink joining kit. Supply and erection of earthing set as per ISS : 3043 of 1966 and with upto date amendment having 2.5 mtr long G.I pipe (ISI marked) of 40 mm diameter with holes including a pair of clamps of 50 X 6 mm M.S. flat & 12 mm dia galvanized nuts & bolts long with alternate layers of salt & charcoal.

-------

No.

-------

No.

No.

Page 234

10

Supply & Fixing of rout marker of size 100 mm dia 6mm thickness G.I. Plate with moulded inscription "33 KV CABLE ROUTE" thereon welded to 50X50X6mm GI angle of length 1.5 mtr with 150X150X6mm GI plate and fixing the same direct to the earth at a depth of 1.0mtr. in the same cable trench. Details survey of the proposed under ground cable route as per direction of Engineer-in-charge including submission of layout drawing with respect to land mark and showing / highlighting all major parameters clearance with respect to permanent installations like pipe lines, Telecom lines, other obstructions etc.

60

No.

11

1.8

KM

Page 235